openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

7906 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97442 - branches/SLE12-SP5/lcn/50-tools
by sbrabec＠svn2.opensuse.org 11 Oct '19

11 Oct '19

Author: sbrabec Date: 2019-10-11 01:11:44 +0000 (Fri, 11 Oct 2019) New Revision: 97442 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation-collect branches/SLE12-SP5/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation-remerge branches/SLE12-SP5/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation.conf Log: nome-patch-translation: Update tools to SLE12 SP5. Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation-collect =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation-collect 2019-10-07 13:17:40 UTC (rev 97441) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation-collect 2019-10-11 01:11:44 UTC (rev 97442) @@ -40,8 +40,19 @@ # Modify some requirements to work without relevant packages installed. s/%{xulrunner_version}/dummy/g s/%{mozilla_ver}/dummy/g + s/%{glib2_gsettings_schema_requires}/Requires: dummy/g + s/%glib2_gsettings_schema_requires/Requires: dummy/g + s/%{gtk2_immodule_requires}/Requires: dummy/g + s/%{gtk3_immodule_requires}/Requires: dummy/g + s/%{py_requires}/Requires: dummy/g + s/%py_requires/Requires: dummy/g + s/%kde4_runtime_requires/Requires: dummy/g + s/%gconf_schemas_prereq/Requires: dummy/g + s/%{gconf_schemas_prereq}/Requires: dummy/g + s/%glib2_gio_module_requires/Requires: dummy/g + s/%{glib2_gio_module_requires}/Requires: dummy/g ' *.spec - if ! eval rpmbuild --macros=/usr/lib/rpm/macros:/usr/lib/rpm/suse_macros:/usr/lib/rpm/platform/$(uname -i)-linux/macros:/etc/rpm/\\\*:$RPMDIR/macros --nodeps -bp ${*:-*.spec} ; then + if ! eval rpmbuild --macros=/usr/lib/rpm/macros:/usr/lib/rpm/suse_macros:/usr/lib/rpm/suse/macros:/usr/lib/rpm/macros.d/macros.systemd:/usr/lib/rpm/platform/$(uname -i)-linux/macros:/etc/rpm/\\\*:$RPMDIR/macros --nodeps -bp ${*:-*.spec} ; then echo "rpm prep failed" exit 1 fi Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation-remerge =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation-remerge 2019-10-07 13:17:40 UTC (rev 97441) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation-remerge 2019-10-11 01:11:44 UTC (rev 97442) @@ -24,8 +24,19 @@ # Modify some requirements to work without relevant packages installed. s/%{xulrunner_version}/dummy/g s/%{mozilla_ver}/dummy/g + s/%{glib2_gsettings_schema_requires}/Requires: dummy/g + s/%glib2_gsettings_schema_requires/Requires: dummy/g + s/%{gtk2_immodule_requires}/Requires: dummy/g + s/%{gtk3_immodule_requires}/Requires: dummy/g + s/%{py_requires}/Requires: dummy/g + s/%py_requires/Requires: dummy/g + s/%kde4_runtime_requires/Requires: dummy/g + s/%gconf_schemas_prereq/Requires: dummy/g + s/%{gconf_schemas_prereq}/Requires: dummy/g + s/%glib2_gio_module_requires/Requires: dummy/g + s/%{glib2_gio_module_requires}/Requires: dummy/g ' *.spec - if ! eval rpmbuild --macros=/usr/lib/rpm/macros:/usr/lib/rpm/suse_macros:/usr/lib/rpm/platform/$(uname -i)-linux/macros:/etc/rpm/\\\*:$RPMDIR/macros --nodeps -bp ${*:-*.spec} ; then + if ! eval rpmbuild --macros=/usr/lib/rpm/macros:/usr/lib/rpm/suse_macros:/usr/lib/rpm/suse/macros:/usr/lib/rpm/macros.d/macros.systemd:/usr/lib/rpm/platform/$(uname -i)-linux/macros:/etc/rpm/\\\*:$RPMDIR/macros --nodeps -bp ${*:-*.spec} ; then echo "rpm prep failed" exit 1 fi Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation.conf =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation.conf 2019-10-07 13:17:40 UTC (rev 97441) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation.conf 2019-10-11 01:11:44 UTC (rev 97442) @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@ LCN_SVN_URI='https://$NAME@svn.opensuse.org/svn/opensuse-i18n/$BRANCH_PATH/lcn' # lcn branch on LCN SVN -LCN_BRANCH=SLE12-SP3 +LCN_BRANCH=SLE12-SP5 # osc repositories with packages (space separated list in parentheses, first takes precedence) -OSC_REPOSITORIES=( home:sbrabec:branches:SUSE:SLE-12-SP3:proposed-translation-fixes SUSE:SLE-12-SP3:GA SUSE:SLE-12-SP2:Update SUSE:SLE-12-SP2:GA SUSE:SLE-12-SP1:Update SUSE:SLE-12-SP1:GA SUSE:SLE-12:Update SUSE:SLE-12:GA ) +OSC_REPOSITORIES=( home:sbrabec:branches:SUSE:SLE-12-SP5:proposed-translation-fixes SUSE:SLE-12-SP5:GA SUSE:SLE-12-SP4:Update SUSE:SLE-12-SP4:GA SUSE:SLE-12-SP3:Update SUSE:SLE-12-SP3:GA SUSE:SLE-12-SP2:Update SUSE:SLE-12-SP2:GA SUSE:SLE-12-SP1:Update SUSE:SLE-12-SP1:GA SUSE:SLE-12:Update SUSE:SLE-12:GA ) # list of packages in gnome-patch-translation project # can re-appear after rebase of patches: gnome-power-manager gnome-session nautilus GPT_PACKAGES="evolution gconf-editor gnome-settings-daemon gnome-shell gnome-shell-extensions gnome-vfs2 gstreamer gstreamer-0_10 gtk2 mutter pan xchat" # Version of gnome-patch-translation-package. -GPT_VERSION="13.1.3" +GPT_VERSION="13.1.5" # osc server, empty for using of the osc default OSC_APIURL=

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97440 - branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot
by mvidner＠svn2.opensuse.org 20 Sep '19

20 Sep '19

Author: mvidner Date: 2019-09-20 15:19:27 +0000 (Fri, 20 Sep 2019) New Revision: 97440 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/caasp.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/cio.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/control.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/country.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/docker.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/installation.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/isns.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/journal.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/mail.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/migration.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/network.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nis.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/packager.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/pam.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/printer.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/qt.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/rear.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/registration.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/s390.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/security.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/slp.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/smt.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/sound.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/squid.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/storage.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/support.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/tune.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/update.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/users.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/vm.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/wol.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot Log: Updated POT files from the SLE-12-SP5 branches (had to add missing textdomains in network and installation) Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -259,8 +259,8 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the '" -"create' or 'clone' commands." +"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " +"'create' or 'clone' commands." msgstr "" #. error message @@ -300,12 +300,14 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +msgid "" +"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." msgstr "" #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +msgid "" +"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "" #. help text @@ -316,8 +318,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 msgid "" -"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Bu" -"ild." +"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " +"Build." msgstr "" #. table header item @@ -1039,22 +1041,23 @@ #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +msgid "" +"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." msgstr "" #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 msgid "" -"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beg" -"inning or base it on an existing product." +"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " +"beginning or base it on an existing product." msgstr "" #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 msgid "" -"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Packa" -"ge Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing p" -"roduct." +"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " +"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " +"existing product." msgstr "" #. help text for initial data (paragraph title) @@ -1075,8 +1078,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 msgid "" -"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This sel" -"ection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " +"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." msgstr "" #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. @@ -1087,8 +1090,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 msgid "" -"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should fo" -"rm your add-on product." +"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " +"form your add-on product." msgstr "" #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. @@ -1099,10 +1102,10 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages fr" -"om the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not " -"be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the pattern" -"s later in the workflow." +"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " +"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " +"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " +"patterns later in the workflow." msgstr "" #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) @@ -1113,9 +1116,9 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> " -"file." +"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " +"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" +"tt> file." msgstr "" #. help text for content file editor, cont. @@ -1126,31 +1129,31 @@ #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 msgid "" -"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt>" -" files) here." +"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" +"tt> files) here." msgstr "" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The l" -"ist of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>co" -"ntent</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Imp" -"ort. Delete the description file with Delete." +"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " +"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the " +"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " +"with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." msgstr "" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description en" -"tries for the selected package." +"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " +"entries for the selected package." msgstr "" #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package De" -"pendencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " +"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." msgstr "" #. help text for patterns @@ -1161,100 +1164,102 @@ #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existi" -"ng one." +"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " +"existing one." msgstr "" #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attrib" -"utes." +"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " +"attributes." msgstr "" #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the " -"installation of the add-on product is started." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " +"for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " +"the installation of the add-on product is started." msgstr "" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 msgid "" -"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be cre" -"ated. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in" -" the output directory." +"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " +"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " +"product in the output directory." msgstr "" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 msgid "" -"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all c" -"hanges of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " +"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." msgstr "" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Us" -"e Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses," -" and other optional values." +"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " +"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " +"licenses, and other optional values." msgstr "" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product" -" workflow." +"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " +"product workflow." msgstr "" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 msgid "" -"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is " -"an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</t" -"t> in the add-on product's base directory." +"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " +"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." +"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." msgstr "" #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 msgid "" -"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, e" -"nter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are sto" -"red or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST " -"RPM packages in Import the Packages." +"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " +"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " +"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " +"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." msgstr "" #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that" -" should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " +"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." msgstr "" #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 msgid "" -"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and D" -"isagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license" -" texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archi" -"ve and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " +"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " +"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" +"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." msgstr "" #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 msgid "" -"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language" -" modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." +"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " +"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " +"product." msgstr "" #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 msgid "" -"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from" -" the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " +"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." msgstr "" #. help text for signing dialog, cont. @@ -1265,48 +1270,50 @@ #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with t" -"he selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " +"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." msgstr "" #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +msgid "" +"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." msgstr "" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 msgid "" -"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 an" -"d 4096 bits long." +"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " +"and 4096 bits long." msgstr "" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 msgid "" -"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key exp" -"ires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it in" -"dicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key" -" that never expires." +"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " +"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " +"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " +"for a key that never expires." msgstr "" #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 msgid "" -"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the u" -"ser identification with which the new key should be associated." +"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " +"user identification with which the new key should be associated." msgstr "" #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +msgid "" +"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." msgstr "" #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 msgid "" -"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory.</" -"p>" +"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." +"" msgstr "" #. text entry label @@ -1420,8 +1427,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-r" -"elease packages architectures. " +"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" +"release packages architectures. " msgstr "" #. label of content file 'VERSION' key @@ -1448,9 +1455,9 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used i" -"n the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, ver" -"sion and architecture." +"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " +"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " +"version and architecture." msgstr "" #. label of content file key @@ -1481,8 +1488,8 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default " -"language can be determined." +"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no " +"default language can be determined." msgstr "" #. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key @@ -1553,9 +1560,9 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUA" -"S values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang</b" -"> is expected." +"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " +"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " +"LABEL.lang is expected." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 @@ -1595,8 +1602,8 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories a" -"re intended for the user and can be specified freely." +"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " +"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." msgstr "" #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key @@ -1631,7 +1638,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgid "" +"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." msgstr "" #. label for 'Prs' pattern key @@ -1645,8 +1653,8 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency reso" -"lution." +"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " +"resolution." msgstr "" #. label for 'Ico' pattern key @@ -1658,12 +1666,12 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename do" -"es not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is speci" -"fied, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/th" -"eme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/" -"apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/" -"current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " +"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " +"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" +"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" +"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" +"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" #. label for 'Ord' pattern key @@ -1674,8 +1682,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing m" -"ultiple patterns in the user interface." +"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " +"multiple patterns in the user interface." msgstr "" #. label for 'Req' pattern key @@ -1696,10 +1704,10 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES " -"from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and editi" -"on. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1" -".42-1</tt>." +"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES</" +"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " +"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability " +"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." msgstr "" #. label for 'Con' pattern key @@ -1710,8 +1718,8 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provi" -"des the capability is installed." +"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " +"provides the capability is installed." msgstr "" #. label for 'Obs' pattern key @@ -1734,8 +1742,8 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no er" -"ror is shown." +"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " +"error is shown." msgstr "" #. label for 'Sup' pattern key @@ -1746,9 +1754,9 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 msgid "" -"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is" -" provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uni" -"nstalling it is silently accepted." +"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " +"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " +"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." msgstr "" #. label for 'Sug' pattern key @@ -1764,8 +1772,8 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specifi" -"ed here is installed." +"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " +"specified here is installed." msgstr "" #. label for 'Ext' pattern key @@ -1826,8 +1834,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a te" -"st version warning or a commercial license." +"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " +"test version warning or a commercial license." msgstr "" #. label for 'Del' key @@ -1838,8 +1846,8 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion," -" such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " +"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." msgstr "" #. label for 'Eul' key @@ -1850,8 +1858,8 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If t" -"he user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " +"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." msgstr "" #. label of key @@ -1862,8 +1870,8 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 msgid "" -"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requiremen" -"ts." +"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " +"requirements." msgstr "" #. label of PROVIDES key @@ -1874,8 +1882,8 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires " -"from others." +"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires</" +"b> from others." msgstr "" #. label of 'CONFLICTS' key @@ -1886,8 +1894,8 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that pr" -"ovides the capability is installed." +"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " +"provides the capability is installed." msgstr "" #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key @@ -1898,8 +1906,8 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a n" -"ame matching this keyword." +"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " +"name matching this keyword." msgstr "" #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key @@ -1910,8 +1918,8 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 msgid "" -"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS" -", but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " +"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." msgstr "" #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key @@ -1942,8 +1950,8 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and " -"versions." +"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " +"and versions." msgstr "" #. table item label @@ -1959,8 +1967,8 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, f" -"tp, dvd5, dvd9." +"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " +"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." msgstr "" #. table item label @@ -2016,8 +2024,7 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 -msgid "" -"Wait while generating data for add-on... \n" +msgid "Wait while generating data for add-on... \n" msgstr "" #. error report Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-19 02:27+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-19 02:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -47,21 +47,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1880 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1881 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "" @@ -223,8 +223,8 @@ #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1589 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1601 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "" @@ -330,89 +330,89 @@ msgstr "" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1122 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1130 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1256 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1263 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1265 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1279 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1283 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1285 msgid "" "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " "an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1352 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1359 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1692 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1698 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1715 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "" @@ -439,7 +439,3 @@ "\n" "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" msgstr "" - -#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -194,24 +194,20 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 -msgid "" -"%1 doesn't exist.\n" +msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a regular file.\n" +msgid "%1 is not a regular file.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 -msgid "" -"%1 not owned by root.\n" +msgid "%1 not owned by root.\n" msgstr "" #. check permissions #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 -msgid "" -"File permissions of %1 NOT set to -rwxr-x---.\n" +msgid "File permissions of %1 NOT set to -rwxr-x---.\n" msgstr "" #. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible @@ -465,7 +461,8 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" +"b> \n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -496,21 +493,21 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is respon" -"sible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications whic" -"h use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watch" -"es)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " +"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" +"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " +"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " +"watches)." msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules an" -"d the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manu" -"al page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " +"and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " +"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 @@ -523,40 +520,42 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as" -" the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing " -"it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " +"as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " +"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREME" -"NTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an e" -"xplicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep " -"data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " +"INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " +"explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " +"keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take w" -"hen this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " +"when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specif" -"ies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " +"specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " +"warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " +"to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" @@ -564,13 +563,13 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the" -"\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " +"the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the" -"\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualifi" -"ed\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " +"the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " +"qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" @@ -578,28 +577,28 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the ma" -"nual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " +"manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon an" -"d\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " +"and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the" -" dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatche" -"r are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a " -"blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " +"the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " +"dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " +"a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" @@ -607,8 +606,8 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf" -"')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." +"conf')." msgstr "" #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 @@ -629,26 +628,28 @@ #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an " -"Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " +"an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The syste" -"m is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action " -"will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " +"system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" +"b> will be performed." msgstr "" #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " +"the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " +"means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" @@ -658,10 +659,10 @@ #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full alread" -"y) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writ" -"ing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " +"already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " +"writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" @@ -669,8 +670,8 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be ente" -"red.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " +"entered.\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 1/6 @@ -679,38 +680,39 @@ "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" +"p>" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next r" -"eboot." +"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " +"reboot." msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/aud" -"it.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" +"audit.log (default). " msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advance" -"d users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " +"advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsys" -"tem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/a" -"udit/audit.rules.\n" +"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " +"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " +"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 6/6 @@ -751,8 +753,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must" -" be installed." +"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " +"must be installed." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 @@ -831,8 +833,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 -msgid "" -"The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "" #. message about loaded kernel module Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-20 02:27+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-20 02:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -18,46 +18,46 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Enable and start the service. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:142 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:155 msgid "" "Failed to start service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " "to diagnose." msgstr "" #. Disable and stop the service. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:150 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:163 msgid "" "Failed to stop service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " "to diagnose." msgstr "" #. Only install the required provider packages. By convention, they are named 'sssd-*'. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:395 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:408 msgid "Failed to install software packages required for running SSSD." msgstr "" #. provides /etc/openldap/ldap.conf -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:509 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:522 msgid "Failed to install software packages required for LDAP." msgstr "" #. Run ldapsearch with password bind -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:574 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:587 msgid "ERROR: " msgstr "" #. Calculate package requirements -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:758 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:771 msgid "Failed to install software packages required for Kerberos." msgstr "" #. Install required packages -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:832 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:845 msgid "Failed to install software packages required by autofs/nscd daemons." msgstr "" #. Call package installer to install Samba and Kerberos if it has not yet been installed. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:883 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:896 msgid "" "Failed to install Samba & Kerberos required by Active Directory operations." msgstr "" @@ -65,16 +65,16 @@ #. Run "net ads join". Return tuple of boolean success status and command output. #. Kerberos configuration must have been read before calling this function. #. Kerberos configuration will be written. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:942 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:955 msgid "Nothing is done because AD is not configured" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:945 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:958 msgid "Failed to install Samba" msgstr "" #. Configure Kerberos -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:950 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:963 msgid "" "Cannot locate Active Directory's Kerberos via DNS lookup.\n" "Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " @@ -82,34 +82,34 @@ msgstr "" #. Local only -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1063 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1076 msgid "Only use local authentication" msgstr "" #. SSSD is configured -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1068 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1081 msgid "(daemon is inactive)" msgstr "" #. LDAP and/or Kerberos is configured -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1074 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1087 msgid "LDAP is enabled but the setup is incomplete" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1089 msgid "via LDAP on %s" msgstr "" #. 'and' as in "authenticate via LDAP and Kerberos" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1095 msgid " and " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1086 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1099 msgid "via Kerberos" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1088 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1101 msgid "via Kerberos on %s" msgstr "" @@ -131,12 +131,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 -msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" +msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Center (Optional)" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 msgid "" -"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +"Key Distribution Centers (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 @@ -162,7 +162,8 @@ #. Add an auth_to_local #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 -msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" +msgid "" +"Please type the new rule string (e.g. \"RULE:[2:$1](johndoe)s/^.*$/guest/\")" msgstr "" #. Add an auth_to_local_names @@ -451,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 -msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" +msgid "Use DNS SRV record to Discover KDC servers" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 @@ -624,7 +625,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 -msgid "Join Domain" +msgid "Add Domain" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-19 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-19 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:627 #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "" @@ -54,17 +54,17 @@ #. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:476 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:155 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:478 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:989 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" "control file and try again.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:626 #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Reading configuration data" msgstr "" @@ -90,29 +90,29 @@ #. configure your system like in the profile. #. Only stage2 configuration can be done. #. yast2 ./ayast_setup.rb setup filename=/tmp/my.xml -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:48 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:50 msgid "Client for AutoYaST configuration on the running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:58 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:60 msgid "Configure the system using given AutoYaST profile" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:67 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:70 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:72 msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:89 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" -#. the following is needed since 10.3 -#. otherwise the already configured network gets removed -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:135 +#. Restarting autoyast-initscripts.service in order to run +#. init-scripts in the installed system. +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:142 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" @@ -203,8 +203,8 @@ msgstr "" #. OPEN -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:610 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Select a file to load." msgstr "" @@ -284,28 +284,32 @@ msgstr "" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:283 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:286 +msgid "Writing Init-Scripts" +msgstr "" + #. Do not restart NetworkManager* services #. bnc#955260 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:310 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" #. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:332 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:347 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:453 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -573,8 +577,9 @@ msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "" -#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 +#. Do not call AutoinstStorage.Write because the settings +#. have already been written by the proposal. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:297 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -582,7 +587,7 @@ #. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving #. package dependencies. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:376 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -784,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Type" msgstr "" @@ -1168,19 +1173,19 @@ #. SAVE #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:702 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:714 msgid "File %1 was saved successfully." msgstr "" #. Profile::checkProfile(); #. Profile::checkProfile(); #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:721 msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." msgstr "" @@ -1328,28 +1333,28 @@ msgstr "" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:649 msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." msgstr "" #. NEW -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:739 msgid "Available Modules" msgstr "" #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:754 msgid "" "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " "system?" msgstr "" #. EXIT -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:801 msgid "Control file changed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:802 msgid "Save the changes to %1?" msgstr "" @@ -1389,8 +1394,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "" @@ -1485,12 +1489,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:240 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" @@ -1947,21 +1951,6 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" -"<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" -"While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" -"requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "" -"\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" "All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " "box as feedback.\n" @@ -1970,79 +1959,74 @@ "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:142 msgid "Script Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:148 msgid "&File Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:153 msgid "&Interpreter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:157 msgid "Perl" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Shell" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Python" msgstr "" #. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:207 msgid "&Feedback" msgstr "" #. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-debug output or not -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:213 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:231 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:218 msgid "&Chrooted" msgstr "" -#. a checkbox where you can choose if you need to have network when the script is running -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:237 -msgid "&Network" -msgstr "" - #. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "&Feedback Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:230 msgid "none" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Message" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Text of the notification popup" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Script Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:272 msgid "S&cript Source" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Load new source" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Provide at least the script\n" "name and the location or content of the script.\n" @@ -2050,7 +2034,7 @@ #. Main dialog #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "\n" "By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " @@ -2058,12 +2042,12 @@ "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:448 msgid "User Script Management" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:468 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Select a script first." msgstr "" @@ -2082,14 +2066,14 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:897 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 msgid "" "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " "error message is:\n" msgstr "" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1042 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2100,17 +2084,17 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:292 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "" #. Nothing returned by SLP query -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:315 msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." msgstr "" #. There is no profile defined/found anywhere -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:360 msgid "" "Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" "%{url}" @@ -2118,39 +2102,39 @@ #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:390 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:396 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:402 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:408 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:414 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:419 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:423 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:425 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "" @@ -2160,14 +2144,14 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:505 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" "configured using the configuration management system.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:510 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " "those available\n" @@ -2178,7 +2162,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:517 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " @@ -2300,10 +2284,17 @@ msgstr "" #. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:116 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." msgstr "" +#. With RAID systems freeSpace is 0. So a resize is not needed/possible here. +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:628 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:511 +msgid "" +"Requested partition size of %s on \"%s\" will be reduced to %s in order to " +"fit on disk." +msgstr "" + #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:290 @@ -2316,7 +2307,7 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:921 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" @@ -2333,137 +2324,130 @@ #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:394 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:487 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:489 msgid "Post" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:491 msgid "Init" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:493 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:495 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:497 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" -#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:175 -msgid "" -"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" - #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:330 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:314 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:334 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:362 msgid "" "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." "log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:386 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:370 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:396 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:380 msgid "" "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." "log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:407 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "" #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:436 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:420 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " "changed anymore." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:450 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:434 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:441 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:493 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:477 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:511 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:545 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:529 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:575 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:559 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "" #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:624 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:608 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:612 msgid "Ok" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:631 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:615 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " "AutoYaST XML file.\n" @@ -2472,84 +2456,101 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:634 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:651 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:635 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:672 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:656 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:757 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:741 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:767 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:751 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:757 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:780 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:764 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:875 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:864 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "" #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:936 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:900 msgid "" "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " "autoyast profile." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning text during the installation. %s is a list of package +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:1125 +msgid "" +"These packages cannot be found in the software repositories:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %d is replaced by the amount of failed packages. +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:1128 +msgid "and %d additional packages" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by "/var/log/YaST2/y2log" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:1130 +msgid "Details can be found in the %s file." +msgstr "" + #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:497 msgid "" "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " "disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:925 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:931 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1047 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1130 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" @@ -2577,20 +2578,20 @@ #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:194 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" #. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now -#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:160 msgid "label not found while looking for autoyast profile" msgstr "" #. autoyast hit an error while fetching it's config file -#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:179 +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:183 msgid "An error occurred while fetching the profile:\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:197 msgid "&OK" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -22,41 +22,59 @@ msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "" -#. Dialog for whole bootloader configuration +#. param initial_tab [:boot_code|:kernel|:bootloader] initial tab when dialog open #. focus proposing new one -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:23 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:28 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Broken Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:25 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:30 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "" "YaST cannot process current bootloader configuration (%s). Propose new " "configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:27 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:32 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:176 msgid "Propose" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:28 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:33 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:165 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:51 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:222 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:56 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" #. F#300779: end -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "" +#. Specialized class to handle CPU mitigation settings. +#. @see https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc/?id=7023836 +#: src/lib/bootloader/cpu_mitigations.rb:21 +msgid "Auto + No SMT" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/cpu_mitigations.rb:22 +msgid "Auto" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/cpu_mitigations.rb:23 +msgid "Off" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/cpu_mitigations.rb:24 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + #. Represents dialog for modification of device map #: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" @@ -89,13 +107,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:27 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: reboot message #. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:110 msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -107,7 +125,7 @@ #. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system #. Message that will be displayed along with information #. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:123 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "" @@ -154,97 +172,97 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:99 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:101 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:103 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:84 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:84 msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:106 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85 msgid "yes" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:106 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85 msgid "no" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:112 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:174 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:176 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:186 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:188 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:191 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:193 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:212 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:214 msgid "" "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:218 msgid "" "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:226 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:228 msgid "" "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " "install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:231 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:233 msgid "" "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" "\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:237 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:239 msgid "" "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " "install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:242 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:244 msgid "" "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" "\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:267 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:269 msgid "" "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " "are doing please select above location." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:275 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:277 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:56 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:60 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:61 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " @@ -252,11 +270,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:92 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:96 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:97 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " @@ -266,12 +284,50 @@ "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" +#. Represents decision if cpu mitigations is enabled +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +msgid "CPU Mitigations" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:134 +msgid "" +"CPU Mitigations \n" +"The option selects which default settings should be used for CPU \n" +"side channels mitigations. A highlevel description is on our Technical " +"Information \n" +"Document TID 7023836. Following options are available:<ul>\n" +"<li>Auto: This option enables all the mitigations needed for your CPU " +"model. \n" +"This setting can impact performance to some degree, depending on CPU model " +"and \n" +"workload. It provides all security mitigations, but it does not protect " +"against \n" +"cross-CPU thread attacks.</li>\n" +"<li>Auto + No SMT: This option enables all the above mitigations in \n" +"\"Auto\", and also disables Simultaneous Multithreading to avoid \n" +"side channel attacks across multiple CPU threads. This setting can \n" +"further impact performance, depending on your \n" +"workload. This setting provides the full set of available security " +"mitigations.</li>\n" +"<li>Off: All CPU Mitigations are disabled. This setting has no " +"performance \n" +"impact, but side channel attacks against your CPU are possible, depending on " +"CPU \n" +"model.</li>\n" +"<li>Manual: This setting does not specify a mitigation level and " +"leaves \n" +"this to be the kernel default. The administrator can add other mitigations " +"options \n" +"in the kernel command line widget.\n" +"All CPU mitigation specific options can be set manually.</li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:123 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:180 msgid "" "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " "your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" @@ -279,42 +335,42 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:152 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:156 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:209 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:175 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:179 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 msgid "" "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " "foreign distribution " msgstr "" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:203 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:256 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:207 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:260 msgid "" "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " "parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:231 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:284 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:235 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:288 msgid "" "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " "on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " @@ -322,12 +378,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:302 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:304 msgid "remove" msgstr "" @@ -335,27 +391,27 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:253 -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:50 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:306 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:55 msgid "do not change" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:271 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:275 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:328 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:296 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:349 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" "instead of regular GRUB2.\n" @@ -364,7 +420,7 @@ "chip).\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:307 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "" "First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" "setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).\n" @@ -373,7 +429,7 @@ #. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 #. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot #. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:331 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:384 msgid "" "Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" "Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" @@ -381,37 +437,37 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:404 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:410 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:363 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:416 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:366 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:419 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:377 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:430 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:384 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:437 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:437 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:490 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " @@ -426,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:470 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:523 msgid "" "When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display " "resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when " @@ -440,19 +496,19 @@ msgstr "" #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:507 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "To enable serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments." msgstr "" #. Translators: do not translate "unit" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:514 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:567 msgid "" "To enable the serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments.\n" "The \"unit\" argument is required, the complete syntax is:\n" "%s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:555 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:608 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" @@ -460,40 +516,40 @@ #. to be substituted in a command like #. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM" #. so do not use punctuation -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:624 msgid "NUM" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:578 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:583 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:636 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:588 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:641 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:619 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:672 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:627 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:680 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:634 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:687 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:704 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:655 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:708 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -504,40 +560,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:690 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:743 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:744 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:797 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:772 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:825 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:773 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:826 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:774 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:827 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:775 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:828 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:786 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:839 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:799 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:852 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:805 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -547,17 +603,17 @@ msgstr "" #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:826 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:879 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:851 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:901 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:921 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:971 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "" @@ -578,31 +634,39 @@ msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "" -#. in installation always propose missing stuff -#. current below use proposed value if not already set -#. If set, then use same bootloader, but propose it again -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:70 -msgid "Cannot detect device mounted as root. Please check partitioning." -msgstr "" - #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:101 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:102 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:103 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:104 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" +#. Result of {#make_proposal} if a {Bootloader::NoRoot} exception is raised +#. while calculating the proposal +#. +#. @return [Hash] +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:206 +msgid "Cannot detect device mounted as root. Please check partitioning." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a string containing the technical details of the error +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:220 +msgid "" +"Error reading the bootloader configuration files. Please open the booting " +"options to fix it. Details: %s" +msgstr "" + #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:188 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:251 msgid "" "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " "bootable." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:196 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:259 msgid "" "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" @@ -635,113 +699,118 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." +"Boot from MBR does not work together with Btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label\n" +"without bios_grub partition.\n" +"\n" +"To fix this issue,\n" +"\n" +" - create a bios_grub partition, or\n" +" - use any Ext filesystem for boot partition, or\n" +" - do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" #. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:148 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:160 msgid "" "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " "Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:193 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 msgid "" "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " "could refuse to boot." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:211 msgid "" "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " "contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:123 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:125 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:124 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:127 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:131 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:133 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:135 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:139 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 msgid "Unsupported Bootloader" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 msgid "" "Unsupported bootloader '%s' detected. Use proposal of supported " "configuration instead?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:164 msgid "Use" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:246 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:249 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:248 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:251 msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:252 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:255 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:254 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:257 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:260 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:263 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -2426,7 +2426,7 @@ #. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 msgid "" -"The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n" +"The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of\\u00B7\n" "the server (%2).\n" "This certificate might be not practical as a common server certificate.\n" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/caasp.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/caasp.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/caasp.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-09-07 14:17+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-09-07 14:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -17,34 +17,93 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 -msgid "Installation Overview" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/admin_role_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Admin Node Configuration" msgstr "" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 -msgid "Install" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/kubeadm_role_dialog.rb:24 +msgid "kubeadm Node Configuration" msgstr "" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/kubic_minion_role_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Kubic Node Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/microos_role_dialog.rb:24 +msgid "NTP Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. This library provides a simple dialog for setting +#. the worker node specific settings: +#. - the admin node name +#. - the NTP server names +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/worker_role_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Cluster Node Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/controller_node.rb:40 +msgid "Administration Node" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a help text for the controller node input field +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/controller_node.rb:45 +msgid "<h3>The Controller Node</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a help text for the controller node input field +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/controller_node.rb:47 msgid "" -"Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" -"%s" +"Enter the host name or the IP address of the controller node to which " +"this machine will be connected to." msgstr "" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 -msgid "NTP Servers" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/controller_node.rb:74 +msgid "" +"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " +"Hostname" msgstr "" +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/kubic_admin_node.rb:40 +msgid "Kubic Admin Node" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a help text for the kubic admin node input field +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/kubic_admin_node.rb:45 +msgid "<h3>The Kubic Admin Node</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a help text for the kubic admin node input field +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/kubic_admin_node.rb:47 +msgid "" +"Enter the host name or the IP address of the kubic admin node to which " +"this machine will be connected to." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/kubic_admin_node.rb:74 +msgid "" +"Not valid location for the kubic admin node, please enter a valid IP or " +"Hostname" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: input field label +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:53 +msgid "N&TP Servers (comma or space separated)" +msgstr "" + #. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:80 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -52,38 +111,36 @@ "Please, enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 -msgid "" -"You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" -"your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" -"Proceed with caution and at your own risk.\n" -"\n" -"Would you like to continue with the installation?" +#. TRANSLATORS: a help text for the NTP server input field +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:101 +msgid "<h3>NTP Servers</h3>" msgstr "" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: a help text for the NTP server input field +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:103 msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %" -"{message}" +"Enter the host name or the IP address of the NTP server which will be " +"used for synchronizing the time on this machine" msgstr "" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +#. TRANSLATORS: a help text for the NTP server input field +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:106 +msgid "Use comma (,) or space to separate multiple values." msgstr "" -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 -msgid "Administration Node" +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:123 +msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:125 msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hos" -"tname" +"You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" +"your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" +"Proceed with caution and at your own risk.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue with the installation?" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/cio.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-19 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-19 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" +msgid "yes" msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" +msgid "no" msgstr "" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-06 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-06 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "" @@ -109,245 +109,245 @@ msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:211 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" #. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "" "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:223 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:229 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:257 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1430 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:239 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:273 msgid "" "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " "passive." msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:453 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:458 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:463 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:465 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "IP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "" #. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:545 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." msgstr "" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:720 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" "authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:729 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " "nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:757 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:818 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:887 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:820 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:855 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:873 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:881 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:887 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:896 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:897 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:896 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:999 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1000 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1012 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:999 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1001 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1013 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1000 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1013 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1023 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1022 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1147 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1154 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1153 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1184 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1183 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1198 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1210 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1227 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1259 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1257 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1283 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1281 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1288 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1352 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1350 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " "cluster nodes.\n" @@ -355,23 +355,23 @@ "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1367 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1373 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1440 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1438 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -17,25 +17,24 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/main_window.cpp:150 src/main_window.cpp:150 +#: src/main_window.cpp:150 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" -#: src/main_window.cpp:191 src/main_window.cpp:191 +#: src/main_window.cpp:191 msgid "Ready" msgstr "" #. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... -#: src/main_window.cpp:321 src/main_window.cpp:321 +#: src/main_window.cpp:321 msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..." msgstr "" -#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 src/main_window.cpp:341 -#: src/main_window.cpp:406 +#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "" -#: src/main_window.cpp:342 src/main_window.cpp:342 +#: src/main_window.cpp:342 msgid "" "YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You will only see modules which do not require root privileges." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/control.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-21 02:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -17,13 +17,17 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" @@ -31,103 +35,236 @@ " " msgstr "" +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:14 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:14 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:14 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:14 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "Installation Settings" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:12 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:4 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +msgid "System Role" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 -msgid "Overview" +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:14 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 -msgid "Expert" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:17 +msgid "" +"The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is\n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 -msgid "Update Settings" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "Administration Node (Dashboard)" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "Network Configuration" +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "• A set of tools and a dashboard for managing cluster nodes." msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "Hardware Configuration" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Cluster Node" msgstr "" +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:29 +msgid "• The system is registered in a given administration dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "Plain System" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:32 +msgid "• No services started by default." +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 -msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "" +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 -msgid "Welcome" -msgstr "" - +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 -msgid "Add-On Products" +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 -msgid "Time Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "" - +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 @@ -147,30 +284,380 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:67 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "" +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +msgid "Base Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.CAASP.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "kubeadm Node" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "" +"• MicroOS plus kubeadm kubernetes deployment tool\n" +"• Uses CRI-O Container Runtime by default\n" +"• Create a cluster with `kubeadm init`\n" +"• Join a cluster with `kubeadm join`" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "MicroOS Container Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• MicroOS optimised for hosting container workloads\n" +"• Includes Podman Container Runtime by default" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "Kubic Admin Node" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:36 +msgid "" +"• First MicroOS-based kubernetes Master Node\n" +"• Uses CRI-O Container Runtime by default\n" +"• Each kubic cluster requires at least one Admin Node\n" +"• Create cluster with `kubicctl init`\n" +"• Add nodes with `kubicctl node add $node1,$node2,etc`" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Additional Kubic Node" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:43 +msgid "" +"• MicroOS-based kubernetes Node for additional Worker or Master\n" +"• Uses CRI-O Container Runtime by default\n" +"• On the Admin Node run `salt-key -A` to accept the new Node" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:47 +msgid "Kubic Loadbalancer Node" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:48 +msgid "" +"• MicroOS-based Loadbalancer for Kubernets API server using HAProxy\n" +"• On the Admin Node run `salt-key -A` to accept the new Loadbalancer Node" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +msgid "Installation Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Update Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +msgid "Network Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +msgid "Hardware Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +msgid "Repositories Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +msgid "Welcome" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.Kubic.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +msgid "Installation Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +msgid "Expert" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Product License" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Update" msgstr "" +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "" +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.leanos.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 @@ -185,39 +672,166 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 -msgid "Base Installation" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "MicroOS" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +#: control/control.MicroOS.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "" +"• OS designed for single-purpose systems and optimised for large " +"deployments\n" +"• Minimal installation, provides no services by default\n" +"• Install software with `transactional-update pkg in`" msgstr "" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Congratulations!\n" +"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +"Visit us at %1.\n" +"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "Desktop with KDE Plasma" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +msgid "" +"Graphical system with KDE Plasma as desktop environment. Suitable for " +"Workstations, Desktops and Laptops.\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "Desktop with GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "" +"Graphical system with GNOME as desktop environment. Suitable for " +"Workstations, Desktops and Laptops.\n" +"\t " +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +msgid "Desktop with Xfce" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "" +"Graphical system with Xfce as desktop environment. Suitable for " +"Workstations, Desktops and Laptops.\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +msgid "Generic Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +msgid "" +"Graphical system with reduced package set. Intended as base for a customized " +"software selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +msgid "Server" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +msgid "Small set of packages suitable for servers with a text mode interface." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "Transactional Server" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "" +"Like the Server role but uses a read-only root filesystem to provide atomic, " +"automatic updates of a system without interfering with the running system.\n" +" " +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +msgid "Time Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" @@ -225,19 +839,13 @@ " " msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 -msgid "System Role" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 -msgid "" -"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" -"for the selected scenario." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:9 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "" "The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n" @@ -247,6 +855,26 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:14 +msgid "HPC Login and Development Node" +msgstr "" + +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:15 +msgid "" +"• Includes HPC-enabled libraries\n" +"• Adds compilers and development toolchain\n" +msgstr "" + +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:20 +msgid "Apply Modules Extensions" +msgstr "" + +#: installation.SLE_HPC.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Default System" msgstr "" @@ -259,6 +887,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" msgstr "" @@ -283,155 +912,212 @@ msgid "Network Services Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: installation.SLES4SAP.glade.translations.glade:2 +msgid "SLES for SAP Applications" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 -msgid "Installation" +#: installation.SLES4SAP.glade.translations.glade:2 +msgid "" +"• Ideal if you want to run an SAP Application\n" +"• RDP and SAP Installation Wizard option available" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 -msgid "Installation Summary" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: installation.suse-manager-proxy.glade.translations.glade:2 +msgid "SUSE Manager Proxy" msgstr "" -#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:3 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#: installation.suse-manager-proxy.glade.translations.glade:2 +msgid "" +"• Manager Proxy pattern\n" +"• Configure from Manager Server" msgstr "" -#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 -msgid "Language Installation" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: installation.suse-manager-server.glade.translations.glade:2 +msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: installation.suse-manager-server.glade.translations.glade:2 msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -" " +"• Manager Server pattern\n" +"• LVM-based partition layout" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: installation.suse-manager-server.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "SUSE Manager for Retail Server" +msgstr "" + +#: installation.suse-manager-server.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +"• Retail Server Pattern\n" +"• Larger volume for terminal images" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "GNOME Desktop (Basic)" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 +msgid "" +"• Basic GNOME Desktop environment.\n" +"• Preinstalled with only essential graphical applications (File Manager, Web " +"Browser).\n" +"• Uses X11 technology." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "GNOME Desktop (Wayland)" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -msgid "Xfce Desktop" +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 +msgid "" +"• Full featured GNOME desktop environment, including Office suite, E-Mail " +"client, File Manager.\n" +"• Optimized for installation on physical systems, using Wayland technology.\n" +"• Remote graphical access to GNOME desktop environment is not available when " +"using Wayland." msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "GNOME Desktop (X11)" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Minimal X Window" +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 +msgid "" +"• Full featured GNOME desktop environment, including Office suite, E-Mail " +"client, File Manager.\n" +"• Support remote access to GNOME desktop environment." msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "HA node" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -msgid "Computer Role" +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 +msgid "" +"• HA pattern installed\n" +"• sshd / NTP enable" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -msgid "" -"Computer Role is a predefined use case which tailor the system\n" -"for the selected scenario." +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:8 +msgid "HA GEO node" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "" -"The computer role adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n" -"to running additional services. By choosing a computer role, the system is\n" -"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. For the " -"Custom role\n" -"an additional dialog is displayed which allows manual software pattern " -"selection. " +"• HA GEO pattern installed\n" +"• sshd / NTP enable" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -msgid "Workstation with KDE Plasma" +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "HPC Compute Node" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "" -"KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Kontact as " -"mailer,\n" -"Dolphin as file manager, and offers both Firefox and Konqueror as Web " -"browsers.\n" -" " +"• Uses xfs as the default root filesystem\n" +"• Includes HPC-enabled libraries\n" +"• Disables firewall and kdump services\n" +"• Based from minimal setup configuration\n" +"• Installs client for the Slurm Workload Manager \n" +"• Does not create a seperate home partition\n" +"• Does not create a local user\n" +"• Mounts a large scratch partition to /var/tmp\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -msgid "Workstation with GNOME" +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "HPC Managment Server (Head Node)" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "" -"GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Evolution as " -"mailer,\n" -"Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n" -" " +"• Uses xfs as the default root filesystem\n" +"• Includes HPC-enabled libraries\n" +"• Disables firewall and kdump services\n" +"• Installs controller for the Slurm Workload Manager \n" +"• Mounts a large scratch partition to /var/tmp\n" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "" -"Server is usefull when computer should not have interaction with user and " -"have only command line." +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• Dedicated /var/lib/libvirt partition\n" +"• Disable firewall, kdump services" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -msgid "Custom" +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "IceWM Desktop (Minimal)" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 +msgid "Lightweight Desktop environment" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "Minimal text installation" +msgstr "" + +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "" -"Custom role runs additional dialog where user can select software that fits " -"his requirements." +"• X desktop without GNOME, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 -msgid "Custom Pattern Selection" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "Real Time (Text Mode)" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -msgid "Online Repositories" +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 +msgid "• Same Real Time environment as for GUI Mode but without GNOME" msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "SLES with GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 +msgid "• GNOME environment" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "Text Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 +msgid "• X server without GNOME" +msgstr "" + +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 +msgid "" +"• Transactional Server uses a read-only root filesystem to provide atomic, " +"automatic updates of a system without interfering with the running system\n" +"• Update using `transactional-update up`, then reboot for the update to take " +"effect" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "XEN Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:5 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• Dedicated /var/lib/libvirt partition\n" +"• Disable firewall, kdump services" +msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/country.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/country.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/country.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-09-07 13:33+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-09-07 13:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -328,8 +328,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:855 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:889 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "" @@ -573,26 +573,26 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:799 language/src/modules/Language.rb:871 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1044 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1135 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1349 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1378 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." @@ -650,8 +650,8 @@ #. label text (Clock setting) #. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. #. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:760 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:996 msgid "UTC" msgstr "" @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ #. help for time calculation basis: #. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "\n" "Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ msgstr "" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "\n" "You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " @@ -731,121 +731,121 @@ msgstr "" #. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " "to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." msgstr "" #. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "" #. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "" #. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "" #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "" #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "" #. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:536 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:611 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:915 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:698 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:655 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "&Region" msgstr "" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:662 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" msgstr "" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:798 msgid "" "\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ msgstr "" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -864,34 +864,34 @@ msgstr "" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:825 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "" #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:764 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:1000 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:768 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:1004 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:782 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:1008 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-19 01:30+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-19 01:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-26 01:27+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-26 01:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -302,8 +302,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -374,8 +373,7 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 @@ -452,8 +450,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/docker.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/docker.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/docker.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -34,16 +34,16 @@ msgid "Changes in Container" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:78 msgid "Path" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:240 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#. TODO translation -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#. TODO: translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:108 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:313 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "" @@ -64,35 +64,35 @@ msgid "Commit Container" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:222 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:95 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:101 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:223 msgid "Tag" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:104 msgid "Author" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Message" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:111 #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:160 msgid "&Ok" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:161 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "" @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ #. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Inject Shell" msgstr "" @@ -117,114 +117,117 @@ msgid "Target Shell" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +#. Note that the selected shell is not escaped here. The whole command will +#. be escaped by Yast::Execute +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:121 msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" msgstr "" #. Only root can start process -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "" +"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service m" -"anually." +"Docker service does not run. \\\n" +"Run this module as root or start docker service manually." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:145 msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:157 msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:159 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:168 msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:166 msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:178 msgid "&Images" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "&Containers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Docker Images" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:199 msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:224 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:225 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:239 msgid "Created" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:226 msgid "Virtual Size" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 msgid "Container ID" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:237 msgid "Image" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:238 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Command" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:241 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:121 msgid "Ports" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:292 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:302 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 msgid "R&un" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:303 msgid "S&how Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:305 msgid "&Stop Container" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:306 msgid "&Kill Container" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:307 msgid "&Commit" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:324 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "" @@ -241,42 +244,42 @@ #. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Run Container" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:99 msgid "Host" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Container" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:107 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Remove" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:120 msgid "Volumes" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:166 msgid "Choose directory to share" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:171 msgid "Choose target directory" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:198 msgid "Choose external port" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:199 msgid "Choose internal port" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-13 20:09+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 20:09+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -142,19 +142,23 @@ msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:42 msgid "Global Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:42 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:48 msgid "Minor Count" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:51 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:57 msgid "Dialog Refresh" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:67 +msgid "Udev Always Use VNR" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Disable IP Verification" msgstr "" @@ -337,40 +341,45 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "" +"Check \"Udev Always Use VNR\" treat implicit define volume number " +"the same as explicit volumes. When udev asks drbdadm for a list of device " +"related symlinks, drbdadm would suggest symlinks with differing naming " +"conventions, depending on whether the resource has explicit volume VNR { } " +"definitions or only one single volume with the implicit volume number 0.This " +"is enable by default, should be off for legacy backward compatibility." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +msgid "" "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " "sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" -" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" -" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" -" limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" -" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " +"waited so far. You might want to disable this if you have the console of " +"your server connected to a serial terminal server with limited logging " +"capacity. The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds, set " +"it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:154 msgid "" -"Minor Count:\n" -" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" -" without reloading the module.\n" -" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" -" as configured mentioned in this file. " +"Minor Count: use this if you want to define more resources later " +"without reloading the module. by default we load the module with exactly as " +"many devices as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" "Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -379,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -387,7 +396,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -395,14 +404,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:183 msgid "" "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -410,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -419,7 +428,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:199 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -427,7 +436,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:205 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -55,37 +55,37 @@ msgstr "" #. FCoE is not available on the interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:194 msgid "not available" msgstr "" #. the interface is not configured for FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:196 msgid "not configured" msgstr "" #. the flag is 'true' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:202 msgid "true" msgstr "" #. the flag is 'false' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:204 msgid "false" msgstr "" #. the flag is not set at all -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:206 msgid "not set" msgstr "" #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:305 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:366 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:378 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -101,12 +101,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:409 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:412 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -114,28 +114,28 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:432 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:465 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:473 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:568 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:576 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -143,30 +143,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:586 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:735 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:747 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "" #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:777 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:814 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -367,24 +367,24 @@ #. Services dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start o" -"f the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " +"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." msgstr "" #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over E" -"thernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces a" -"nd establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " +"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " +"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." msgstr "" #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol" -" agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Cent" -"er Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" +"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " +"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 @@ -395,35 +395,36 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of V" -"LAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configu" -"red for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is " -"shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " +"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " +"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " +"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detect" -"ion(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." +"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " +"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." +"" msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</b" -">: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch " -"first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. P" -"ress Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interf" -"ace has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.<" -"/p>" +"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" +"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " +"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " +"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " +"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " +"column, e.g. eth3.200." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Se" -"ttings." +"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " +"Settings." msgstr "" #. Configuration dialog help 1/3 @@ -434,18 +435,18 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings ar" -"e written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " +"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." msgstr "" #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable deb" -"ugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use sys" -"log: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set" -" to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " +"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." +" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " +"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" #. edit dialog help 1/3 @@ -456,19 +457,19 @@ #. Edit dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization" -". There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE " -"instances should be created and if DCB is required." +"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " +"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " +"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." msgstr "" #. Edit dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or" -" disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or" -" no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO V" -"LAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create" -" the VLAN interfaces automatically." +"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " +"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" +"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." +" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " +"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." msgstr "" #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -512,44 +513,44 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:435 msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed" -"." +"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " +"installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:438 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:880 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:889 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:909 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:934 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:947 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "" #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1115 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -557,154 +558,154 @@ msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1406 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1421 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1423 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1425 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1427 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1431 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1433 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1435 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1437 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1439 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1533 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1465 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1504 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1519 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1521 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1523 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1527 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1531 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1551 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1576 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1633 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1647 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1655 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1665 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1673 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1674 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -24,7 +24,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgid "" +"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -119,8 +120,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow conn" -"ection to an NFS server." +"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " +"connection to an NFS server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -131,8 +132,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow othe" -"r hosts to connect." +"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " +"other hosts to connect." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-11 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-11 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ #. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config #. is installed -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:72 msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." msgstr "" @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: combo box #. TRANSLATORS: select box #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:886 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:885 msgid "&Service to Allow" msgstr "" @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: select box #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2001 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2003 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" @@ -1185,12 +1185,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:657 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:656 msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:660 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:659 msgid "" "It appears that the additional service settings\n" "%1\n" @@ -1204,23 +1204,23 @@ #. ) #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1058 msgid "" "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1077 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1079 msgid "This entry must be completed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1101 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1103 msgid "Wrong port definition." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1128 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1130 msgid "" "Wrong port definition.\n" "No port number found for this port name.\n" @@ -1228,17 +1228,17 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1157 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1159 msgid "Invalid IP definition." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1484 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1486 msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1545 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1547 msgid "" "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" "but firewall is currently running.\n" @@ -1247,71 +1247,71 @@ msgstr "" #. network is mandatory -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1724 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1931 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1726 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1933 msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'" msgstr "" #. destination port is optional #. source port is optional -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1742 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1773 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1744 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1775 msgid "Invalid port range '%1'" msgstr "" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1754 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1785 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1945 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1756 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1787 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1947 msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'" msgstr "" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1848 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1850 msgid "All services using UDP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1850 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1852 msgid "All services using TCP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1852 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1854 msgid "Samba browsing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1854 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1856 msgid "SLP browsing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1866 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1868 msgid "All networks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1868 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1870 msgid "Subnet: %1" msgstr "" #. hard-coded default -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1973 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1975 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1977 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1979 msgid "&Network" msgstr "" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1984 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1986 msgid "&Service" msgstr "" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1990 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1992 msgid "User-defined service" msgstr "" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2015 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2017 msgid "Po&rt" msgstr "" #. redraw table -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2110 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2112 msgid "Select an item to delete." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-19 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-19 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -114,11 +114,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" +msgid "Module Name" msgstr "" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Module Name" +msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. translators: dialog text @@ -268,27 +268,27 @@ msgstr "" #. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:49 msgid "Prepare system for first login" msgstr "" #. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:56 msgid "Preparing system for first login..." msgstr "" #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:61 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:72 msgid "Completing the System Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-27 00:32+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-27 00:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:134 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:317 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:134 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:299 msgid "The maximum connected clients" msgstr "" @@ -113,145 +113,131 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." +msgid "vsftpd supports connections via TLS (vsftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 -msgid "vsftpd supports connections via TLS (vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "" "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " "local admin (pure-ftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 msgid "Start FTP daemon in the boot process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:232 msgid "Start FTP daemon manually." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:256 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:698 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:238 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:664 msgid "Start FTP daemon via xinetd" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:262 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 msgid "Start xinetd if it is not running." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:268 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:250 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:272 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:277 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:254 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:259 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:282 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:264 msgid "Directory for anonymous users" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:289 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:271 msgid "Directory for authenticated users" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:278 msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:285 msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:292 msgid "Maximum Idle Time (in minutes)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:324 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:306 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate for ftp users (KB/s)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:330 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:312 msgid "Access only for anonymous" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:318 msgid "Access only for authenticated users" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:342 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:324 msgid "Access for anonymous and authenticated users" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:348 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:330 msgid "Anonymous users can upload." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:354 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:336 msgid "Anonymous users can create directories." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:344 msgid "" "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:351 msgid "SSL version 2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:374 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:356 msgid "SSL version 3" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:361 msgid "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms." msgstr "" #. EOF -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:432 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "" @@ -259,290 +245,274 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:457 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:677 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:686 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:695 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:435 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:643 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:652 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:661 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:459 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:437 msgid "FTP daemon is started via xinetd." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:463 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:441 msgid "FTP daemon is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:466 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:444 msgid "FTP daemon needs manual starting." msgstr "" #. logging settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:470 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:448 msgid "Verbose Logging:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:472 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:481 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:450 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:459 msgid "Enable" msgstr "" #. CommandLine::Print(""); #. CommandLine::Print(""); -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:475 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:484 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:453 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:462 msgid "Disable" msgstr "" #. chroot settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:479 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:457 msgid "Chroot Everyone:" msgstr "" #. UMASK settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:491 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:753 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:469 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:719 msgid "Umask for Anonymous: " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:494 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:472 msgid "Umask for Anonymous:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:495 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:503 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:513 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:524 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:532 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:541 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:549 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:557 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:565 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:573 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:581 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:615 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:473 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:481 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:491 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:502 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:510 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:519 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:527 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:535 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:543 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:551 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:559 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:593 msgid "Option is not set now." msgstr "" #. CommandLine::Print(""); -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:498 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:502 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:755 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:476 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:480 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:721 msgid "Umask for Authenticated Users: " msgstr "" #. CommandLine::Print(""); #. CommandLine::Print(""); #. part for pure-fptd -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:508 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:512 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:783 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:486 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:490 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:749 msgid "Umask: " msgstr "" #. end of if (FtpServer::vsftpd_edit) #. authenticated and anonymous dirs -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:520 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:498 msgid "Authenticated dir: " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:528 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:506 msgid "Anonymous dir: " msgstr "" #. port range -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:535 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:513 msgid "Port Range: " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:538 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:889 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:516 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:855 msgid " - " msgstr "" #. idle time -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:545 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:523 msgid "Maximum Idle Time [minutes]: " msgstr "" #. maximum clients per IP -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:553 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:531 msgid "Maximum Clients per IP: " msgstr "" #. maximum clients -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:561 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:539 msgid "Maximum Number of Clients: " msgstr "" #. max rate for authenticated users -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:547 msgid "Maximum Rate for Authenticated Users [KB/s]: " msgstr "" #. max rate for anonymous users -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:555 msgid "Maximum Rate for Anonymous Users [KB/s]: " msgstr "" #. general settings for access -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:585 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:563 msgid "Access Allowed for: " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:587 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:565 msgid "Anonymous Users" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:589 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:567 msgid "Authenticated Users" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:591 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569 msgid "Anonymous and Authenticated Users" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:593 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:571 msgid "Option has wrong value." msgstr "" #. access permissions for anonymous users -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:597 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:575 msgid "Access Permissions for Anonymous: " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:599 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577 msgid "Upload enabled; " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:601 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:579 msgid "Upload disabled; " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:604 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:582 msgid "Create directories enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:606 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:584 msgid "Create directories disabled" msgstr "" #. welcome message vsftpd only -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:611 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:589 msgid "Welcome message: " msgstr "" #. CommandLine::PrintNoCR(_("Security settings: ")); #. SSL options (SSL version and TLS) -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:622 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:600 msgid "SSL is disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:624 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:602 msgid "SSL is enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:628 -msgid "SSL version 2 is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:630 -msgid "SSL version 2 is enabled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:634 -msgid "SSL version 3 is disabled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:636 -msgid "SSL version 3 is enabled" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:640 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:606 msgid "TLS is disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:642 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:608 msgid "TLS is enabled" msgstr "" #. AntiWarez option -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:646 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:612 msgid "Antiwarez: " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:648 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:614 msgid "Antiwarez enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:650 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:616 msgid "Antiwarez disabled" msgstr "" #. SSL/TLS settings -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:653 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:619 msgid "SSL/TLS settings: " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:655 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:621 msgid "SSL/TLS disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:657 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:623 msgid "SSL/TLS enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:659 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:625 msgid "Refuse connections without SSL/TLS" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:673 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:639 msgid "Only one parameter (atboot/manual) is allowed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:680 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:646 msgid "Enabling FTP daemon in the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:689 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:655 msgid "Removing FTP daemon from the boot process..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:712 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:726 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:678 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:692 msgid "Only one parameter (enable/disable) is allowed." msgstr "" #. end of else if (options["show"]:nil!=nil -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:741 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:707 msgid "Umask:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:745 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:711 msgid "Only one parameter (show/set_umask) is allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:761 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:770 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:788 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:727 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:736 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:754 msgid "Entered umask is not valid." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:729 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:738 msgid "Example of correct umask <local users>:<anonymous> (177:077)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:756 msgid "Example of correct umask <files>:<dirs> (set_umask=177:077)" msgstr "" #. end of if (vsftpd_edit) -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:769 msgid "Anonymous users:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:809 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:775 msgid "Anonymous directory:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:814 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:844 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:780 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:810 msgid "Option is empty." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:816 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:782 msgid "Example of correct input set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp" msgstr "" @@ -553,164 +523,164 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:823 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:853 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:935 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1027 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1100 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1151 -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1241 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:789 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:819 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:901 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:993 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1066 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1117 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1185 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:832 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:798 msgid "Authenticated users:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:839 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:805 msgid "Authenticated directory:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:846 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:812 msgid "Example of correct input set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:858 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:824 msgid "Option is not supported in pure-ftpd server." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:867 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:833 msgid "Port range:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:885 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:851 msgid "Port range for passive mode: " msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:894 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:860 msgid "Enter minimal port < maximal port." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:899 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:865 msgid "Enter correct numbers." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:904 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:870 msgid "Only two parameters are allowed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:929 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:895 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1004 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:970 msgid "Access (Anonymous/Authenticated):" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1008 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:974 msgid "Access allowed for: " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1011 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:977 msgid "Anonymous users" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1014 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:980 msgid "Authenticated users" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1017 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:983 msgid "Anonymous and authenticated users" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1020 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:986 msgid "Unknown option." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1040 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1006 msgid "Access permission for anonymous users:" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1047 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1013 msgid "Upload enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1050 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1016 msgid "Upload disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1052 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1018 msgid "; " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1055 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1021 msgid "Create dirs enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1058 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1024 msgid "Create dirs disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1062 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1028 msgid "Only one or two parameters are allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1041 msgid "Welcome Message:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1079 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1120 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1045 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1086 msgid "This option is allowed only in vsftpd." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1094 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1060 msgid "Missing value of option" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1103 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1069 msgid "Example of correct input: welcome_message=\"Hello everybody\"" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1127 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1093 msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftpd." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1145 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1235 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1111 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1179 msgid "Wrong option." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1211 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1155 msgid "Security Settings:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1215 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1159 msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftp-server." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1222 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1166 msgid "SSL and TLS are enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1227 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1171 msgid "SSL and TLS are disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1231 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1175 msgid "Refuse connection without SSL/TLS" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1244 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1188 msgid "Example of correct input: SSL_TLS enable/disable/only" msgstr "" @@ -733,7 +703,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:85 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:196 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "&vsftpd" msgstr "" @@ -760,37 +730,37 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:148 msgid "Aborting FTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "All changes will be lost. Really abort configuration?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "&When booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:196 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "" @@ -809,7 +779,7 @@ #. Init function for start-up #. #. init starting via xinetd and update status -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:212 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:210 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:259 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:173 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317 @@ -821,39 +791,39 @@ #. UpdateInfoAboutStartingFTP (); #. Popup::Message(_("This is not supported via xinetd now.")); -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:213 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:260 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:214 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:359 msgid "FTP is not running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:263 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:212 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "&Start FTP Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:215 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:213 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "S&top FTP Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:273 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:222 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart FTP Now" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:242 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:289 msgid "Start FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:244 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:293 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:242 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Stop FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:246 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:244 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Save Settings and Restart FTP Daemon Now" msgstr "" @@ -861,11 +831,11 @@ #. Start widget radiobuttons for switching daemons #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "Selected Service" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "p&ure-ftpd" msgstr "" @@ -875,7 +845,7 @@ #. General Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "&Welcome message" msgstr "" @@ -883,7 +853,7 @@ #. General Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "&Chroot Everyone" msgstr "" @@ -891,7 +861,7 @@ #. General Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:422 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "&Verbose Logging" msgstr "" @@ -899,7 +869,7 @@ #. General Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" msgstr "" @@ -907,7 +877,7 @@ #. General Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "&Umask for Anonymous" msgstr "" @@ -915,7 +885,7 @@ #. General Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:519 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:517 msgid "Uma&sk for Authenticated Users" msgstr "" @@ -923,7 +893,7 @@ #. General Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:545 msgid "FTP Directory for Anon&ymous Users" msgstr "" @@ -931,12 +901,12 @@ #. General Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Brows&e" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:644 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:587 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:642 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1161 msgid " " msgstr "" @@ -944,7 +914,7 @@ #. General Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:604 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:602 msgid "&FTP Directory for Authenticated Users" msgstr "" @@ -956,8 +926,7 @@ #. Expert Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:635 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1154 msgid "Br&owse" msgstr "" @@ -967,7 +936,7 @@ #. Performance Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "&Max Idle Time [minutes]" msgstr "" @@ -975,7 +944,7 @@ #. Performance Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:699 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:697 msgid "Max Cli&ents for One IP" msgstr "" @@ -983,7 +952,7 @@ #. Performance Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:732 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:730 msgid "Ma&x Clients" msgstr "" @@ -991,7 +960,7 @@ #. Performance Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:763 msgid "&Local Max Rate [KB/s]" msgstr "" @@ -999,7 +968,7 @@ #. Performance Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:798 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "Anonymous Max &Rate [KB/s]" msgstr "" @@ -1009,19 +978,19 @@ #. Authentication Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:836 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:834 msgid "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "Anonymo&us Only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:843 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:841 msgid "Aut&henticated Users Only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:842 msgid "&Both" msgstr "" @@ -1029,7 +998,7 @@ #. Authentication Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "&Enable Upload" msgstr "" @@ -1037,7 +1006,7 @@ #. Authentication Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:903 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:901 msgid "Anon&ymous Can Upload" msgstr "" @@ -1045,7 +1014,7 @@ #. Authentication Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:935 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "Anonymou&s Can Create Directories" msgstr "" @@ -1055,7 +1024,7 @@ #. Expert Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:970 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Enable Pass&ive Mode" msgstr "" @@ -1063,7 +1032,7 @@ #. Expert Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1001 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:999 msgid "&Min Port for Pas. Mode" msgstr "" @@ -1071,7 +1040,7 @@ #. Expert Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1033 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Max P&ort for Pas. Mode" msgstr "" @@ -1080,32 +1049,16 @@ #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen #. end of `Frame ( "Passiv Mode Settings" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1071 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1652 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1593 msgid "Enab&le SSL" msgstr "" -#. Enable SSL v2 -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1097 -msgid "&Enable SSL v2" -msgstr "" - -#. Enable SSL v3 -#. Expert Settings widget -#. -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1126 -msgid "Enable SSL &v3" -msgstr "" - #. Enable TLS #. Expert Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Enable &TLS" msgstr "" @@ -1113,7 +1066,7 @@ #. Expert Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1183 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "D&SA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections" msgstr "" @@ -1121,7 +1074,7 @@ #. Expert Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1178 msgid "Disable Downloading &Unvalidated Data" msgstr "" @@ -1129,29 +1082,29 @@ #. Expert Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1205 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1270 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "Disable SSL/&TLS" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1271 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Accept &SSL and TLS" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 msgid "&Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1320 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1261 msgid "FTP Start-up" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1322 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" @@ -1170,39 +1123,39 @@ #. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance Settings widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1346 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1420 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1473 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1414 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1359 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1428 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1485 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1300 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1426 msgid "FTP Directories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1384 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1446 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1387 msgid "FTP General Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1386 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1448 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1327 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "General" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1498 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "FTP Performance Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1500 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1441 msgid "Performance" msgstr "" @@ -1216,22 +1169,22 @@ #. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1562 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1597 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1503 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1538 msgid "Uploading" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1569 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1613 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1510 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1554 msgid "FTP Anonymous Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1571 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1615 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1512 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1556 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" @@ -1245,33 +1198,33 @@ #. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1638 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1649 msgid "Passive Mode" msgstr "" #. end of `CheckBoxFrame(`id("SSLEnable"), "Sec&urity Settings", true #. end of `Frame ( _("Additional Settings") -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1671 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1726 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1610 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "SUSEfirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1676 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1731 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1615 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1668 msgid "FTP Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1678 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1733 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1617 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1670 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1657 msgid "Additional Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1521,32 +1474,16 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. expert settings Enable SSL v2 help 1/1 +#. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enable SSL v2 \n" -"If enabled, SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. expert settings Enable SSL v3 help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Enable SSL v3 \n" -"If enabled, SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\n" -"\n" -msgstr "" - -#. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219 -msgid "" "Enable TLS \n" "If enabled, TLS connections are allowed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. expert settings RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections \n" "This option specifies the location of the RSA certificate to \n" @@ -1555,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" #. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data \n" "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded \n" @@ -1564,7 +1501,7 @@ msgstr "" #. expert settings Security Settings help 1/1 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "Security Settings \n" "Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" @@ -1577,14 +1514,14 @@ #. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- #. #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "" "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Configure the FTP server. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:255 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "<big>Adding an FTP Server:</big> \n" "Choose an FTP server from the list of detected FTP servers.\n" @@ -1593,7 +1530,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1601,7 +1538,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "<big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of the installed FTP servers. Additionally,\n" @@ -1609,14 +1546,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "<big>Adding a FTP Server</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a FTP server.\n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "Choose a FTP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -1754,105 +1691,105 @@ #. Valid function of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" #. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1569 msgid "RSA certificate is missing." msgstr "" #. Handle function of "Browse" #. handling value in textentry of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1596 msgid "Select File" msgstr "" #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate -#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1654 msgid "" "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " "connection is missing." msgstr "" #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:212 msgid "Welcome message" msgstr "" #. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:812 msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:823 msgid "You have installed both daemons:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:825 msgid "Choose one of them for configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827 msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:835 msgid "" "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " "in interactive mode." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:854 msgid "Read settings from the config file" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:856 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "" #. calling read function for reading settings form config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:870 msgid "Cannot Read Current Settings." msgstr "" #. FtpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:887 msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:897 msgid "Write the settings to the config file" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:899 msgid "Write the settings for starting daemon" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. write options to the config file -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:913 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "" #. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:919 msgid "Cannot write settings for xinetd!" msgstr "" #. write settings for starting daemon -#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:927 msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-17 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-17 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -241,8 +241,7 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Main Host" msgstr "" @@ -287,8 +286,7 @@ #. translators: human-readable "default host" #. translators: human-readable "default host" #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 msgid "Default Host" msgstr "" @@ -643,10 +641,10 @@ #. translators: Listen type for all addresses; #. translators: all network addresses Listen type #. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2396 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2398 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2412 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2416 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3296 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3301 +#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2396 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2398 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2412 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2416 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3296 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3301 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "" @@ -1649,6 +1647,18 @@ msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:748 +msgid "Session support" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:754 +msgid "Cookie based session support" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:761 +msgid "DBD/SQL based session support" +msgstr "" + #: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 msgid "Host not found" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -434,15 +434,15 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." -"" +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " +"configured." msgstr "" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off)" -".\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " +"Off).\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 @@ -467,8 +467,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration wil" -"l remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " +"will remain.\n" msgstr "" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. @@ -497,7 +497,8 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" +"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 @@ -516,8 +517,8 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols" -".\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" +"protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/installation.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-23 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-23 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 16:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. Dialog busy message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:271 msgid "Finishing the installation..." msgstr "" @@ -138,76 +138,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:64 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "" -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 -msgid "Confirm Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 -msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "" - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 -msgid "" -"If you continue now, existing\n" -"partitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n" -"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" -"installation settings in the previous dialogs." -msgstr "" - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 -msgid "" -"If you continue now, partitions on your\n" -"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" -"previous dialogs." -msgstr "" - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:141 -msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." -msgstr "" - -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:129 -msgid "Confirm Update" -msgstr "" - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 -msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "" - -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:135 -msgid "" -"\n" -"If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" -"according to the settings in the previous dialogs." -msgstr "" - -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:144 -msgid "Start &Update" -msgstr "" - #. this is a heading #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 msgid "Blacklist Devices" @@ -243,7 +177,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:84 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -403,7 +337,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:71 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "" @@ -434,7 +368,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:296 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -473,7 +407,7 @@ #. push button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:206 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:307 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" @@ -524,8 +458,15 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. Layout with license section +#. +#. @param heading [String] +#. @param body [String] +#. @param confirm_button_label [String] button layout install/update +#. @return [Yast::Term] layout #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/inst_confirm.rb:191 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" @@ -544,12 +485,16 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 +#: src/lib/installation/inst_confirm.rb:244 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" #. Report error about missing license acceptance +#. Report error about missing license acceptance #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 +#: src/lib/installation/inst_confirm.rb:232 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" @@ -649,16 +594,16 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:314 msgid "" "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:317 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:319 msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." msgstr "" @@ -768,12 +713,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Installation - Warming Up" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:67 msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" @@ -1176,14 +1121,14 @@ #. pop-up error report #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:246 msgid "" -"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" +"No local hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" -"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" +"No local hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" "(especially on S/390 or iSCSI systems)\n" msgstr "" @@ -1191,14 +1136,23 @@ #. pop-up error report #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:267 msgid "" -"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" +"No local hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" "Check your hardware.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" +#. pop-up warning report +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:280 +msgid "" +"No local hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" +"found for the installation.\n" +"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" +"%1\n" +msgstr "" + #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:312 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:325 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1699,9 +1653,23 @@ #. We do not need to create a wizard dialog in installation, but it's #. helpful when testing all manually on a running system #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/desktop_roles.rb:25 -msgid "Computer Role" +msgid "User Interface" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Help text alerting the user about a invalid url +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/registration_url_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The registration URL provided in the command line is not valid.\n" +"Check that you entered it correctly and try again.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/registration_url_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/registration_url_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Registration URL" +msgstr "" + #. Event callback for the 'ok' button #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" @@ -1732,6 +1700,73 @@ msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "" +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts +#: src/lib/installation/inst_confirm.rb:34 +msgid "Confirm Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 +#: src/lib/installation/inst_confirm.rb:37 +msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." +msgstr "" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/lib/installation/inst_confirm.rb:47 +msgid "" +"If you continue now, existing\n" +"partitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n" +"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" +"installation settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/lib/installation/inst_confirm.rb:55 +msgid "" +"If you continue now, partitions on your\n" +"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" +"previous dialogs." +msgstr "" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#: src/lib/installation/inst_confirm.rb:63 +#: src/lib/installation/inst_confirm.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:141 +msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." +msgstr "" + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#: src/lib/installation/inst_confirm.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:129 +msgid "Confirm Update" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#: src/lib/installation/inst_confirm.rb:72 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 +msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." +msgstr "" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#: src/lib/installation/inst_confirm.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:135 +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" +"according to the settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" + +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#: src/lib/installation/inst_confirm.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:144 +msgid "Start &Update" +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." @@ -2010,6 +2045,11 @@ msgid "Configure Online Repositories" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error requesting to choose some option. +#: src/lib/installation/widgets/system_roles_radio_buttons.rb:85 +msgid "You must choose some option before you continue." +msgstr "" + #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." @@ -2104,17 +2144,3 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" - -#. Proposal client for Network configuration -#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:19 -#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:20 -msgid "Network Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:25 -msgid "preformatted_proposal" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/services-manager/clients/services-manager_finish.rb:11 -msgid "Setting default target and system services ..." -msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ msgstr "" #. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:550 msgid "" "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" "by the current repository.\n" @@ -102,95 +102,95 @@ msgstr "" #. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "" #. TODO: report more details (stderr) #. rename the directory -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:726 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 msgid "Error while moving repository content." msgstr "" #. Instserver configuration dialog caption #. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:948 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1161 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:964 msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:970 msgid "Data &Source" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 msgid "Use &ISO Images" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:987 msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:990 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "" #. abort? #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1033 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "" #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1050 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1214 msgid "Installation server name missing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1065 msgid "" "Contents already exist in this directory.\n" "Not copying CDs." msgstr "" #. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "" "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" msgstr "" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1169 msgid "Repository &Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1174 msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1222 msgid "Invalid repository name." msgstr "" #. an error message - entered repository name already exists -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1230 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists,\n" "enter another name." msgstr "" #. create directory only for a new repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1243 msgid "" "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" "Verify that the directory \n" @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ msgstr "" #. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1262 msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -209,87 +209,87 @@ msgstr "" #. Instserver server dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1346 msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1362 msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1367 msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1382 msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1390 msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1450 msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." msgstr "" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1477 msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" msgstr "" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1495 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "&Options" msgstr "" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1555 msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." msgstr "" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1587 msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" msgstr "" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1595 msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1597 msgid "&Directory Alias:" msgstr "" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1654 msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." msgstr "" #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1674 msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" msgstr "" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1690 msgid "&Directory Alias" msgstr "" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1747 msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." msgstr "" @@ -332,15 +332,16 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0" -"/24\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " +"192.168.1.0/24\n" "to restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" +"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " +"available\n" "options, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -374,8 +375,8 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"The installation server will be available to clients using the following UR" -"L:\n" +"The installation server will be available to clients using the following " +"URL:\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -401,8 +402,8 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:" -"\n" +"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " +"below:\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 @@ -419,7 +420,8 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" +"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " +"product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP). \n" msgstr "" @@ -430,23 +432,24 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server." -" \n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " +"server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base prod" -"uct, and press\n" +"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " +"product, and press\n" "Next to copy the content into the local repository.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additio" -"nal\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" +"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " +"additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 @@ -455,8 +458,8 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next" -", you can\n" +"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next</" +"b>, you can\n" "select ISO image files.\n" msgstr "" @@ -501,11 +504,11 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "Adding a Repository: \n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then mad" -"e \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " +"made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and " -"press Configure.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " +"and press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -542,8 +545,8 @@ #. Read service data using _auto #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package" -"\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " +"package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" @@ -556,8 +559,8 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 pack" -"age\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " +"package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -177,148 +177,151 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeou" -"t is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeo" -"ut is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is use" -"d.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " +"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " +"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" +"virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a" -" check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will " -"have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful chec" -"k will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " +"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " +"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " +"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout i" -"s also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is u" -"sed.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " +"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic" -"ename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers ar" -"e down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" +"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " +"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_fa" -"cility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the l" -"ogfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/s" -"yslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" +"syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " +"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" +"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection s" -"tatus to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires " -"perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any " -"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " +"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " +"requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " +"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " +"methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real se" -"rver in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds wi" -"ll\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dep" -"endent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " +"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " +"seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " +"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " +"configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|" -"running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be s" -"ent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none<" -"/b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed" -"\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" +"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " +"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " +"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " +"options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the" -" executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed " -"on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on th" -"e other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of th" -"e\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " +"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " +"changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " +"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " +"of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automati" -"cally after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload<" -"/b> is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " +"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " +"autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " +"configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configurati" -"on file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file c" -"hanged\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, " -"the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " +"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " +"configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " +"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be " -"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table" -".\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will b" -"e accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connec" -"tions, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to" -" the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more inf" -"ormation on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " +"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " +"table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " +"be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " +"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " +"routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " +"information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel does" -"n't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel i" -"s too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</sma" -"ll> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from th" -"e kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " +"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " +"kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" +"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " +"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every vi" -"rtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will inc" -"rease\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many vi" -"rtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instan" -"ces\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " +"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " +"increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " +"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " +"instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All lo" -"g-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to ru" -"n\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled." -"org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=" -"\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for de" -"tails.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " +"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " +"to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" +"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" +"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" +"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -326,82 +329,87 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servi" -"cename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or serv" -"icename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. Th" -"e\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option t" -"o ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" +"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " +"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " +"zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " +"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " +"service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address" -"|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request" -"\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or service" -"name). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primaril" -"y for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range" -" of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case" -"\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server u" -"sing the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must b" -"e\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and de" -"fines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive " -"pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-recei" -"ve\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the r" -"equest string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is " -"used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual serv" -"ices, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address o" -"f a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldire" -"ctord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is anot" -"her machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the" -"\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" +"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" +"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " +"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " +"primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " +"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " +"which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " +"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " +"must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " +"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " +"be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" +"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " +"request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " +"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " +"is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " +"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " +"address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " +"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " +"virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " +"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " +"that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The che" -"cktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfre" -"q and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in wh" -"ich case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " +"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " +"emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " +"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate" -"|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a recei" -"ve string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, th" -"us the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then nego" -"tiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negoti" -"ate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and i" -"n much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers" -". Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be acti" -"vated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" +"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " +"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " +"connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " +"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " +"negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " +"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " +"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " +"services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " +"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " +"be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|orac" -"le|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|s" -"ip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None den" -"otes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it ag" -"ainst the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the serv" -"er\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive" -" sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" +"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" +"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" +"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " +"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " +"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " +"server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" +"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -424,9 +432,9 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run " -"to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everythi" -"ng\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " +"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " +"everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -437,100 +445,105 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service po" -"rt.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " +"port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real s" -"erver. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridd" -"en by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" +"b>\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " +"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " +"overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or " -"the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</s" -"mall> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or " -"more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " +"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" +"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " +"or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occuranc" -"es of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " +"occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the rea" -"l server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind tha" -"t\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characte" -"rs if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " +"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " +"mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " +"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " +"overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's ad" -"dresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " +"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</sm" -"all>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the <" -"small>URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is " -"used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" +"small>\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " +"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " +"the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " +"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HT" -"TPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In" -" the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of " -"the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort " -"the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " +"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " +"request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " +"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " +"be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " +"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , My" -"SQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " +"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " +"in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from a" -"ddress for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " +"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuratio" -"n\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derive" -"d as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication wil" -"l not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " +"configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " +"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " +"will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , <sma" -"ll>LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " +"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname" -" is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or" -" sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " +"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " +"run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL" -", Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed." +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " +"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " +"performed.\n" "\n" "\n" -"\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the datab" -"ase that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. Th" -"is\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " +"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " +"against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an" -" Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set " -"by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " +"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " +"(set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -544,117 +557,120 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an in" -"formation on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvs" -"adm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " +"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" +"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</small" -"> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then " -"the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" +"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " +"mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port " -"is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 5" -"3: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " +"port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " +"53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeou" -"t is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeo" -"ut is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is use" -"d.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " +"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " +"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" +"virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout i" -"s also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is u" -"sed.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " +"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a" -" check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will " -"have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful chec" -"k will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " +"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " +"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " +"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection s" -"tatus to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires " -"perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any " -"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " +"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " +"requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " +"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " +"methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real se" -"rver in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds wi" -"ll\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dep" -"endent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " +"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " +"seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " +"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " +"configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|" -"running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be s" -"ent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none<" -"/b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed" -"\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" +"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " +"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " +"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " +"options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic" -"ename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers ar" -"e down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" +"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " +"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be " -"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table" -".\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will b" -"e accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connec" -"tions, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to" -" the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more inf" -"ormation on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " +"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " +"table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " +"be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " +"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " +"routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " +"information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel does" -"n't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel i" -"s too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</sma" -"ll> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from th" -"e kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overrid" -"den.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " +"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " +"kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" +"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " +"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -167,73 +167,58 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "" -#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 -msgid "manual" -msgstr "" - -#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 -msgid "onboot" -msgstr "" - -#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#. widget for portal address #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 -msgid "automatic" -msgstr "" - -#. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:112 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:143 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "" #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -263,38 +248,57 @@ #. Package: Configuration of iscsi-client #. Summary: Help texts of all the dialogs #. Authors: Michal Zugec <mzugec(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:35 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "If authentication is needed for secure access, please use Authentication " "by Initiator and Authentication by Targets together. Please do " "not only use one of them for security reasons.\n" msgstr "" +#. the help text for the startup modes, architecture dependent +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" +"default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:43 +msgid "" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " +"when\n" +"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:45 +msgid "" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " +"service\n" +"starts up.\n" +msgstr "" + #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:44 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -303,14 +307,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Configure an iSCSI initiator here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big> \n" "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" @@ -319,7 +323,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -327,7 +331,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" @@ -335,14 +339,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big> \n" "Press Add to configure an iSCSI initiator.\n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" @@ -350,7 +354,7 @@ msgstr "" #. table of connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:92 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get " "additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " @@ -361,18 +365,18 @@ #. Warning #. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:101 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:131 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:102 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " "this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " "corruption.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" "tt>. \n" @@ -380,7 +384,7 @@ "able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " "discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" @@ -388,47 +392,35 @@ "be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" "Only change Port. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Discovery Authentication. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " "Connect. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:146 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" -"default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" -"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" -"starts up.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the " "checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons." msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the " "Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " @@ -445,60 +437,60 @@ "up mode." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:170 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "" #. string initiatorname=""; #. function for run command in background -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:64 msgid "Command timed out" msgstr "" #. validation for authentication dialog entry -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:134 msgid "Insert the username." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:139 msgid "Insert the password." msgstr "" #. init table of connected sessions -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:151 msgid "Error While Connecting iscsid" msgstr "" #. delete (logout from) connected target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:213 msgid "Really log out from the selected target?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:217 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:227 msgid "No record found." msgstr "" #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:269 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:274 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:392 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -512,17 +504,17 @@ msgstr "" #. validate ip -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:571 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. check for valid host name -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:583 msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:595 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -530,41 +522,56 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:716 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:821 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:849 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:716 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:821 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:874 msgid "" "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " "multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:757 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:877 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:868 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:930 +msgid "manual" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:932 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:934 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration" @@ -643,16 +650,16 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:74 msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:75 msgid "all" msgstr "" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:732 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -662,11 +669,11 @@ #. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons #. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1078 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1216 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:330 msgid "LUN" msgstr "" @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "Path" msgstr "" @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:468 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:471 msgid "Add" msgstr "" @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:469 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:472 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" @@ -159,15 +159,15 @@ #. dialog to add/modify user and password #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:747 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750 msgid "Username" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:263 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:748 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:253 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:266 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:751 msgid "Password" msgstr "" @@ -251,11 +251,12 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "If you enable Use Login Authentication, you need to fill in " -"UserID and Password for both Authentication " -"for Targets and Authentication for Initiators in " -"next pages. Even you disabled Use Login Authentication, it's still " -"needed to add the initiators name of which you want to grant " -"access to the targets in next page" +"UserID and Password for both \\\n" +" Authentication for Targets and Authentication for " +"Initiators \\\n" +" in next pages. Even you disabled Use Login Authentication</" +"b>, it's still needed to add the initiators name \\\n" +" of which you want to grant access to the targets in next page" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -489,173 +490,173 @@ #. we must also call handleDiscAuthStatus() here because once users enable / disable discovery authentication, #. we need to set the configFS attributes accordingly. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 msgid "No Discovery Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 msgid "Authentication by Targets" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:252 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:265 msgid "UserID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:257 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 msgid "Authentication by Initiators" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:289 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:295 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:298 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:304 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:342 msgid "Browse" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:347 msgid "Name (autogenerated when empty)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:465 msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:465 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:473 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:566 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:625 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:628 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648 msgid "Initiator name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:651 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:664 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:667 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing #. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:670 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:727 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:673 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:730 msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "" #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:707 msgid "New initiator name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:753 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:751 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:754 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:814 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1289 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1392 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1429 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:814 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1292 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1395 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1432 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:848 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:962 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1316 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:851 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:965 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1319 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1030 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1033 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1052 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1055 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1073 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1098 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1101 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1115 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1229 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1230 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1244 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1267 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1266 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1269 msgid "None" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481 msgid "" "There isn't any initiator specified.\n" "To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" @@ -664,23 +665,23 @@ "Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1495 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1507 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1510 msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1528 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1531 msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1552 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1555 msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1587 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1590 msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/isns.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -157,47 +157,48 @@ #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are " -"displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.<" -"/p> It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it" -" from the iSNS database." +"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " +"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " +"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " +"removes it from the iSNS database." msgstr "" #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create " -"a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the memb" -"ers from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" +"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " +"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." msgstr "" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting anothe" -"r discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain." -" It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delet" -"e the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not de" -"lete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered " -"node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or t" -"arget registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an " -"iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI n" -"ode targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " +"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " +"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " +"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " +"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " +"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " +"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " +"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " +"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " +"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " +"Discovery Domains. " msgstr "" #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domai" -"ns belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of " -"a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Di" -"scovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iS" -"CSI Node members." +"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " +"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " +"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " +"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " +"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." msgstr "" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different dis" -"covery domain set is selected." +"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " +"discovery domain set is selected." msgstr "" #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** @@ -255,7 +256,9 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgid "" +"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" +"p>" msgstr "" #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/journal.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -18,24 +18,29 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "" #. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:48 msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" msgstr "" #. Return the result as an array of Items -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Change filter..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:120 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, running the "journalctl" command has failed +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:177 +msgid "Reading the journal entries failed." +msgstr "" + #. Header #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Entries to display" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-31 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 -msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" +msgid "Allocate Low and High Memory (in MB) of Kdump separated by comma" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -324,11 +324,11 @@ msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1270 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1271 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" @@ -367,8 +367,13 @@ msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "" +#. Only numbers are allowed as allow_mem_high and allow_mem_low values +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 +msgid "alloc_mem parameter used with invalid values" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 msgid "" "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." @@ -377,7 +382,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:763 src/clients/kdump.rb:768 src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -396,40 +401,40 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:772 src/clients/kdump.rb:798 src/clients/kdump.rb:827 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1059 src/clients/kdump.rb:1076 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1093 src/clients/kdump.rb:1110 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1125 src/clients/kdump.rb:1141 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1164 src/clients/kdump.rb:1184 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1204 src/clients/kdump.rb:1218 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1241 src/clients/kdump.rb:1261 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:789 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:793 src/clients/kdump.rb:818 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:814 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:821 msgid "" "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:841 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "" @@ -437,8 +442,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:863 src/clients/kdump.rb:897 src/clients/kdump.rb:946 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:980 src/clients/kdump.rb:1027 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "" @@ -446,48 +451,48 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:877 src/clients/kdump.rb:927 src/clients/kdump.rb:968 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:994 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1006 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1048 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1159 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1179 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1199 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1236 src/clients/kdump.rb:1256 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1268 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1286 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ #: src/ui.rb:449 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value r" -"enames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " +"renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ #: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate" -" is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " +"Certificate is valid." msgstr "" #. hint to error message @@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when" -"\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " +"when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" @@ -295,7 +295,8 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " +"replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" @@ -318,9 +319,9 @@ #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 msgid "" -"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object da" -"ta. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save" -" to save your changes to LDAP." +"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " +"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " +"Save to save your changes to LDAP." msgstr "" #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/mail.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localho" -"st.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " +"localhost.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 @@ -99,7 +99,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " +"authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" @@ -108,16 +109,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.co" -"m.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." +"com.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your pr" -"ovider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " +"provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 @@ -150,8 +151,8 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</" -"p>\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." +"\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 @@ -206,8 +207,7 @@ #. but ProbePackages still has to be called. #. continue-cancel popup #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 -msgid "" -"The configuration will be written now.\n" +msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption @@ -609,7 +609,8 @@ #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " +"mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" @@ -647,10 +648,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " +"service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " +"send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " +"with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" @@ -662,15 +666,16 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the" -"\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " +"the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgid "" +"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "" #. Translators: text entry label @@ -714,8 +719,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forw" -"ard root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " +"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." msgstr "" #. LogView label. take a string from users? @@ -778,8 +783,7 @@ #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 -msgid "" -"AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" +msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup. @@ -792,14 +796,12 @@ #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 -msgid "" -"Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" +msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 -msgid "" -"Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" +msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: dialog caption Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/migration.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/migration.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/migration.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 17:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-31 17:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) #: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as" -" soon as possible." +"Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system " +"as soon as possible." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, @@ -101,15 +101,14 @@ #. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier #: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 msgid "" -"Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from mig" -"ration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{li" -"nk}\">Disable</a>)" +"Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from " +"migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=" +"\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 -msgid "" -"This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" msgstr "" #. @return [String] translated headline Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/network.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-08 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-08 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 16:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 16:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/dns.rb:71 src/clients/host.rb:67 src/clients/lan.rb:65 -#: src/clients/lan.rb:76 src/clients/remote.rb:64 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:76 src/clients/remote.rb:63 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "" @@ -85,40 +85,31 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 -msgid "Firewall and SSH" -msgstr "" - #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "&Firewall and SSH" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:186 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " @@ -128,14 +119,14 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " "after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:209 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " "SSH\n" @@ -145,58 +136,64 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:216 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" -#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog -#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#. Returns the cpu mitigation part of the bootloader proposal description +#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped +#. @return [String] proposal html text +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:297 +msgid "CPU Mitigations: " +msgstr "" + +#. do it in own dialog window +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:325 msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:335 msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:339 msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:356 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:370 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:388 msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:390 msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" msgstr "" #. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description #. Returns nil if this part should be skipped #. @return [String] proposal html text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:402 msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:404 msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" msgstr "" @@ -510,22 +507,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/remote.rb:74 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:73 msgid "Allow remote access" msgstr "" #. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/remote.rb:85 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:84 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" msgstr "" #. Command line output Headline -#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:125 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" msgstr "" #. Command line error message -#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 +#: src/clients/remote.rb:145 msgid "" "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." @@ -544,7 +541,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:510 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:520 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -631,7 +628,7 @@ #. Table header label #. Table header 3/4 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "" @@ -715,13 +712,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1456 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1503 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1505 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1020,18 +1017,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:81 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:93 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -1039,7 +1036,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:104 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" @@ -1048,7 +1045,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 msgid "&Edit" @@ -1057,155 +1054,156 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:129 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 msgid "TODO kind of vague!" msgstr "" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:136 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:144 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:152 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:170 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:179 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:180 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:189 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1285 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:209 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:212 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:229 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:234 msgid "Down" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:259 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:261 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " msgstr "" -#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); -#. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:806 +#. Initialize a RadioButtonGroup +#. Group called FOO has buttons FOO_bar FOO_qux and values bar qux +#. @param [String] key id of the widget +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:794 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:289 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:295 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:311 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:312 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:313 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:324 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:326 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:330 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:363 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:372 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:380 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:997 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1213,13 +1211,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1043 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1017 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "" #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1067 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1041 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1230,20 +1228,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1061 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1068 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1102 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1076 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1083 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1253,67 +1251,67 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1127 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" #. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1186 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1160 msgid "&General" msgstr "" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1171 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1201 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1175 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1180 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1216 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1190 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1262 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1265 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1271 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1278 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1332 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " @@ -1326,12 +1324,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1450 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1421 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" +#. fixed bug #73739 - if dhcp is used, dont set default gw statically +#. but also: reset default gw only if DHCP* is used, this branch covers +#. "No IP address" case, then default gw must stay (#460262) +#. and also: don't delete default GW for usb/pcmcia devices (#307102) +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1480 +msgid "" +"A static default route is defined.\n" +"It is suggested to remove the static default route definition \n" +"if one can be obtained also via DHCP.\n" +"Do you want to remove the static default route?" +msgstr "" + #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1608 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1576 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1652,7 +1662,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:399 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1662,12 +1672,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:450 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:451 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:481 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:482 src/include/network/widgets.rb:373 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1676,7 +1686,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:513 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -2307,23 +2317,24 @@ "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " "<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> as canonical name.\n" +"YaST2 will also create aliases from the canonical name automatically.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:231 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:235 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2334,13 +2345,13 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 msgid "" "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " "failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:249 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2351,7 +2362,7 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:258 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " @@ -2359,12 +2370,12 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:261 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:262 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " @@ -2375,7 +2386,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " @@ -2391,21 +2402,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:283 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:287 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:291 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " "legacy. The total\n" @@ -2415,7 +2426,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297 msgid "" "Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter " "foo instead of eth0:foo." @@ -2424,7 +2435,7 @@ #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2441,13 +2452,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:318 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:319 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2456,7 +2467,7 @@ "acts as an access point).\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:328 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:329 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2468,7 +2479,7 @@ "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:338 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2489,7 +2500,7 @@ "Managed.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:356 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2499,7 +2510,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:364 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2509,13 +2520,13 @@ "easy to guess as the passphrase.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:371 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:372 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:374 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:375 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -2580,17 +2591,17 @@ #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 -msgid "TTLS" +msgid "PEAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 -msgid "PEAP" +msgid "TLS" msgstr "" #. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 -msgid "TLS" +msgid "TTLS" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 @@ -3012,37 +3023,37 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 msgid "MD5" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "GTC" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "PAP" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1386 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "" @@ -3051,28 +3062,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3088,17 +3099,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:127 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:141 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:158 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:159 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3117,7 +3128,7 @@ #. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion #. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) #. @return a list of items -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:207 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -3127,33 +3138,33 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:868 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:883 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:928 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:943 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:932 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:947 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:951 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:955 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:960 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" @@ -3162,7 +3173,7 @@ #. #. @param [Array<String>] list of incorrectly configured devices #. @return [String] a message stating that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME setup was detected -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:971 msgid "" "More than one interface asks to control the hostname via DHCP.\n" "If you keep the current settings, the behavior is non-deterministic.\n" @@ -3191,82 +3202,82 @@ msgid "Set Hostname via DHCP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:129 msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:135 msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:138 msgid "Only Manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:139 msgid "Use Default Policy" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:140 msgid "Use Custom Policy" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151 msgid "&Custom Policy Rule" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:164 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:160 msgid "Name Server &1" msgstr "" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:176 msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid." msgstr "" #. NAMESERVER_2 and NAMESERVER_3 are cloned in the dialog function -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:187 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:183 msgid "Do&main Search" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:208 msgid "Name Server &2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:209 msgid "Name Server &3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:213 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "" #. global help, init, store for all dialog -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230 msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:247 msgid "Hostname/DNS" msgstr "" #. Init handler for DHCP_HOSTNAME -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:434 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:430 msgid "keep current settings" msgstr "" #. translators: no device selected placeholder -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:435 msgid "no" msgstr "" #. translators: placeholder for "set hostname via any DHCP aware device" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:441 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:437 msgid "yes: any" msgstr "" #. translators: label is in form yes: <device name> -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:441 msgid "yes: %s" msgstr "" @@ -3274,30 +3285,30 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 msgid "" "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " "it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:545 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:548 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:551 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:557 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:560 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "" #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:692 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:695 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3411,9 +3422,8 @@ msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "" -#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used -#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:436 +#. An input validator for the Routing dialog +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:446 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3547,115 +3557,130 @@ "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 +#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:218 +msgid "connected" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:219 +msgid "datagram" +msgstr "" + +#. ipoib_modes contains known IPoIB modes, "default" is place holder for +#. "do not set anything explicitly -> driver will choose" +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:243 +msgid "default" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:244 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Firewall is not installed." msgstr "" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:264 msgid "576 (dial-up)" msgstr "" #. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:272 msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" msgstr "" #. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" #. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:296 msgid "NetworkManager Service" msgstr "" #. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:304 msgid "Traditional ifup" msgstr "" #. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:312 msgid "Wicked Service" msgstr "" #. used when no network service is active or to disable network service -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:320 msgid "Network Services Disabled" msgstr "" #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:351 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:368 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:412 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:413 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:446 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:449 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:502 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:535 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3664,7 +3689,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:581 msgid "configured" msgstr "" @@ -3682,399 +3707,412 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:86 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:94 msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:92 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:100 msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:109 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:107 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:115 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" #. check if the name is assigned to another device already -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:144 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:149 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:148 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: informs that multiple interfaces are configured +#: src/lib/network/lan_items_summary.rb:93 +msgid "Multiple Interfaces" +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:380 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:382 src/modules/Lan.rb:527 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:384 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:397 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:606 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:414 src/modules/Lan.rb:615 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:424 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:555 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:584 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:594 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning message, the AutoYaST XML profile is incorrect +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:692 +msgid "" +"DNS configuration error: The DNS configuration\n" +"is written in the second installation stage (after reboot)\n" +"but the second stage is disabled in the AutoYaST XML profile." +msgstr "" + #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:146 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:142 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:150 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:146 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:254 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:255 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:267 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:268 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:269 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:270 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:273 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:274 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:277 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:278 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:279 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:280 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:282 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:283 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:316 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:324 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:322 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:336 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:344 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:351 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:361 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" -#. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#. Progress step 5/8 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" -#. Progress step 7/9 +#. Progress step 6/8 #: src/modules/Lan.rb:377 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" -#. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 +#. Progress step 7/8 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" -#. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:389 +#. Progress step 8/8 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:388 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +msgid "" +"Network configuration is corrupted.\n" +"If you continue resulting configuration can be malformed.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:395 src/modules/Lan.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:402 src/modules/Lan.rb:636 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:422 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:429 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:499 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:499 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:508 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:501 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:503 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:511 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:540 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:536 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:545 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:542 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:548 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:556 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:565 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:578 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:577 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:586 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:632 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" #. header for network summary list -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:732 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:745 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:737 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:750 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. switch from network manager to wicked -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:739 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:752 msgid "switch to Wicked" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:743 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:756 msgid "Traditional network setup with Wicked" msgstr "" #. switch from wicked to network manager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:745 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:758 msgid "switch to NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:751 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:753 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "disable" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:757 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:772 msgid "enable" msgstr "" -#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:202 -msgid "connected" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:203 -msgid "datagram" -msgstr "" - #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1341 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1345 +#. summary description of STARTMODE=nfsroot +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1388 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1392 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1353 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1400 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1404 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" @@ -4086,63 +4124,63 @@ #. #. @param [Hash] dev_map a device's sysconfig map (in form "option" => "value") #. @return [Array] list of strings, one string is intended for one "bullet" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1397 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1444 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1447 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1444 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1500 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1491 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1547 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1516 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1472 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1535 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1536 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1506 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1553 msgid "" "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " "is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " "devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1512 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1559 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1566 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1566 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" @@ -4152,17 +4190,17 @@ #. @param [String] ifcfg_type #. @param [String] ifcfg_name #. @return [String] formated string with the interface type and the interfaces enslaved -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2545 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2591 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2548 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2594 msgid "Bridge Ports" msgstr "" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:193 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." @@ -4217,21 +4255,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:318 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:314 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:320 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:323 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:322 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:328 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "" @@ -4240,22 +4278,22 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:338 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:502 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:508 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:512 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:516 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -154,15 +154,16 @@ msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further informatio" -"n \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " +"information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " +"of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" @@ -170,9 +171,10 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting" -"\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " +"need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " +"setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" @@ -290,8 +292,8 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the dire" -"ctory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " +"directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" @@ -349,60 +351,60 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:406 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" -"No changes will be made to the\n" +"No changes will be made to\n" "the NFS client configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:449 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:456 msgid "Start services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:464 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:470 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:490 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:508 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' " -"etc." +"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." +"com' etc." msgstr "" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 @@ -105,13 +105,14 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgid "" +"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to g" -"et information about available options." +"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " +"get information about available options." msgstr "" #. Then no need to check for conflict. @@ -219,8 +220,8 @@ #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the " -"domain to 'localdomain'." +"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " +"the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 @@ -240,18 +241,18 @@ #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave" -"\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you a" -"re not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " +"Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " +"are not sure.\n" msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Ker" -"beros and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " +"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label @@ -302,20 +303,21 @@ #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " +"directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgid "" +"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" #. Help, part 4 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 -msgid "" -"Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" +msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label @@ -421,8 +423,8 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is " -"correct." +"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " +"is correct." msgstr "" #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nis.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nis.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nis.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -127,14 +127,12 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 -msgid "" -"Invalid netmask: %1.\n" +msgid "Invalid netmask: %1.\n" msgstr "" #. error message #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 -msgid "" -"Invalid network: %1.\n" +msgid "Invalid network: %1.\n" msgstr "" #. error message @@ -159,7 +157,8 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" +"i>\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" @@ -214,8 +213,8 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this mac" -"hine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " +"machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" @@ -302,8 +301,8 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details." -"\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" +"b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" @@ -324,14 +323,12 @@ #. To translators: error message #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 -msgid "" -"Wrong netmask!\n" +msgid "Wrong netmask!\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: error message #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 -msgid "" -"Wrong network!\n" +msgid "Wrong network!\n" msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 @@ -378,15 +375,15 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the m" -"aster NIS server." +"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " +"master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the" -" corresponding option." +"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " +"the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -427,9 +424,9 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Ad" -"d to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delet" -"e to remove an entry." +"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " +"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " +"Delete to remove an entry." msgstr "" #. To translators: selection box label @@ -673,32 +670,27 @@ #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 -msgid "" -"Error while removing %1\n" +msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Directory %1 cannot be created.\n" +msgid "Directory %1 cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 -msgid "" -"Cannot get list of maps.\n" +msgid "Cannot get list of maps.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" +msgid "Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 -msgid "" -"Could not get list with slaves.\n" +msgid "Could not get list with slaves.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname @@ -714,56 +706,47 @@ #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 -msgid "" -"Error saving file %1\n" +msgid "Error saving file %1\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 -msgid "" -"Error setting up domain name\n" +msgid "Error setting up domain name\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 -msgid "" -"Error setting up variable %1\n" +msgid "Error setting up variable %1\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 -msgid "" -"Error while stopping %1 daemon\n" +msgid "Error while stopping %1 daemon\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 -msgid "" -"Error while starting %1 daemon\n" +msgid "Error while starting %1 daemon\n" msgstr "" #. error popup #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 -msgid "" -"Error while creating an empty user database.\n" +msgid "Error while creating an empty user database.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 -msgid "" -"Error while creating the ypservers map.\n" +msgid "Error while creating the ypservers map.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Error while creating database.\n" +msgid "Error while creating database.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 -msgid "" -"Error while configuring the client.\n" +msgid "Error while configuring the client.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: progress label Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-24 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-24 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -83,32 +83,32 @@ msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "" -#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" -"without package %1 installed." -msgstr "" - #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:389 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:377 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:437 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:408 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "" #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:468 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" "click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" +#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:471 +msgid "" +"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" +"without package %1 installed." +msgstr "" + #. local clock type name #: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 msgid "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" @@ -490,14 +490,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1488 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1488 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1489 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1489 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "" @@ -1203,58 +1201,58 @@ #. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:516 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:646 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1061 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:542 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:674 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1155 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1179 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:729 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:764 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:735 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:770 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:741 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:776 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:780 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:749 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:784 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:788 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:792 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:773 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:808 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:777 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:812 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME: too generic! -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:780 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:815 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" @@ -1263,75 +1261,75 @@ #. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, #. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result #. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:873 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:846 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:881 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:885 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:903 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1140 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1145 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1147 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1151 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1153 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "" #. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1070 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1164 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1169 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1077 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1171 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1081 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1175 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1083 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1177 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" @@ -1339,11 +1337,11 @@ #. error if some of the call fails. #. #. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1149 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1243 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1181 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1275 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -148,21 +148,21 @@ #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be igno" -"red and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " +"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." msgstr "" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed w" -"hen %1 is enabled." +"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " +"when %1 is enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Onl" -"y patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.<" -"/p>" +"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " +"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " +"skipped." msgstr "" #. cache the base product details Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -62,8 +62,9 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Softwa" -"re repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " +"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " +"module." msgstr "" #. progress stage label @@ -151,8 +152,8 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be sho" -"wn in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " +"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" msgstr "" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) @@ -162,8 +163,7 @@ #. progress information #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Installation finished.\n" +msgid "Installation finished.\n" msgstr "" #. label @@ -253,8 +253,8 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of Y" -"aST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " +"YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/packager.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/packager.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/packager.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-29 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-29 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ #. an error popup #. an error popup #. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:377 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:460 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:536 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:593 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:367 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:450 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:526 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:583 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." msgstr "" @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ #. table header - name of the repo #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:719 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:732 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:729 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:742 msgid "Name" msgstr "" @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1515 #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:699 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:287 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1209 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1250 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -913,81 +913,81 @@ msgstr "" #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:63 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:65 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:65 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:67 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:80 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:82 msgid "" "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " "interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:174 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:184 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:204 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:269 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:214 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:279 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:339 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:340 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:382 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:388 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:349 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:350 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:398 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:342 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:381 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:352 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:391 #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1366 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables #. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:347 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:357 msgid "Raw URL: %s" msgstr "" #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:387 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:387 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:397 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:397 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:407 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "" #. #176013 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:656 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:666 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:659 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:669 msgid "All services" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:668 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:678 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "" @@ -995,25 +995,25 @@ #. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also #. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE #. within product subscription. -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:695 msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:697 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:707 msgid "View" msgstr "" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:712 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:722 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:714 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:727 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:724 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:737 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" @@ -1022,96 +1022,96 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:717 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:730 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:727 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:740 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:721 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:731 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:723 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:734 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:733 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:744 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:834 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "" #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:836 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:846 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:848 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:840 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:850 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:842 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:852 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:849 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:859 msgid "Properties" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:854 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:864 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:860 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:870 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:898 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:908 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:913 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:907 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:917 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:909 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:919 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:926 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "" #. help -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:919 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:925 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:935 msgid "" "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " "for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ "P>" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:932 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:944 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:965 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:971 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:981 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:993 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " @@ -1176,14 +1176,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:991 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1001 msgid "" "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " "repositories and services." msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:999 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1009 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" @@ -1191,14 +1191,14 @@ "installation." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1015 msgid "" "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" "packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1050 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1060 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1214 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1066 src/modules/Packages.rb:1255 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -1214,53 +1214,53 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1068 src/modules/Packages.rb:1263 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1075 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1085 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1077 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1087 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1256 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1266 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1267 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1272 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1263 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1273 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1295 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1305 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "" #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1321 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1331 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1463 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1473 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -1269,18 +1269,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1531 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1541 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. Handle the "Delete" button in the service view #. @param [Integer] current index of the selected item in the table -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1609 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1619 msgid "The services of type 'plugin' cannot be removed." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1615 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1625 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -1288,41 +1288,49 @@ #. Handle the "Delete" button in the repository view #. @param [Integer] global_current index of the repository in the @sourceStatesOut -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1635 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1645 msgid "" "The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be removed." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1639 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1649 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1700 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1713 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." msgstr "" #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1982 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2000 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: An error message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2023 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2041 msgid "The services of type 'plugin' cannot be changed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: An error message -#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2030 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2048 msgid "" "The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be changed." msgstr "" +#. Shows a warning message when repository managed by a service +#. @param [Hash] sourceState the current state of the repository or service +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2071 +msgid "" +"Repository '%{name}' is managed by service '%{service}'.\n" +"Your manual changes might be reset by the next service refresh!" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:115 msgid "Software" @@ -1362,7 +1370,7 @@ #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1154 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1748 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:469 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1548,14 +1556,14 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309 msgid "" "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" "bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325 msgid "" "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " "installing the system." @@ -1563,7 +1571,7 @@ #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 msgid "" "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " "the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " @@ -1573,7 +1581,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " @@ -1581,118 +1589,118 @@ msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:346 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:368 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:382 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:388 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:403 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:411 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:416 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502 msgid "" "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " "media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:501 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506 msgid "" "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " "media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:542 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547 msgid "" "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " "start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:562 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:610 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:607 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:633 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" #. Check the YaST required packages. -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:648 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:653 msgid "Please manually select the needed items to install." msgstr "" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:710 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:720 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:722 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:727 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:729 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:744 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:740 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:745 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:771 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1705,12 +1713,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1230 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1271 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1503 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1544 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the " "installation\n" @@ -1719,68 +1727,68 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1530 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1593 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1585 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1626 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1825 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1866 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1827 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1868 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1937 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1978 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2209 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2268 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2227 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2286 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2570 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2629 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a package list -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2743 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2802 msgid "These packages need to be selected to install: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a pattern list -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2746 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2805 msgid "These patterns need to be selected to install: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{type} is a resolvable type, %{list} is a list of names #. This is a fallback message for unknown types, normally it should not be displayed -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2750 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2809 msgid "These items (%{type}) need to be selected to install: %{list}" msgstr "" @@ -1835,8 +1843,8 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1272 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" @@ -1854,73 +1862,73 @@ msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1109 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1208 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1624 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:62 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:74 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:201 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "" "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:404 msgid "" "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" msgstr "" #. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:480 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:509 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:518 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1961,7 +1969,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1776 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1779 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "" @@ -2026,7 +2034,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1643 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -2167,11 +2175,11 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:771 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1912 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:771 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1915 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:778 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1919 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:778 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1922 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" @@ -2241,8 +2249,8 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1066 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1066 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1327 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1394 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" @@ -2256,20 +2264,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1317 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1320 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1322 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1389 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1392 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1393 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2282,7 +2290,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1341 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1408 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2290,11 +2298,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2306,12 +2314,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1441 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1444 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2319,71 +2327,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1622 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1629 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1631 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1634 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1647 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1647 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1650 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1652 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1662 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1668 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1671 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1677 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1680 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1687 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1762 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1762 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1765 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1769 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1772 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1943 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1946 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2399,7 +2407,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1956 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1959 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " "repository.\n" @@ -2409,16 +2417,16 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2018 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2021 msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2037 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2040 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2156 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2426,7 +2434,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2162 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2434,7 +2442,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2175 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2444,7 +2452,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2184 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2187 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2453,25 +2461,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2204 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2210 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2208 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2211 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2226 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2229 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2442 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2445 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2482,19 +2490,19 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2662 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2665 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2686 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2689 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "" #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2717 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2720 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/pam.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/pam.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/pam.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -23,34 +23,46 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " +"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " +"while..." msgstr "" #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " +"reading installed packages..." msgstr "" #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " +"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " +"packages in the repository..." msgstr "" #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " +"updating configured repositories..." msgstr "" #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " +"updating the repository content..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:658 +#: src/Package.cc:654 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:664 +#: src/Package.cc:660 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "" @@ -85,11 +97,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 -#: src/Source_Load.cc:479 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:491 msgid "Rebuild Cache" msgstr "" -#: src/Source_Create.cc:594 src/Source_Load.cc:156 src/Source_Load.cc:480 +#: src/Source_Create.cc:594 src/Source_Load.cc:156 src/Source_Load.cc:492 #: src/Source_Set.cc:76 msgid "Load Data" msgstr "" @@ -142,17 +154,17 @@ msgid "Error refreshing service" msgstr "" -#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 src/Source_Load.cc:478 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 src/Source_Load.cc:490 msgid "Refresh Sources" msgstr "" #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) -#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:495 src/Source_Set.cc:83 #: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/Source_Load.cc:477 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:489 msgid "Load Sources" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/printer.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/printer.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/printer.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -66,16 +66,19 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgid "" +"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgid "" +"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." msgstr "" #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgid "" +"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." msgstr "" #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: @@ -175,7 +178,8 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgid "" +"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers @@ -183,8 +187,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuratio" -"n" +"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " +"configuration" msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -203,8 +207,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printer" -"s for the local system." +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " +"printers for the local system." msgstr "" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system @@ -492,8 +496,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed " -"for the queue name." +"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " +"allowed for the queue name." msgstr "" #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: @@ -517,8 +521,8 @@ #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wa" -"it some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " +"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." msgstr "" #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called @@ -566,8 +570,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' " -"is used)" +"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " +"script' is used)" msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 @@ -620,8 +624,8 @@ #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time an" -"d use the 'Refresh List' button." +"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " +"and use the 'Refresh List' button." msgstr "" #. Exit this dialog in any case: @@ -647,7 +651,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgid "" +"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" msgstr "" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: @@ -764,7 +769,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgid "" +"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." msgstr "" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it @@ -842,7 +848,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgid "" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed." msgstr "" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it @@ -1153,7 +1161,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgid "" +"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 @@ -1317,8 +1326,8 @@ #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be in" -"stalled." +"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " +"installed." msgstr "" #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: @@ -1502,7 +1511,8 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgid "" +"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "" #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: @@ -1513,7 +1523,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgid "" +"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 @@ -1556,13 +1567,14 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " +"printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL print" -"er.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1647,18 +1659,19 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer dev" -"ice.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers" -"\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." +" \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " +"device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " +"drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL print" -"er\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality)." -"\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " +"printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " +"quality).\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1677,8 +1690,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " +"device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1686,9 +1699,10 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything el" -"se\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1700,8 +1714,8 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<b" -"r>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." +" \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1726,7 +1740,8 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " +"model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1807,7 +1822,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." +" \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1815,9 +1831,10 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything el" -"se\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " +"else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " +"device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -1854,12 +1871,12 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<b" -"r>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings lat" -"er\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<b" -"r>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." +" \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " +"later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." +" \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -1868,7 +1885,8 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." +" \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -1876,8 +1894,8 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not " -"changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " +"not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -1892,9 +1910,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location" -".\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " +"location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print " +"dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2000,7 +2019,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." +" \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" @@ -2012,22 +2032,24 @@ "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer," -"\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" +"transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." +" \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='" -". \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " +"'='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " +"'?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false" -" \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" +"waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2134,8 +2156,8 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big>" -" \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" +"b> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2183,8 +2205,8 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." -"\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " +"installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2227,8 +2249,8 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share " -"\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:" +"Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2283,11 +2305,12 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " +"delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</" -"tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" +"beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -2297,7 +2320,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." +" \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -2353,9 +2377,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your h" -"ost.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " +"host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." +" \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -2388,8 +2413,8 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must ru" -"n\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " +"run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" @@ -2400,15 +2425,17 @@ msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." +" \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing" -".\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " +"Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " +"directly.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2501,8 +2528,8 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by defa" -"ult). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " +"default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2634,7 +2661,8 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " +"accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2681,7 +2709,8 @@ #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgid "" +"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. @@ -2709,7 +2738,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 @@ -2719,8 +2749,8 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored" -"." +"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " +"restored." msgstr "" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: @@ -2777,8 +2807,8 @@ #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is pri" -"nted." +"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " +"printed." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -2911,7 +2941,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgid "" +"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, @@ -2923,8 +2954,8 @@ #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote sy" -"stem." +"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " +"system." msgstr "" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: @@ -2938,7 +2969,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgid "" +"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "" #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy @@ -2995,8 +3027,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local sys" -"tem." +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " +"system." msgstr "" #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. @@ -3234,8 +3266,8 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcement" -"s'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " +"announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -3315,15 +3347,16 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgid "" +"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by sp" -"ace)" +"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " +"space)" msgstr "" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default @@ -3380,8 +3413,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configuratio" -"ns." +"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " +"configurations." msgstr "" #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. @@ -3705,8 +3738,8 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration" -".\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: @@ -3723,13 +3756,14 @@ #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository availa" -"ble." +"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " +"available." msgstr "" #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgid "" +"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "" #. Only a simple message because: Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-30 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-30 02:28+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ #. busy message #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1300 #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1525 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:297 msgid "Reading data from Package Database..." msgstr "" @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:300 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:302 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "" @@ -1954,17 +1954,17 @@ msgstr "" #. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:457 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:459 msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:471 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:473 msgid "Read the configuration" msgstr "" #. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:475 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:477 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" @@ -1972,49 +1972,49 @@ #. translators: progress finished #. translators: progress finished #. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:477 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:504 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:557 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:583 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:479 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:506 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:559 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:585 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:498 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:500 msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgstr "" #. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:537 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:539 msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:551 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:553 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:555 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:557 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:577 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:579 msgid "Error while writing settings." msgstr "" #. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:610 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:612 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "" #. Create an overview table with all configured cards #. @return table items -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:623 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:625 msgid "No Files" msgstr "" #. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:1003 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:1005 msgid "" "Cannot read directory %1\n" "from source %2." @@ -2022,43 +2022,43 @@ #. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key #. check if the metadata are gzipped -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2089 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3691 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2091 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3699 msgid "Error reading control file." msgstr "" #. workaround for bnc#498464 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2698 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2704 msgid "" "Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n" "%2.\n" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2892 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2898 msgid "" "Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n" "Try again?\n" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3002 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3008 msgid "" "These sources were not found:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 is directory name -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3254 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3260 msgid "Remove the destination directory %1?" msgstr "" #. remove the destination -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3285 msgid "The destination %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. TODO ask in interactive mode -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3288 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3294 msgid "" "Destination directory exists or is a file.\n" "Remove directory %1?" @@ -2066,29 +2066,29 @@ #. Check if selected packages are available #. @return [String] error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3309 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3315 msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgstr "" #. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3368 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3374 msgid "%1 package not available." msgstr "" #. change the label #. copy the packages -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3424 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3563 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3430 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3571 msgid "Copying %1" msgstr "" #. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3599 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 msgid "" "Cannot download package %1\n" " from source %2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3616 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3624 msgid "" "Error while copying packages. \n" "\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -91,10 +91,10 @@ #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to tak" -"e effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Pl" -"ease check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " +"take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " +"Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" @@ -108,8 +108,8 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured acc" -"ess\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " +"access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" @@ -146,7 +146,8 @@ msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 @@ -359,51 +360,51 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:60 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:61 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." msgstr "" #. Write proxy settings and apply changes #. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:195 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:197 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards #. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:205 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:439 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:444 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:453 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:461 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:468 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/qt.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/qt.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/qt.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ msgstr "" #. Close button for wizard help window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 -#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:134 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:134 msgid "&Close" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration via RDP</big>\n" -"Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol ru" -"nning on TCP port 3389.If the feature is enabled, you will be able to l" -"ogin to this computer\n" +"Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol " +"running on TCP port 3389.If the feature is enabled, you will be able " +"to login to this computer\n" "remotely via an RDP client such as Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/rear.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/rear.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/rear.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-09 02:30+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-09 02:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/registration.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-19 02:29+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-19 02:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:181 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:317 @@ -44,13 +44,13 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/registration.rb:68 src/clients/scc.rb:68 +#: src/clients/registration.rb:74 src/clients/scc.rb:74 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp #. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp -#: src/clients/registration.rb:79 src/clients/scc.rb:79 +#: src/clients/registration.rb:85 src/clients/scc.rb:85 msgid "" "The repository initialization failed. Disable (or remove) the offending " "service or repository in the repository manager.Details:%s" @@ -229,61 +229,42 @@ "the connection is reliable." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 -msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 -msgid "" -"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" -"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" -"might take very long time.\n" -"\n" -"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" -"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" -"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" -"the upgrade again." -msgstr "" - -#. add the hint to the error details #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:98 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:105 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:161 msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:100 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:102 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry the operation later." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:144 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:205 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -293,22 +274,22 @@ msgstr "" #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:218 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" #. workaround after string freeze -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:242 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -318,22 +299,40 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:276 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:537 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:287 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:297 +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." @@ -451,7 +450,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:102 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -462,39 +461,39 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:178 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:205 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:278 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:241 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:252 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:247 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:259 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:265 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:477 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -507,23 +506,23 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:45 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" #. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir #. @param [Addon] addon the addon #. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -531,7 +530,7 @@ msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:98 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "" @@ -824,6 +823,13 @@ msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, the entered registration code is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:548 +msgid "" +"Invalid registration code.\n" +"CRLF characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + #. SSL error message #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" @@ -1077,21 +1083,21 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: Maybe we could remove this option and just warn the user -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Ins&tall products" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:89 msgid "&Deactivate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:90 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error showing all the addons that weren't #. installed, %s is the addons identifiers. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:102 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:105 msgid "" "These addons were not installed:\n" "\n" @@ -1100,13 +1106,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but #. not installed. (1/2) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:156 msgid "The addons listed below are registered but not installed: " msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but #. not installed. (2/2) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:159 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:162 msgid "" "It's preferable to deactivate your products at your registration " "server if you don't plan to use them anymore." @@ -1183,11 +1189,11 @@ msgstr "" #. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:225 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:225 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "" @@ -1227,26 +1233,3 @@ "The SMT Server URL must use http or https protocol, other schemes are not " "supported.\n" msgstr "" - -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show -#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default -#. heading will be used). -#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil -#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 -msgid "Service selection" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 -msgid "Select a detected service from the list." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 -msgid "No service was selected." -msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-11 02:29+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-11 02:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:31+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -216,10 +216,11 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all c" -"onnections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence o" -"f regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP ad" -"dress that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " +"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " +"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " +"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " +"accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" @@ -227,13 +228,13 @@ #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host lib" -"virtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the dat" -"a stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " +"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " +"the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destinatio" -"n host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, li" -"bvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " +"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " +"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/s390.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/s390.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/s390.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -383,8 +383,8 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select a" -"ll displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " +"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" @@ -412,8 +412,7 @@ #. Disk add help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -437,28 +436,29 @@ #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are lim" -"ited to DASD. " +"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " +"limited to DASD. " msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk" -"." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" +"b>." msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:63 msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or Z" -"FCP dialog. " +"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " +"ZFCP dialog. " msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:67 -msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgid "" +"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." msgstr "" #. Dump dialog help 6/8 @@ -488,19 +488,19 @@ msgstr "" #. prevent leading space -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:186 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:183 msgid "You haven't selected any device." msgstr "" #. warn only in case of force -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:191 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:188 msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will b" -"e lost! Continue?" +"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " +"be lost! Continue?" msgstr "" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:200 msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" msgstr "" @@ -522,16 +522,16 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and" -" group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " +"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defin" -"ed by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z" -"/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " +"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " +"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 @@ -544,15 +544,16 @@ #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " +"change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should " -"be gathered." +"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " +"should be gathered." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 @@ -562,17 +563,17 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and " -"Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them" -" on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " +"and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " +"them on the right." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activat" -"e Force Password Change." +"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " +"activate Force Password Change." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 @@ -597,8 +598,8 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Desele" -"ct. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " +"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 @@ -611,10 +612,10 @@ #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group in" -"put field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to b" -"e used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " +"input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " +"to be used." msgstr "" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 @@ -629,16 +630,16 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a" -" password and home directory has to be provided." +"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " +"a password and home directory has to be provided." msgstr "" #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:127 msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or jus" -"t confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enab" -"led. " +"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " +"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " +"enabled. " msgstr "" #. Text approval @@ -876,11 +877,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1012 -msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgid "" +"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1024 -msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgid "" +"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." msgstr "" #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty @@ -914,8 +917,8 @@ #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are al" -"lowed." +"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " +"allowed." msgstr "" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 @@ -948,17 +951,18 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devic" -"es. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination o" -"f the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " +"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " +"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." +" " msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:131 msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm&q" -"uot;, the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available.</p" -">" +"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" +"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " +"available." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 @@ -969,45 +973,46 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:138 msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to" -" enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login p" -"rograms." +"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " +"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " +"login programs." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain termina" -"l servers." +"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " +"terminal servers." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.<" -"/p>" +"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +"" msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " +"to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:156 msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0<" -"/b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader m" -"odule." +"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " +"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " +"YaST bootloader module." msgstr "" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:161 msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the " -"shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " +"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" msgstr "" #. Dialog content @@ -1075,14 +1080,15 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:111 -msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgid "" +"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:115 msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior du" -"ring kernel panics." +"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " +"during kernel panics." msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 @@ -1108,7 +1114,8 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " +"available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" @@ -1120,24 +1127,25 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:135 msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified pa" -"nic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes " -"before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " +"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " +"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" +"p>" msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:141 msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no" -" device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dial" -"og." +"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " +"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " +"dialog." msgstr "" #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux syste" -"m is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " +"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." msgstr "" #. radio button label @@ -1230,7 +1238,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:314 msgid "" -"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_" +"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use auto LUN " "scan." msgstr "" @@ -1280,11 +1288,11 @@ #. Disk selection dialog Warning #. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:91 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:66 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:66 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" @@ -1303,17 +1311,18 @@ #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:79 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs con" -"forming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " +"conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, su" -"ch as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " +"such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with" -"\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN a" -"nd no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan.</p" -">" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " +"with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN " +"and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use auto LUN " +"scan. Auto LUN scan can be turned off using the kernel parameter " +"<tt>allow_lun_scan=0</tt>." msgstr "" #. popup label @@ -1340,7 +1349,7 @@ #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:446 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:448 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422 #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:515 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "" @@ -1348,65 +1357,65 @@ #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:454 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:456 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430 #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:523 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:462 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:464 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:470 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:479 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:481 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:490 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:499 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:508 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code #. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:516 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:571 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "" #. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:622 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:634 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) #. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:651 src/modules/DASDController.rb:747 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:663 src/modules/DASDController.rb:759 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "" #. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 #. integers, #. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:718 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:730 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "" @@ -1756,6 +1765,6 @@ msgstr "" #. message, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:563 -msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:562 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports auto LUN scan." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-18 10:46+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-18 10:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -85,28 +85,28 @@ #. error message for isdomainmember command line action #. must provide the domain name to be joined #. error message for joindomain command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:212 src/clients/samba-client.rb:256 msgid "Enter the name of a domain." msgstr "" #. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:225 msgid "Cannot test domain membership." msgstr "" #. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:232 msgid "This machine is a member of %1." msgstr "" #. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:237 msgid "This machine is not a member of %1." msgstr "" #. translators: result message for joindomain command line action #. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:279 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "" @@ -156,225 +156,229 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "" "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" "tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 -msgid "&UID Range" +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:248 +msgid "&Default Range" msgstr "" #. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "" #. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 -msgid "&GID Range" +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Domain &Range" msgstr "" #. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "" #. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:265 +msgid "Back&end" +msgstr "" + #. require_groups -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Allowed Group(s)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:287 msgid "&Kerberos Method" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Windows Internet Name Service" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Mount Server Directories" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Remote Path" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:314 msgid "Local Mount Point" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:300 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "User Name" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:318 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. error popup: min >= max -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:377 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "" "The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" "larger than maximum one.\n" msgstr "" #. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:428 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Windows Domain Membership" msgstr "" #. busy popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "&Leave" msgstr "" #. status label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:468 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Currently a member of this domain" msgstr "" #. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:511 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:517 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:544 #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:526 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:533 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:560 msgid "Mac&hine Account OU" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:542 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Active Directory Server" msgstr "" #. button label (run YaST client for NTP) -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:551 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:578 msgid "N&TP Configuration..." msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "Disable Name Service Cache" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:557 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor" msgstr "" #. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:572 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Membership" msgstr "" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "" #. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:609 msgid "&Domain or Workgroup" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:596 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Off&line Authentication" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:605 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:632 msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:615 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Change primary DNS suffix" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:622 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:649 msgid "&Expert Settings..." msgstr "" #. 1st part of an error message: #. winbind cannot provide user information taken from #. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:778 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:809 msgid "" "Cannot use the workgroup\n" "'%1' for Linux authentication." msgstr "" #. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:787 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:818 msgid "Enter a valid domain." msgstr "" #. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "" "Enter a domain or disable\n" "using SMB for Linux authentication." @@ -382,7 +386,7 @@ #. we might use it to warn user (#155716) #. continue/cancel popup -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "" "Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " "following\n" @@ -393,26 +397,26 @@ #. 1st part of an error message: #. winbind cannot provide user information if the host #. is not in a domain -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:859 msgid "" "The host must be a member of a domain\n" "for Linux authentication using SMB." msgstr "" #. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:832 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "" "Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n" "for Linux authentication." msgstr "" #. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:841 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Samba is now enabled." msgstr "" #. yes/no popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:853 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "" "In a Microsoft environment,\n" "hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" @@ -420,7 +424,7 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:888 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:919 msgid "" "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" @@ -891,13 +895,13 @@ #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1113 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1115 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -1023,40 +1027,40 @@ msgstr "" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1053 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "" #. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1069 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1076 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "" #. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1084 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "" #. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1105 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "" #. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1110 msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:323 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-05 02:29+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-05 02:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-04 02:29+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-04 02:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/security.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/security.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/security.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-13 20:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 20:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -26,95 +26,95 @@ msgstr "" #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:50 msgid "&Default systemd target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 msgid "Default systemd target" msgstr "" #. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:115 msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:135 msgid "" "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " "whose job is to activate services and other units." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:138 msgid "" "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " "located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " "page." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:142 msgid "" "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " "network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:145 msgid "" "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " "is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:148 msgid "" "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " "graphical target." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:159 msgid "Available Targets" msgstr "" #. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the #. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this #. and keep the default target unchanged. -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 msgid "" "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" msgstr "" @@ -227,22 +227,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:51 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" "The current setup does not provide any functionality now." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" "This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " @@ -253,27 +253,27 @@ "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:144 msgid "" "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " "%link" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:159 msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Package %1 is not available" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:268 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:267 msgid "" "Installation of required packages has failed; \n" "enabling and starting the services may also fail" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:282 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" @@ -294,11 +294,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:452 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:507 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "" -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:471 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:526 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -32,121 +32,104 @@ msgid "&SLP Server" msgstr "" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 -msgid "When &Booting" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "&Manually" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 -msgid "When Booting" -msgstr "" - -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 -msgid "Manually" -msgstr "" - #. button for view log files -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:48 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Show Log" msgstr "" #. button for expert settings (all config options) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. response + scopes widget -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Response To" msgstr "" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Multicast" msgstr "" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "DA Server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Becomes DA Server" msgstr "" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "&IP Addresses of DA Servers" msgstr "" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Scopes" msgstr "" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "SLP Server Settings" msgstr "" #. description map for tabs in overview dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Global SLP Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:248 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Server Details" msgstr "" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Static Configuration Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 +#. Widget to define state and start mode of the service +#. +#. @return [::CWM::ServiceWidget] +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:649 msgid "Really delete this file?" msgstr "" #. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Name of New File" msgstr "" #. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "Scope must be inserted." msgstr "" #. SlpServer overview dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "SLP Server Overview" msgstr "" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:874 msgid "<h1>SLP Server</h1>" msgstr "" #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Expert Dialog" msgstr "" #. edit reg file dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Edit .reg File" msgstr "" @@ -234,29 +217,29 @@ #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"Broadcast.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is" -" Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it info" -"rms DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is B" -"ecomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" +"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " +"Broadcast.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " +"is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it " +"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " +"Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf." -"" +"With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp." +"conf." msgstr "" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a " -"new empty file. With Modify,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to " -"delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create " +"a new empty file. With Modify,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible " +"to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 @@ -269,92 +252,93 @@ msgstr "" #. check for package openslp-server installed -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:190 +msgid "" +"To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:193 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" msgstr "" #. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:208 msgid "Initializing SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:224 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:226 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:228 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:232 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:234 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:236 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:238 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:310 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. read another database -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:261 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:284 msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:306 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:308 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:322 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:405 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/slp.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/slp.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/slp.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-10 15:34+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-10 15:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/smt.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/smt.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/smt.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -727,8 +727,8 @@ #. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type #: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1590 msgid "" -"Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enab" -"led in this dialog." +"Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be " +"enabled in this dialog." msgstr "" #: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1616 @@ -917,8 +917,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2665 -msgid "" -"Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" msgstr "" #. a headline @@ -942,19 +941,16 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2700 -msgid "" -"Aborting...\n" +msgid "Aborting...\n" msgstr "" #. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring #: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2738 -msgid "" -"Finished\n" +msgid "Finished\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2744 -msgid "" -"Mirroring failed\n" +msgid "Mirroring failed\n" msgstr "" #. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands @@ -1072,25 +1068,26 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help a2 #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 msgid "" -"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authenticati" -"on.\n" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center " +"authentication.\n" "To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" -"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and downloa" -"d of\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and " +"download of\n" "test data.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help a3 #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 -msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgid "" +"E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help b1 #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<big>Database</big> \n" -"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database." -"\n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the " +"database.\n" "With Database Password, set or change the database\n" "password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1099,8 +1096,8 @@ #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Reporting</big> \n" -"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.<" -"/p>\n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to." +"\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help d1 @@ -1118,10 +1115,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help d3 #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 msgid "" -"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selectio" -"n box\n" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency " +"selection box\n" "switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" -"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week</" +"b>\n" "is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1190,8 +1188,8 @@ #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" -"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Pr" -"oduction." +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to " +"Production." msgstr "" #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 @@ -1264,10 +1262,10 @@ #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:695 msgid "" "<big>Details:</big>\n" -" stdout: <pre>%1</pre></p" -">\n" -" stderr: <pre>%2</pre></p" -">" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre></" +"p>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre></" +"p>" msgstr "" #. take care the the post script do not reschedule again @@ -1291,8 +1289,8 @@ "Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" "Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" "\n" -"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support S" -"SL.\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support " +"SSL.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:880 @@ -1373,8 +1371,8 @@ msgid "" "The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" "\n" -" For security reasons, please, set a " -"new one." +" For security reasons, please, set " +"a new one." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1093 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1163 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -325,23 +325,24 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1189 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1199 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1202 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" +"p>\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" @@ -356,14 +357,16 @@ #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post a" -"re used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taki" -"ng those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the tabl" -"e.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see the" -"\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " +"types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " +"are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " +"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " +"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in " +"the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see " +"the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" @@ -372,15 +375,15 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('p" -"re') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description " -"generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for bot" -"h snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " +"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " +"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " +"creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By defaul" -"t, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to " -"compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " +"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " +"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -389,48 +392,43 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the curren" -"t system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its " -"creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " +"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " +"of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between sn" -"apshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " +"snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots #. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Failed to get config:\n" +msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "" #. Return the path to given snapshot #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" +msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "" #. Create new snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 -msgid "" -"Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "" #. Modify existing snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 -msgid "" -"Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "" #. Delete existing snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -msgid "" -"Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "" #. Snapper read dialog caption @@ -485,12 +483,10 @@ #. log entry (%1 is file name) #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 -msgid "" -"Deleted %1\n" +msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "" #. log entry (%1 is file name) #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 -msgid "" -"%1 skipped\n" +msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/sound.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/sound.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/sound.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ #. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' #: src/clients/sound.rb:121 msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list o" -"f allowed parameters." +"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " +"of allowed parameters." msgstr "" #. translators: command line help text for volume action @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ #. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name #: src/clients/sound.rb:137 msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a lis" -"t of available channels." +"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " +"list of available channels." msgstr "" #. translators: command line help text for modules action @@ -145,8 +145,7 @@ #. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver #: src/clients/sound.rb:437 -msgid "" -"Parameters of card '%1' (using module %2):\n" +msgid "Parameters of card '%1' (using module %2):\n" msgstr "" #. label (default value of sound module parameter) @@ -530,10 +529,10 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound " -"card. \n" -"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore t" -"he original settings." +"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " +"sound card. \n" +"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore " +"the original settings." msgstr "" #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name @@ -863,8 +862,7 @@ #. error message #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Error while saving '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" +msgid "Error while saving '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" msgstr "" #. list of error @@ -887,14 +885,12 @@ #. error message #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Error while saving file: %1 \n" +msgid "Error while saving file: %1 \n" msgstr "" #. error message #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Error while setting volume.\n" +msgid "Error while setting volume.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190 @@ -1025,15 +1021,16 @@ #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and appl" -"ications.\n" +"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " +"applications.\n" "Use Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." msgstr "" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " +"to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" @@ -1074,8 +1071,7 @@ #. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' #. will be configured as the first snd card" #: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73 -msgid "" -"The sound card\n" +msgid "The sound card\n" msgstr "" #. radio button label - type of setup Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/squid.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/squid.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/squid.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -553,8 +553,8 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 msgid "" -"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</" -"p>\n" +"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." +"\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 @@ -585,8 +585,8 @@ #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objec" -"ts." +"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " +"objects." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 @@ -613,11 +613,11 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced" -"\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " +"replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement i" -"n\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " +"in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -644,48 +644,49 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files " -"will be stored." +"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " +"files will be stored." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 msgid "" -"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this dire" -"ctory." +"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " +"directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, " -"\n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " +"subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories," -"\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " +"subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgid "" +"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends" -"\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " +"depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL " -"Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed" -"\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " +"ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " +"allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" @@ -698,21 +699,23 @@ #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 msgid "" -"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged.</" -"p>" +"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." +"" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " +"your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an objec" -"t\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " +"all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " +"object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" @@ -852,13 +855,11 @@ #. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 -msgid "" -"ACL Group '%1' already exists with different type.\n" +msgid "ACL Group '%1' already exists with different type.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 -msgid "" -"ACL Group '%1' must have type '%2'.\n" +msgid "ACL Group '%1' must have type '%2'.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 @@ -907,8 +908,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 -msgid "" -"If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "" #. + @@ -1198,8 +1198,8 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin" -" server is located." +"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " +"origin server is located." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 @@ -1259,7 +1259,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgid "" +"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 @@ -1312,8 +1313,8 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user " -"agent header." +"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " +"user agent header." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 @@ -1322,8 +1323,8 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTT" -"P connections established." +"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " +"HTTP connections established." msgstr "" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 @@ -1344,7 +1345,8 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " +"Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/storage.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-07-21 11:49+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-07-21 11:49+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: button text #. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") #. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:501 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "" @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" @@ -486,6 +486,10 @@ "remove or select a larger disk." msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:450 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate %1." +msgstr "" + #. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection #. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) #. anyway @@ -509,7 +513,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." msgstr "" #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on @@ -788,7 +793,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -806,7 +811,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:303 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -816,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:316 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -826,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:329 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -836,7 +841,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:343 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -847,7 +852,11 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. +#. Note: +#. This covers the case *with* /boot but no prep. There's a similar blob below +#. covering the case *without* /boot. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:361 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -858,7 +867,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -871,7 +880,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:397 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -881,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:414 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -893,7 +902,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:434 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -905,7 +914,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:454 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -917,7 +926,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:480 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -926,7 +935,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:500 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -937,7 +946,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:518 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -952,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -967,25 +976,26 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:563 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:571 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -994,7 +1004,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:594 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1003,15 +1013,16 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:607 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1019,64 +1030,64 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:679 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:689 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:733 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:745 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:781 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:857 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounte" -"d:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the exte" -"nded partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:875 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1086,7 +1097,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:886 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1096,7 +1107,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:897 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1105,7 +1116,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:964 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1124,7 +1135,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6446 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" @@ -1167,7 +1178,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1187,7 +1198,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1196,7 +1207,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1225,7 +1236,8 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1233,8 +1245,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes" -" sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1307,7 +1319,7 @@ #. Translators: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6299 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1434,8 +1446,8 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the part" -"ition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1470,8 +1482,7 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 -msgid "" -"Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" +msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 @@ -1556,7 +1567,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -1569,8 +1581,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file sys" -"tem.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -1583,8 +1595,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have a" -"t\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -1622,8 +1634,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is" -"\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -1652,8 +1664,7 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 -msgid "" -"You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" +msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup text @@ -1716,7 +1727,8 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup text @@ -2235,7 +2247,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2695,7 +2708,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5236 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3165,8 +3178,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file" -"\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3431,7 +3444,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" @@ -3477,8 +3491,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before t" -"he feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" @@ -3486,16 +3500,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such" -" a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" -"." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" +"b>." msgstr "" #. heading for frame @@ -3550,8 +3564,8 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused" -"\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -3768,8 +3782,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installatio" -"n." +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." msgstr "" #. heading @@ -3799,18 +3813,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data" -" recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " -"all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The par" -"titions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3818,10 +3832,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three d" -"isks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously," -" all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" #. helptext @@ -3836,9 +3850,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), th" -"e size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #. helptext @@ -3900,10 +3915,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5" -" is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the" -" array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 @@ -3914,8 +3929,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks wit" -"h rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext @@ -4178,9 +4193,11 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4195,8 +4212,9 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditio" -"nal alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4445,8 +4463,8 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cas" -"es\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" @@ -4454,10 +4472,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class i" -"n\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" @@ -4480,7 +4500,8 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" #. dialog help text @@ -4495,16 +4516,16 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All device" -"s that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular ex" -"pression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" -") and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more th" -"en one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" @@ -4539,8 +4560,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or G" -"igabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" @@ -4570,8 +4591,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installat" -"ion\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" @@ -4610,10 +4631,10 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></t" -"t>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is m" -"ounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text @@ -4642,10 +4663,10 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impac" -"t. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</" -"p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"\n" msgstr "" #. button text @@ -4679,16 +4700,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try a" -"gain." +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc" -"/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4713,8 +4734,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file syste" -"ms.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4726,8 +4747,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default i" -"s 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4739,9 +4760,9 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto" -" is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the " -"file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4770,8 +4791,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " -"directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4783,9 +4804,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backward" -"s compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but ca" -"n only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4798,9 +4820,9 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 20" -"48 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4" -"096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4826,8 +4848,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of spa" -"ce in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4839,7 +4861,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4861,8 +4884,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " -"size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4895,9 +4918,9 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, a" -"nd 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by " -"the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4914,7 +4937,8 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4934,10 +4958,10 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of bl" -"ocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 G" -"ig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved defau" -"lt is 0.1." +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text @@ -4973,15 +4997,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really" -"\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 -msgid "" -"Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda @@ -5048,7 +5071,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5061,7 +5084,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5070,7 +5093,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5078,7 +5101,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5087,24 +5110,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5112,12 +5135,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5125,97 +5148,98 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4908 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4909 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5248 +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5274 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5326 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5355 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5223,7 +5247,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5366 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5231,7 +5255,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5388 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5239,18 +5263,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5477 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5478 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6029 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5475,7 +5499,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5484,7 +5509,8 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5499,8 +5525,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it" -"\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" @@ -5834,34 +5860,35 @@ msgstr "" #. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +#. Make an LVM-based (VM: "Volume Manager") storage proposal. +#. This is called from get_inst_prop(). +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4656 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5766 msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system un" -"der Windows." +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6285 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6375 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" @@ -5869,7 +5896,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6383 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5878,45 +5905,45 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6392 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6399 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6424 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6431 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6442 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6640 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6642 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6644 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -322,32 +322,32 @@ #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really dele" -"te it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " +"delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really dele" -"te it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " +"delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really dele" -"te it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " +"delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really dele" -"te it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " +"delete it?\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -407,8 +407,10 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "RunAs column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " +"privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining " +"whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -436,7 +438,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete " +"button.\n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -444,11 +447,11 @@ #. Single User Specification help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), gr" -"oup name prefixed\n" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " +"group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, gr" -"oups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " +"groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -456,14 +459,14 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example" -".com), single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. " -"If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against" -" your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between " -"multiple machines, \n" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." +"example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " +"alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " +"against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " +"between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -472,15 +475,15 @@ #. Single User Specification help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user," -" \n" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an " +"user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the" -" default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as a" -"lias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter yo" -"ur own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is " +"the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " +"run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " +"your own value.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -488,10 +491,10 @@ #. Single User Specification help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate" -"\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running pa" -"rticular \n" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " +"authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " +"particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t\n" @@ -502,10 +505,10 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be all" -"owed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run" -". \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " +"allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " +"run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -513,10 +516,10 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with op" -"tional\n" -"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry f" -"rom the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with " +"optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate " +"entry from the table\n" "\tand click on Delete button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -525,10 +528,10 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>User Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users " -"that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in " -"sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " +"users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " +"in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -536,8 +539,8 @@ #. User Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate" -" entries. \n" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in " +"appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -546,8 +549,8 @@ #. User Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b" -">Edit\n" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " +"Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -557,10 +560,10 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts " -"that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in " -"sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " +"hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " +"in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -568,8 +571,8 @@ #. Host Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate" -" entries. \n" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in " +"appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -578,8 +581,8 @@ #. Host Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b" -">Edit\n" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " +"Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -589,10 +592,10 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of user" -"s that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in " -"sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " +"users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " +"in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -600,8 +603,8 @@ #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriat" -"e entries. \n" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in " +"appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -610,8 +613,8 @@ #. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <" -"b>Edit\n" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " +"Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -621,10 +624,10 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of " -"commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then " -"used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " +"of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " +"then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -633,8 +636,8 @@ #. Command Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropri" -"ate entries. \n" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in " +"appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -643,8 +646,8 @@ #. Command Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on" -" Edit\n" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " +"on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -654,11 +657,11 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<big>User Alias</big> \n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') o" -"r other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, number" -"s and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias" -".\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " +"'%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " +"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " +"this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -667,12 +670,12 @@ #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups" -" to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add<" -"/b> button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and c" -"lick on\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or " +"groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " +"Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " +"and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -685,8 +688,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one m" -"ember.\n" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " +"member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -694,14 +697,14 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Host Alias</big> \n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP address" -"es\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0" -") or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It" -" is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore onl" -"y), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " +"addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " +"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " +"It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " +"only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -711,8 +714,8 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can" -" enter\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " +"can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -721,8 +724,8 @@ #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and cl" -"ick on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " +"click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -732,12 +735,12 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, " -"system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must con" -"tain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer " -"to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " +"users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " +"contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " +"refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -747,15 +750,15 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<big>Command Alias</big> \n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), d" -"irectories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letter" -"s, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " +"parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " +"letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally ha" -"ve one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters " -"only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " +"have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " +"parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -764,12 +767,12 @@ #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command t" -"o the alias,\n" -"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter c" -"ommand name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additio" -"nally, you can\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command " +"to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " +"enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. " +"Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -777,8 +780,8 @@ #. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and" -" click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " +"and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -809,7 +812,8 @@ #. end Commands #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgid "" +"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" msgstr "" #. Error message Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/support.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/support.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/support.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "" @@ -194,76 +194,76 @@ msgstr "" #. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:693 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "" #. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:698 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:702 msgid "Company" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:703 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:704 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:710 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:718 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 -msgid "11-digit service request number" +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 +msgid "Service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 -msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:810 +msgid "The service request number must be at least 11 digits" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:828 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:831 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" -#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 +#. work around bsc#1106744 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:949 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:997 msgid "File Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:955 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "" @@ -326,10 +326,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open " -"SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure y" -"ou write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " +"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " +"you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -352,7 +352,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " +"settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -369,36 +370,38 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supp" -"ortconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.tx" -"t file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " +"include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." +"txt file." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported up" -"load services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filena" -"me in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball" -" filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " +"upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " +"filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " +"tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" @@ -406,8 +409,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball" -" \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" +"i> \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" @@ -415,10 +418,10 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technic" -"al Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open servi" -"ce request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " +"Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the service request number from your open service " +"request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -432,16 +435,16 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some o" -"f the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " +"of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big><" -"br>\n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -452,8 +455,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be upload" -"ed\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " +"uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -470,8 +473,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big><" -"br>\n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" +"b> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" @@ -553,14 +556,14 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.t" -"xt" +"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." +"txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in" -" /etc. etc.txt" +"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " +"in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 @@ -581,8 +584,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX C" -"onfig and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " +"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -639,8 +642,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account in" -"formation. pam.txt" +"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " +"information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -661,8 +664,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR dat" -"a files. sar.txt" +"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " +"data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -675,10 +678,10 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for ha" -"rd disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to rea" -"d only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " +"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " +"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -712,18 +715,20 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances fil" -"es. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " +"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "" +"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_L" -"INE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " +"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " +"available. -l" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 @@ -732,20 +737,20 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes " -"the amount of each file retrieved." +"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " +"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complet" -"e. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " +"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to" -" query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " +"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 @@ -766,44 +771,46 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the ent" -"ire file." +"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " +"entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is al" -"ways used." +"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " +"always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entir" -"e file." +"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " +"entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supp" -"ortconfig tarball." +"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " +"supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "" +"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q" -"." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " +"you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" +"Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using t" -"he -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anony" -"mous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " +"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " +"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -87,13 +87,11 @@ #. header (command line mode output) #: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 -msgid "" -"All Variables:\n" +msgid "All Variables:\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 -msgid "" -"Modified Variables:\n" +msgid "Modified Variables:\n" msgstr "" #. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) @@ -299,17 +297,17 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which change" -"s the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig take" -"s effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " +"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " +"takes effect.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file man" -"ually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " +"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." msgstr "" #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 @@ -324,16 +322,16 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration edit" -"or, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure yo" -"ur hardware and system settings." +"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " +"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " +"configure your hardware and system settings." msgstr "" #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly" -" from configuration files." +"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " +"directly from configuration files." msgstr "" #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode @@ -364,8 +362,8 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it" -" then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " +"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." msgstr "" #. push button label Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The " -"server will be started using xinetd." +"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " +"The server will be started using xinetd." msgstr "" #. enlighten newbies, #102946 @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option)." -"\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ msgstr "" #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 -msgid "Uzhgorod" +msgid "Ukraine (Uzhgorod)" msgstr "" #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/tune.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/tune.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/tune.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-01 02:30+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-01 02:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/update.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/update.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/update.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 02:29+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-20 02:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1445 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1451 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2009 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1452 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2016 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1269 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -630,39 +630,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1287 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1294 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1313 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1316 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1314 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1321 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1391 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1398 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1432 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1439 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -670,17 +670,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1446 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1453 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1474 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1481 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " "upgrade\n" @@ -690,22 +690,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1494 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1500 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1634 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1641 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1665 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1672 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " "is\n" @@ -726,37 +726,37 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1727 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1734 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1752 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1759 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1757 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1764 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1813 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1820 msgid "before update" msgstr "" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2134 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2141 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2217 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2224 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2232 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2239 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/users.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/users.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/users.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -1940,8 +1940,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/vm.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/vm.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/vm.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 02:29+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-31 02:29+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 00:30+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-20 00:30+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/wol.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/wol.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/wol.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -55,10 +55,10 @@ #. help text for XPRAM 2/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 msgid "" -"This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partiti" -"on. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Command" -"s November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In th" -"is case disable XPRAM in this module." +"This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " +"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " +"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " +"stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." msgstr "" #. help text for XPRAM 3/4 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot 2019-08-27 13:05:53 UTC (rev 97439) +++ branches/SLE12-SP5/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot 2019-09-20 15:19:27 UTC (rev 97440) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-05 02:27+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-05 02:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-09-20 15:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-09-20 15:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" "Language: \n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97439 - branches
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 27 Aug '19

27 Aug '19

Author: keichwa Date: 2019-08-27 13:05:53 +0000 (Tue, 27 Aug 2019) New Revision: 97439 Added: branches/SLE12-SP5/ Log: from SLE12-SP4 on 2019-08-27 14:54 CEST

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97438 - branches
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 21 Nov '18

21 Nov '18

Author: keichwa Date: 2018-11-21 12:08:01 +0000 (Wed, 21 Nov 2018) New Revision: 97438 Added: branches/SLE12-SP4/ Log: copy of SLE12-SP3 2018-11-21

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97437 - trunk/lcn/ru/po
by minton＠svn2.opensuse.org 12 Jun '18

12 Jun '18

Author: minton Date: 2018-06-12 15:05:21 +0000 (Tue, 12 Jun 2018) New Revision: 97437 Modified: trunk/lcn/ru/po/gnome-patch-translation.ru.po Log: Translation update Modified: trunk/lcn/ru/po/gnome-patch-translation.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ru/po/gnome-patch-translation.ru.po 2018-03-06 19:08:42 UTC (rev 97436) +++ trunk/lcn/ru/po/gnome-patch-translation.ru.po 2018-06-12 15:05:21 UTC (rev 97437) @@ -4,22 +4,22 @@ # Nikolay Derkach <nderkach(a)gmail.com>, 2007. # Aleksey Osipov <aliks-os(a)yandex.ru>, 2007, 2008. # Alexander Melentiev <alex239(a)gmail.com>, 2008, 2009, 2010. -# Alexander Melentiev <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. +# Alexander Melentiev <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011, 2018. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-19 21:59+0400\n" -"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentiev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-06-12 18:19+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Aleksandr Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" -"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #: gconf-editor/data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "GNOME Configuration Editor" @@ -76,9 +76,8 @@ msgstr "Жирный курсив" #: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 -#, fuzzy msgid "_Remember password" -msgstr "Запомнить пароль _до выхода из сеанса" +msgstr "_Запомнить пароль" #~ msgid "" #~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides "

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97436 - trunk/lcn/50-tools
by sbrabec＠svn2.opensuse.org 06 Mar '18

06 Mar '18

Author: sbrabec Date: 2018-03-06 19:08:42 +0000 (Tue, 06 Mar 2018) New Revision: 97436 Modified: trunk/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation.conf Log: Fix gnome-patch-translation.conf. Modified: trunk/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation.conf =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation.conf 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) +++ trunk/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation.conf 2018-03-06 19:08:42 UTC (rev 97436) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ GPT_PACKAGES="gconf-editor gnome-vfs2 gstreamer gtk2 pan" # Version of gnome-patch-translation-package. -GPT_VERSION="13.2" +GPT_VERSION="15.0" # osc server, empty for using of the osc default OSC_APIURL=https://api.opensuse.org/

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97435 - in trunk/lcn: 50-pot 50-tools af/po ar/po be/po bg/po bn/po bs/po ca/po cs/po cy/po da/po de/po el/po en_GB/po eo/po es/po et/po eu/po fa/po fi/po fr/po gl/po gu/po he/po hi/po hr/po hu/po id/po it/po ja/po ka/po ko/po ku/po lt/po mk/po mr/po nb/po nds/po nl/po nn/po pa/po pl/po pt/po pt_BR/po ro/po ru/po si/po sk/po sl/po sr/po sv/po ta/po th/po tr/po uk/po vi/po wa/po xh/po zh_CN/po zh_TW/po zu/po
by sbrabec＠svn2.opensuse.org 06 Mar '18

06 Mar '18

Author: sbrabec Date: 2018-03-06 19:01:30 +0000 (Tue, 06 Mar 2018) New Revision: 97435 Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/gnome-patch-translation.pot trunk/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation-from-lcn trunk/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation.conf trunk/lcn/af/po/gnome-patch-translation.af.po trunk/lcn/ar/po/gnome-patch-translation.ar.po trunk/lcn/be/po/gnome-patch-translation.be.po trunk/lcn/bg/po/gnome-patch-translation.bg.po trunk/lcn/bn/po/gnome-patch-translation.bn.po trunk/lcn/bs/po/gnome-patch-translation.bs.po trunk/lcn/ca/po/gnome-patch-translation.ca.po trunk/lcn/cs/po/gnome-patch-translation.cs.po trunk/lcn/cy/po/gnome-patch-translation.cy.po trunk/lcn/da/po/gnome-patch-translation.da.po trunk/lcn/de/po/gnome-patch-translation.de.po trunk/lcn/el/po/gnome-patch-translation.el.po trunk/lcn/en_GB/po/gnome-patch-translation.en_GB.po trunk/lcn/eo/po/gnome-patch-translation.eo.po trunk/lcn/es/po/gnome-patch-translation.es.po trunk/lcn/et/po/gnome-patch-translation.et.po trunk/lcn/eu/po/gnome-patch-translation.eu.po trunk/lcn/fa/po/gnome-patch-translation.fa.po trunk/lcn/fi/po/gnome-patch-translation.fi.po trunk/lcn/fr/po/gnome-patch-translation.fr.po trunk/lcn/gl/po/gnome-patch-translation.gl.po trunk/lcn/gu/po/gnome-patch-translation.gu.po trunk/lcn/he/po/gnome-patch-translation.he.po trunk/lcn/hi/po/gnome-patch-translation.hi.po trunk/lcn/hr/po/gnome-patch-translation.hr.po trunk/lcn/hu/po/gnome-patch-translation.hu.po trunk/lcn/id/po/gnome-patch-translation.id.po trunk/lcn/it/po/gnome-patch-translation.it.po trunk/lcn/ja/po/gnome-patch-translation.ja.po trunk/lcn/ka/po/gnome-patch-translation.ka.po trunk/lcn/ko/po/gnome-patch-translation.ko.po trunk/lcn/ku/po/gnome-patch-translation.ku.po trunk/lcn/lt/po/gnome-patch-translation.lt.po trunk/lcn/mk/po/gnome-patch-translation.mk.po trunk/lcn/mr/po/gnome-patch-translation.mr.po trunk/lcn/nb/po/gnome-patch-translation.nb.po trunk/lcn/nds/po/gnome-patch-translation.nds.po trunk/lcn/nl/po/gnome-patch-translation.nl.po trunk/lcn/nn/po/gnome-patch-translation.nn.po trunk/lcn/pa/po/gnome-patch-translation.pa.po trunk/lcn/pl/po/gnome-patch-translation.pl.po trunk/lcn/pt/po/gnome-patch-translation.pt.po trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/gnome-patch-translation.pt_BR.po trunk/lcn/ro/po/gnome-patch-translation.ro.po trunk/lcn/ru/po/gnome-patch-translation.ru.po trunk/lcn/si/po/gnome-patch-translation.si.po trunk/lcn/sk/po/gnome-patch-translation.sk.po trunk/lcn/sl/po/gnome-patch-translation.sl.po trunk/lcn/sr/po/gnome-patch-translation.sr.po trunk/lcn/sv/po/gnome-patch-translation.sv.po trunk/lcn/ta/po/gnome-patch-translation.ta.po trunk/lcn/th/po/gnome-patch-translation.th.po trunk/lcn/tr/po/gnome-patch-translation.tr.po trunk/lcn/uk/po/gnome-patch-translation.uk.po trunk/lcn/vi/po/gnome-patch-translation.vi.po trunk/lcn/wa/po/gnome-patch-translation.wa.po trunk/lcn/xh/po/gnome-patch-translation.xh.po trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/gnome-patch-translation.zh_CN.po trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/gnome-patch-translation.zh_TW.po trunk/lcn/zu/po/gnome-patch-translation.zu.po Log: gnome-patch-translation update from Factory. Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/gnome-patch-translation.pot =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/50-pot/gnome-patch-translation.pot 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/50-pot/gnome-patch-translation.pot 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -23,13 +22,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -76,16 +68,6 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +msgid "_Remember password" msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation-from-lcn =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation-from-lcn 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation-from-lcn 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ cd .. fi ;; - 50* ) + 50* | json/ ) ;; */ ) if svn update --depth=empty $DIR ; then Modified: trunk/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation.conf =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation.conf 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/50-tools/gnome-patch-translation.conf 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -11,17 +11,18 @@ LCN_SVN_URI='https://$NAME@svn.opensuse.org/svn/opensuse-i18n/$BRANCH_PATH/lcn' # lcn branch on LCN SVN +# Currently there is not SLE15 branch LCN_BRANCH=trunk # osc repositories with packages (space separated list in parentheses, first takes precedence) -OSC_REPOSITORIES=( GNOME:Factory openSUSE:Factory ) +OSC_REPOSITORIES=( openSUSE:Factory ) # list of packages in gnome-patch-translation project # can re-appear after rebase of patches: gnome-power-manager gnome-session nautilus -GPT_PACKAGES="gconf-editor gnome-vfs2 gstreamer gstreamer-0_10 gtk2 pan xchat" +GPT_PACKAGES="gconf-editor gnome-vfs2 gstreamer gtk2 pan" # Version of gnome-patch-translation-package. -GPT_VERSION="12.3" +GPT_VERSION="13.2" # osc server, empty for using of the osc default -OSC_APIURL= +OSC_APIURL=https://api.opensuse.org/ Modified: trunk/lcn/af/po/gnome-patch-translation.af.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/af/po/gnome-patch-translation.af.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/af/po/gnome-patch-translation.af.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # LANGUAGE translations for boot loader # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux GmbH # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -25,13 +24,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell-dienste" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -78,23 +70,25 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Vetdrukkursief" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "TIN-nuusleser" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Nuwe wagwoord:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"*Loop van IRC as stam word nie aanbeveel nie! U behoort \n" -" 'n gebruikerrekening te skep en dit te gebruik om aan te teken.\n" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "TIN-nuusleser" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Open 'n ekstra vakkie vir uitgaande boodskap" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "*Loop van IRC as stam word nie aanbeveel nie! U behoort \n" +#~ " 'n gebruikerrekening te skep en dit te gebruik om aan te teken.\n" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Open 'n ekstra vakkie vir uitgaande boodskap" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s bestaan nie." @@ -624,9 +618,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_Bevestig wagwoord:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Nuwe wagwoord:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Ou wagwoord:" Modified: trunk/lcn/ar/po/gnome-patch-translation.ar.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ar/po/gnome-patch-translation.ar.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/ar/po/gnome-patch-translation.ar.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # Mohammad Alhargan <malham1(a)gmail.com>, 2011. # Mohammad Alhargan <malham1(a)hotmail.com>, 2012. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-08 07:33+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mohammad Alhargan <malham1(a)hotmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: http://www.vertaal.com.ar/files/opensuse-11-4/ar/list/\n" @@ -27,13 +26,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "خدمات Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "طباعة قائمة مميزات الجهاز وإضافات RPM بتنسيق متوافق" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -80,22 +72,29 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "غامق مائل" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "قارئ أخبار" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_كلمة السر الجديدة:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* لا يستحسن تشغيل IRC كجذر! يجب\n" -" إنشاء حساب مستخدم واستخدامه لتسجيل الدخول.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "طباعة قائمة مميزات الجهاز وإضافات RPM بتنسيق متوافق" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "فتح علامة تبويب إضافية لرسالة صادرة" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "قارئ أخبار" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* لا يستحسن تشغيل IRC كجذر! يجب\n" +#~ " إنشاء حساب مستخدم واستخدامه لتسجيل الدخول.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "فتح علامة تبويب إضافية لرسالة صادرة" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s غير موجود." @@ -670,9 +669,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_تأكيد كلمة السر:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_كلمة السر الجديدة:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "كل_مة السر القديمة:" Modified: trunk/lcn/be/po/gnome-patch-translation.be.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/be/po/gnome-patch-translation.be.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/be/po/gnome-patch-translation.be.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,13 +1,12 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -19,19 +18,12 @@ #: gconf-editor/data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 #, fuzzy msgid "GNOME Configuration Editor" -msgstr "Рэдактар канфігурацыі" +msgstr "Рэдактар наладак" #: gnome-vfs-2.0/modules/network-method.c:1411 msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -82,21 +74,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "_Нахілены" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Дапомны чытач пошты" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Новы пароль:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Domains" #~ msgstr "Румынский" @@ -224,10 +206,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Пацьвердзіце пароль:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Новы пароль:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Пар_оль:" @@ -731,6 +709,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Дапомны вандроўнік павуціньня" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Default News Reader" +#~ msgstr "Дапомны чытач пошты" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "News" #~ msgstr "_Новае" Modified: trunk/lcn/bg/po/gnome-patch-translation.bg.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/bg/po/gnome-patch-translation.bg.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/bg/po/gnome-patch-translation.bg.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-03 15:37:17+CET\n" "Last-Translator: bg <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: bg <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,13 +23,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -81,21 +73,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "_Курсив" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Стандартна пощенска програма" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Нова парола:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sent Items" #~ msgstr "Печат на обект" @@ -605,10 +587,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Потвърждение на паролата:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Нова парола:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Стара _парола:" @@ -912,6 +890,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Mozilla" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "TIN News Reader" +#~ msgstr "Стандартна пощенска програма" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Assistive Technology" #~ msgstr "Поддръжка на технологиите за асистиране" Modified: trunk/lcn/bn/po/gnome-patch-translation.bn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/bn/po/gnome-patch-translation.bn.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/bn/po/gnome-patch-translation.bn.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,9 +1,8 @@ -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -23,13 +22,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "নভেল সার্ভিসেস" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -76,23 +68,25 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "তেরছা(_I)" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "TIN সংবাদ পাঠক" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "নতুন পাসওয়ার্ড (_N):" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* IRCকে রুট হিসাবে চালানোর সুপারিশ করা হয় না! আপনাকে \n" -" একটি ইউজার একাউন।ট তৈরি করতে হবে এবং সেই লগইন ব্যবহার করতে হবে। \n" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "TIN সংবাদ পাঠক" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "বহির্মুখী বার্তার জন্যে একটি অতিরিক্ত ট্যাব খুলুন" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* IRCকে রুট হিসাবে চালানোর সুপারিশ করা হয় না! আপনাকে \n" +#~ " একটি ইউজার একাউন।ট তৈরি করতে হবে এবং সেই লগইন ব্যবহার করতে হবে। \n" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "বহির্মুখী বার্তার জন্যে একটি অতিরিক্ত ট্যাব খুলুন" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s এর অস্তিত্ব নেই।" @@ -618,9 +612,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড (_P):" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "নতুন পাসওয়ার্ড (_N):" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "পাসওয়ার্ড (_P):" Modified: trunk/lcn/bs/po/gnome-patch-translation.bs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/bs/po/gnome-patch-translation.bs.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/bs/po/gnome-patch-translation.bs.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-03 15:37:19+CET\n" "Last-Translator: bs <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: bs <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,13 +23,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -81,21 +73,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "_Koso" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Uobičajeni čitač email-a" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Ši_fra:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sent Items" #~ msgstr "Štampaj stavku" @@ -490,10 +472,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Ši_fra:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Ši_fra:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Šifra:" @@ -709,6 +687,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Mozilla Mail" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "TIN News Reader" +#~ msgstr "Uobičajeni čitač email-a" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Assistive Technology" #~ msgstr "Podrška za pomoćnu tehnologiju" Modified: trunk/lcn/ca/po/gnome-patch-translation.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ca/po/gnome-patch-translation.ca.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/ca/po/gnome-patch-translation.ca.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 19:00+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: ca <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -25,15 +24,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Serveis de Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Imprimeix la llista de característiques analitzables de la màquina d'un " -"connector en format compatible Proveïment RPM " - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -80,22 +70,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Cursiva negreta" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Co_ntrasenya nova:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Imprimeix la llista de característiques analitzables de la màquina d'un " +#~ "connector en format compatible Proveïment RPM " + # -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Lector de notícies" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Lector de notícies" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* No es recomana executar l'IRC com a usuari primari. Heu de\n" -" crear un compte d'usuari i utilitzar-lo per entrar-hi.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* No es recomana executar l'IRC com a usuari primari. Heu de\n" +#~ " crear un compte d'usuari i utilitzar-lo per entrar-hi.\n" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Obre una pestanya addicional per als missatges de sortida" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Obre una pestanya addicional per als missatges de sortida" #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s no existeix." @@ -689,9 +688,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_Confirmeu la contrasenya:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Co_ntrasenya nova:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "C_ontrasenya antiga:" Modified: trunk/lcn/cs/po/gnome-patch-translation.cs.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/cs/po/gnome-patch-translation.cs.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/cs/po/gnome-patch-translation.cs.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -11,12 +11,11 @@ # Radomír Černoch <radomir.cernoch(a)gmail.com>, 2009. # Vojtěch Zeisek <Vojtech.Zeisek(a)opensuse.org>, 2010. # Jan Papež <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>, 2011. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-17 22:05+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jan Papež <honyczek(a)centrum.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -35,15 +34,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Služby systému Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Vytisknout strojově analyzovatelný seznam funkcí pluginu ve formátu " -"kompatibilním s RPM Provides" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -90,22 +80,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Tučná kurzíva" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Čtečka novinek" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Pamat_ovat si heslo až do odhlášení" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Spuštění IRC pod uživatelem root není doporučeno.\n" -"Vytvořte se uživatele a připojte se pod ním.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vytisknout strojově analyzovatelný seznam funkcí pluginu ve formátu " +#~ "kompatibilním s RPM Provides" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Pro odchozí zprávy otevřít novou kartu" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Čtečka novinek" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Spuštění IRC pod uživatelem root není doporučeno.\n" +#~ "Vytvořte se uživatele a připojte se pod ním.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Pro odchozí zprávy otevřít novou kartu" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s neexistuje." Modified: trunk/lcn/cy/po/gnome-patch-translation.cy.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/cy/po/gnome-patch-translation.cy.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/cy/po/gnome-patch-translation.cy.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-03 15:37:21+CET\n" "Last-Translator: cy <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: cy <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,13 +23,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -84,21 +76,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "_Italig" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Darllenwr E-bost Rhagosodedig" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Cyfrinair Newydd:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sent Items" #~ msgstr "Argraffu Eitem" @@ -568,10 +550,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Cadarnhau Cyfrinair:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Cyfrinair Newydd:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Hen _gyfrinair:" @@ -764,6 +742,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Mozilla" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "TIN News Reader" +#~ msgstr "Darllenwr E-bost Rhagosodedig" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Assistive Technology" #~ msgstr "Cynhaliaeth Technoleg Gynorthwyol" Modified: trunk/lcn/da/po/gnome-patch-translation.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/da/po/gnome-patch-translation.da.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/da/po/gnome-patch-translation.da.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -4,12 +4,11 @@ # Martin Schlander <suse(a)linuxin.dk>, 2007. # Ib Larsen <i.la(a)tele2adsl.dk>, 2007. # Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-16 12:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -28,15 +27,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell-tjenester" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Skriv maskinfortolkbar liste over funktioner i et plugin i et format der er " -"kompatibelt med \"RPM Provides\"" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -83,22 +73,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Fed kursiv" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Nyhedslæser" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Ny adgangskode" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Det anbefales, at IRC ikke køres som root! Du bør \n" -" oprette en brugerkonto og bruge den til login.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skriv maskinfortolkbar liste over funktioner i et plugin i et format der " +#~ "er kompatibelt med \"RPM Provides\"" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Åbn et ekstra faneblad til udgående meddelelser" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Nyhedslæser" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Det anbefales, at IRC ikke køres som root! Du bør \n" +#~ " oprette en brugerkonto og bruge den til login.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Åbn et ekstra faneblad til udgående meddelelser" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s findes ikke." @@ -705,9 +704,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_Bekræft adgangskode:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Ny adgangskode" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Gammel adgangskode" Modified: trunk/lcn/de/po/gnome-patch-translation.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/de/po/gnome-patch-translation.de.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/de/po/gnome-patch-translation.de.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -11,12 +11,11 @@ # Hermann-Josef Beckers, 2009. # Hermann-Josef Beckers <hj.beckers(a)onlinehome.de>, 2009. # Tilman Schmidt <tilman(a)imap.cc>, 2010. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-08 21:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans(a)michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -35,15 +34,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell-Services" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Gibt eine maschinell auswertbare Liste der Eigenschaften einer Erweiterung " -"in einem zu RPM-Provides kompatiblen Format aus" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -90,22 +80,32 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Fett und Kursiv" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Neues Passwort:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gibt eine maschinell auswertbare Liste der Eigenschaften einer " +#~ "Erweiterung in einem zu RPM-Provides kompatiblen Format aus" + # D'accord, und so bleibt's jetzt, das Hinundhergehüpfe im Menü macht wahnsinnig. -bg -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Newsreader" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Newsreader" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Die Ausführung von IRC als 'root' wird nicht empfohlen!\n" -"Sie sollten ein Benutzerkonto erstellen und dieses zur Anmeldung verwenden.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Die Ausführung von IRC als 'root' wird nicht empfohlen!\n" +#~ "Sie sollten ein Benutzerkonto erstellen und dieses zur Anmeldung " +#~ "verwenden.\n" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Zusätzlichen Karteireiter für ausgehende Nachrichten öffnen" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Zusätzlichen Karteireiter für ausgehende Nachrichten öffnen" #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s ist nicht vorhanden." @@ -704,9 +704,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_Passwort bestätigen:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Neues Passwort:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Altes Passwort:" Modified: trunk/lcn/el/po/gnome-patch-translation.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/el/po/gnome-patch-translation.el.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/el/po/gnome-patch-translation.el.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -7,12 +7,11 @@ # Vasileios Giannakopoulos <billg(a)billg.gr>, 2008. # Efstathios Iosifidis <iosifidis(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. # Marianna Stougiannidou <stougi2009(a)gmail.com>, 2011. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.el\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-19 02:13+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Marianna Stougiannidou <stougi2009(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <opensuse-translation-el(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -31,15 +30,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Υπηρεσίες Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Πληκρολογείστε την machine-parsable λίστα χαρακτηριστικών ενός πρόσθετου " -"στην συμβατή φόρμα παροχέα RPM" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -86,23 +76,33 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Έντονα Πλάγια" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Νέο συνθηματικό:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Πληκρολογείστε την machine-parsable λίστα χαρακτηριστικών ενός πρόσθετου " +#~ "στην συμβατή φόρμα παροχέα RPM" + # Haven't come up (yet) with a satisfactory xlation of screensaver... -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Αναγνώστης Νέων" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Αναγνώστης Νέων" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Το να χρησιμοποιείτε το IRC σαν root δεν είναι προτεινόμενο! Θα πρέπει να\n" -" δημιουργήσετε ένα Λογαριασμό Χρήστη και να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν για " -"πρόσβαση.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Το να χρησιμοποιείτε το IRC σαν root δεν είναι προτεινόμενο! Θα πρέπει " +#~ "να\n" +#~ " δημιουργήσετε ένα Λογαριασμό Χρήστη και να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν για " +#~ "πρόσβαση.\n" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Άνοιγμα επιπλέον καρτέλας για εξερχόμενα μηνύματα" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Άνοιγμα επιπλέον καρτέλας για εξερχόμενα μηνύματα" #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "Το %s δεν υπάρχει." @@ -683,10 +683,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση συνθηματικού:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Νέο συνθηματικό:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Παλαιό Συνθηματικό:" Modified: trunk/lcn/en_GB/po/gnome-patch-translation.en_GB.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/en_GB/po/gnome-patch-translation.en_GB.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/en_GB/po/gnome-patch-translation.en_GB.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # # Benjamin Weber, 2007. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-17 15:37+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Weber\n" "Language-Team: British English\n" @@ -26,13 +25,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -83,21 +75,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "_Italic" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Default Mail Reader" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Password:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sent Items" #~ msgstr "Print Item" @@ -578,10 +560,6 @@ #~ msgstr "_Password:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Password:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Password:" @@ -855,6 +833,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Mozilla" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "TIN News Reader" +#~ msgstr "Default Mail Reader" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Assistive Technology" #~ msgstr "Assistive Technology Support" Modified: trunk/lcn/eo/po/gnome-patch-translation.eo.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/eo/po/gnome-patch-translation.eo.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/eo/po/gnome-patch-translation.eo.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -3,12 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf-editor package. # Kristjan SCHMIDT <kristjan.schmidt(a)googlemail.com>, 2011. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gconf-editor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-28 19:17+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kristjan SCHMIDT <kristjan.schmidt(a)googlemail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Esperanto <ubuntu-l10n-eo(a)lists.launchpad.net>\n" @@ -29,13 +28,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -45,12 +37,12 @@ #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Light" -msgstr "Dekstren" +msgstr "Dekst_ra:" #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:84 #, fuzzy msgid "Normal" -msgstr "_Normala grando" +msgstr "Normala Grando" #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:85 msgid "Regular" @@ -59,7 +51,7 @@ #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:86 #, fuzzy msgid "Italic" -msgstr "Kurs_ive" +msgstr "Kursiva" #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:87 msgid "Oblique" @@ -72,7 +64,7 @@ #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Bold" -msgstr "_Grase" +msgstr "Grasa" #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:90 msgid "Ultra-Bold" @@ -85,18 +77,8 @@ #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:92 #, fuzzy msgid "Bold Italic" -msgstr "Kurs_ive" +msgstr "Kursiva" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +msgid "_Remember password" msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/lcn/es/po/gnome-patch-translation.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/es/po/gnome-patch-translation.es.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/es/po/gnome-patch-translation.es.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -5,12 +5,11 @@ # Carlos E. Robinson <robin.listas(a)telefonica.net>, 2007. # Miguel Angel Alvarez <maacruz(a)gmail.com>, 2007. # Camaleón <noelamac(a)gmail.com>, 2008, 2009. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-23 16:40-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Gabriel <gabriel(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish <opensuse-translation-es(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -30,15 +29,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Servicios de Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Imprimir la lista de las características de un complemente en un formato " -"compatible con proveedor RPM" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -85,22 +75,32 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Negrita cursiva" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Lector de noticias" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "C_ontraseña nueva:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* No es recomendable ejecutar IRC como superusuario (root).\n" -" Debería crear una cuenta de usuario y utilizarla para iniciar la sesión.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Imprimir la lista de las características de un complemente en un formato " +#~ "compatible con proveedor RPM" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Abrir otra pestaña para el mensaje de salida" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Lector de noticias" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* No es recomendable ejecutar IRC como superusuario (root).\n" +#~ " Debería crear una cuenta de usuario y utilizarla para iniciar la " +#~ "sesión.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Abrir otra pestaña para el mensaje de salida" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s no existe." @@ -697,9 +697,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_Confirmar contraseña:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "C_ontraseña nueva:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Co_ntraseña anterior:" Modified: trunk/lcn/et/po/gnome-patch-translation.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/et/po/gnome-patch-translation.et.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/et/po/gnome-patch-translation.et.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -4,12 +4,11 @@ # Estonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # # Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>, 2007. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-04 23:36+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -30,13 +29,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Teenuseid pole" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -85,20 +77,14 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Uudiseriider" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Uus parool:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Uudiseriider" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "{0} pole olemas." @@ -463,9 +449,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "Parool:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Uus parool:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Vana par_ool:" Modified: trunk/lcn/eu/po/gnome-patch-translation.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/eu/po/gnome-patch-translation.eu.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/eu/po/gnome-patch-translation.eu.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,13 +1,12 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -25,13 +24,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -85,21 +77,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "_Etzana" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Posta-irakurle lehenetsia" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Pasahitz berria:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Accessibility" #~ msgstr "_Erabilerraztasuna" @@ -161,10 +143,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Berretsi pasahitza:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Pasahitz berria:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Pasahitz _zaharra:" @@ -729,6 +707,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Web arakatzaile lehenetsia" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Default News Reader" +#~ msgstr "Posta-irakurle lehenetsia" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "News" #~ msgstr "Be_rria" Modified: trunk/lcn/fa/po/gnome-patch-translation.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/fa/po/gnome-patch-translation.fa.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/fa/po/gnome-patch-translation.fa.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,13 +1,12 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -25,13 +24,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -82,21 +74,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "ای_تالیک" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "نامه‌خوان پیش‌فرض" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "گذرواژه‌ی جدید:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Accessibility" #~ msgstr "_دسترسی‌پذیری" @@ -161,10 +143,6 @@ #~ msgstr "تأیید گذرواژه" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "گذرواژه‌ی جدید:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_گذرواژه‌ی قدیمی:" @@ -414,6 +392,10 @@ #~ msgstr "مرورگر وب پیش‌فرض" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Default News Reader" +#~ msgstr "نامه‌خوان پیش‌فرض" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "News" #~ msgstr "_جدید" Modified: trunk/lcn/fi/po/gnome-patch-translation.fi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/fi/po/gnome-patch-translation.fi.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/fi/po/gnome-patch-translation.fi.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -20,12 +20,11 @@ # Harri Miettinen <harri.miettinen(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010. # Katariina Kemppainen <katariina07(a)yahoo.se>, 2010. # Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2011. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-23 11:19+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n" @@ -44,15 +43,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell-palvelut" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Tulosta kone-parseroitava luettelo liitännäisen ominaisuuksista RPM Provides " -"yhteensopivassa muodossa" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -99,22 +89,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Lihavoitu kursiivi" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Uutislukija" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Muista _uloskirjautumiseen saakka" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* IRC-ohjelmia ei tule ikinä ajaa pääkäyttäjänä!\n" -" Luo tavallinen käyttäjätunnus ja kirjaudu sisään käyttäen sitä.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tulosta kone-parseroitava luettelo liitännäisen ominaisuuksista RPM " +#~ "Provides yhteensopivassa muodossa" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Avaa uusi välilehti lähtevälle viestille" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Uutislukija" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* IRC-ohjelmia ei tule ikinä ajaa pääkäyttäjänä!\n" +#~ " Luo tavallinen käyttäjätunnus ja kirjaudu sisään käyttäen sitä.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Avaa uusi välilehti lähtevälle viestille" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s ei ole olemassa." Modified: trunk/lcn/fr/po/gnome-patch-translation.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/fr/po/gnome-patch-translation.fr.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/fr/po/gnome-patch-translation.fr.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -2,12 +2,11 @@ # # Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>, 2008, 2009. # Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>, 2011, 2012. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-14 14:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -26,15 +25,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Services Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Afficher la liste analysable par une machine des fonctionnalités d'un plugin " -"dans un format compatible avec RPM Provides" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -81,22 +71,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Gras italique" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Lecteur de nouvelles" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Nouveau mot de passe :" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Il est déconseillé d'exécuter IRC en tant que root. Créez\n" -" un compte utilisateur et utilisez-le pour vous loguer.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Afficher la liste analysable par une machine des fonctionnalités d'un " +#~ "plugin dans un format compatible avec RPM Provides" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Ouvrir un onglet supplémentaire pour les messages sortants" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Lecteur de nouvelles" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Il est déconseillé d'exécuter IRC en tant que root. Créez\n" +#~ " un compte utilisateur et utilisez-le pour vous loguer.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Ouvrir un onglet supplémentaire pour les messages sortants" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s n'existe pas." @@ -699,9 +698,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_Confirmez le mot de passe :" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Nouveau mot de passe :" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Ancien mot de passe :" Modified: trunk/lcn/gl/po/gnome-patch-translation.gl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/gl/po/gnome-patch-translation.gl.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/gl/po/gnome-patch-translation.gl.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -7,12 +7,11 @@ # Manuel A. Vázquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>, 2009. # Manuel A. Vazquez <xixirei(a)yahoo.es>, 2009, 2010, 2011. # Manuel A. Vazquez <xixireiATyahooDOTes>, 2011. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-28 00:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Manuel A. Vazquez <xixireiATyahooDOTes>\n" "Language-Team: Galician <proxecto(a)trasno.net>\n" @@ -32,15 +31,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Servizos de Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Imprimir a lista das características dun engadido nun formato compatible co " -"fornecedor RPM" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -87,22 +77,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Cursiva negriña" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Lector de novas" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Novo Contrasinal:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Non é recomendable executar IRC como superusuario (root)!\n" -" Debería crear unha conta de usuario e usala para iniciar a sesión.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Imprimir a lista das características dun engadido nun formato compatible " +#~ "co fornecedor RPM" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Abrir outra lingüeta para a mensaxe de saída" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Lector de novas" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Non é recomendable executar IRC como superusuario (root)!\n" +#~ " Debería crear unha conta de usuario e usala para iniciar a sesión.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Abrir outra lingüeta para a mensaxe de saída" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s non existe." @@ -616,10 +615,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Confirme o Contrasinal:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Novo Contrasinal:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Contrasinal antigo:" Modified: trunk/lcn/gu/po/gnome-patch-translation.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/gu/po/gnome-patch-translation.gu.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/gu/po/gnome-patch-translation.gu.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,9 +1,8 @@ -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:41+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -22,13 +21,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "નોવેલ સર્વિસિસ" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -75,23 +67,25 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "ઘાટા ઈટાલિક" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "TIN સમાચાર વાચક" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_નવો પાસવર્ડ" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"રુટ તરીકે IRC ચલાવવાની ભલામણ નથી! તમારે વપરાશકર્તાનું\n" -"ખાતુ રચવું જોઇએ અને તેનો લોગઈન કરવા ઉપયોગ કરવો જોઇએ.\n" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "TIN સમાચાર વાચક" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "બહાર જતા સંદેશા માટે વધારાની ટેબ ખુલ્લી કરો" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "રુટ તરીકે IRC ચલાવવાની ભલામણ નથી! તમારે વપરાશકર્તાનું\n" +#~ "ખાતુ રચવું જોઇએ અને તેનો લોગઈન કરવા ઉપયોગ કરવો જોઇએ.\n" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "બહાર જતા સંદેશા માટે વધારાની ટેબ ખુલ્લી કરો" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s હાજર નથી." @@ -651,9 +645,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_સમર્થિત પાસવર્ડ" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_નવો પાસવર્ડ" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_જૂનો પાસવર્ડ" Modified: trunk/lcn/he/po/gnome-patch-translation.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/he/po/gnome-patch-translation.he.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/he/po/gnome-patch-translation.he.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-03 15:37:23+CET\n" "Last-Translator: he <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: he <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,13 +23,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -81,21 +73,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "_נטוי" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "קורא דואר ברירת מחדל" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_סיסמה:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sent Items" #~ msgstr "הדפס פריט" @@ -530,10 +512,6 @@ #~ msgstr "_סיסמה:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_סיסמה:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "סיסמה ישנה:" @@ -707,6 +685,10 @@ #~ msgstr "מוזילה" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "TIN News Reader" +#~ msgstr "קורא דואר ברירת מחדל" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Assistive Technology" #~ msgstr "תמיכת טכנולוגיות מסייעות" Modified: trunk/lcn/hi/po/gnome-patch-translation.hi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/hi/po/gnome-patch-translation.hi.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/hi/po/gnome-patch-translation.hi.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ # translation of gnome-patch-translation.hi.po to -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.hi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-24 22:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -24,13 +23,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "नॉवेल सेवाएं" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -77,21 +69,20 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "तिरछा (_I)" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "नया पासवर्ड" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* रूट के रूप में IRC को रन करना अनुशंसित नहीं है! आपको\n" -" एक उपयोगकर्ता खाता सृजित कर लॉगिन के लिए इसका उपयोग करना चाहिए।\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* रूट के रूप में IRC को रन करना अनुशंसित नहीं है! आपको\n" +#~ " एक उपयोगकर्ता खाता सृजित कर लॉगिन के लिए इसका उपयोग करना चाहिए।\n" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "बाहर जाने वाले msg के लिए एक अतिरिक्त टैब को खोलें" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "बाहर जाने वाले msg के लिए एक अतिरिक्त टैब को खोलें" #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s मौजूद नहीं है।" @@ -592,9 +583,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "शब्दकूट को निश्चित करें:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "नया पासवर्ड" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "पुराना पासवर्ड (_s):" Modified: trunk/lcn/hr/po/gnome-patch-translation.hr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/hr/po/gnome-patch-translation.hr.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/hr/po/gnome-patch-translation.hr.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # # Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2011. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-03 15:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -27,13 +26,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell usluge" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -80,21 +72,15 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Podebljano ukošeno" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Uobičajeni čitač pošte" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Lozinka:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Uobičajeni čitač pošte" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s ne postoji." @@ -516,10 +502,6 @@ #~ msgstr "_Lozinka:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Lozinka:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Lozinka:" Modified: trunk/lcn/hu/po/gnome-patch-translation.hu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/hu/po/gnome-patch-translation.hu.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/hu/po/gnome-patch-translation.hu.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -9,12 +9,11 @@ # Ervin Novak <enovak(a)novell.com>, 2008. # Kalman Kemenczy <kkemenczy(a)gmail.com>, 2011. # Kalman Kemenczy <kkemenczy(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.hu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-16 10:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Kalman Kemenczy <kkemenczy(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -33,15 +32,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell szolgáltatások" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Kiírja a bővítmény funkciólistáját \"RPM Provides\" kompatibilis, számítógép " -"által feldolgozható formátumban" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -88,22 +78,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Félkövér dőlt" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Hírolvasó" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Jelszó megjegyzése _kijelentkezésig" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Nem tanácsos root felhasználóként IRC-zni! Hozzon létre\n" -" egy felhasználót és úgy lépjen be.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kiírja a bővítmény funkciólistáját \"RPM Provides\" kompatibilis, " +#~ "számítógép által feldolgozható formátumban" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Nyisson egy külön fület a kimenő üzeneteknek" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Hírolvasó" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Nem tanácsos root felhasználóként IRC-zni! Hozzon létre\n" +#~ " egy felhasználót és úgy lépjen be.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Nyisson egy külön fület a kimenő üzeneteknek" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s nem létezik." Modified: trunk/lcn/id/po/gnome-patch-translation.id.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/id/po/gnome-patch-translation.id.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/id/po/gnome-patch-translation.id.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-03 15:37:27+CET\n" "Last-Translator: id <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: id <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,13 +23,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -81,21 +73,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "M_iring" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Pembaca Email Utama" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Sandi Baru:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sent Items" #~ msgstr "Cetak Item" @@ -564,10 +546,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Konfirmasi Sandi:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Sandi Baru:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Sandi lama:" @@ -752,6 +730,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Mozilla" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "TIN News Reader" +#~ msgstr "Pembaca Email Utama" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Assistive Technology" #~ msgstr "Dukungan Teknologi Bantuan" Modified: trunk/lcn/it/po/gnome-patch-translation.it.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/it/po/gnome-patch-translation.it.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/it/po/gnome-patch-translation.it.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -4,12 +4,11 @@ # Giuseppe Salinaro <giuseppeit18(a)yahoo.it>, 2008. # Roberta <robynica(a)hotmail.com>, 2008. # Andrea Florio <andrea(a)opensuse.org>, 2009. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-15 22:01+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italiano <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -30,15 +29,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Servizi Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Stampa un elenco analizzabile meccanicamente di funzionalità di un plugin in " -"un formato compatibile con 'RPM Fornisce'" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -85,22 +75,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Corsivo grassetto" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Lettore di news" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Ricordare la password _fino al termine sessione" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Si sconsiglia di eseguire IRC come root. È consigliabile piuttosto\n" -" creare un account utente da utilizzare per il login.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stampa un elenco analizzabile meccanicamente di funzionalità di un plugin " +#~ "in un formato compatibile con 'RPM Fornisce'" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Apre una scheda aggiuntiva per i messaggi in uscita" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Lettore di news" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Si sconsiglia di eseguire IRC come root. È consigliabile piuttosto\n" +#~ " creare un account utente da utilizzare per il login.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Apre una scheda aggiuntiva per i messaggi in uscita" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s non esiste." Modified: trunk/lcn/ja/po/gnome-patch-translation.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ja/po/gnome-patch-translation.ja.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/ja/po/gnome-patch-translation.ja.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -3,12 +3,11 @@ # # Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2014. # Tomohito Koseki <historic.ruins(a)gmail.com>, 2009. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-07 21:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -27,13 +26,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell サービス" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "RPM の Provides 互換の形式で、機械処理可能なプラグイン機能の一覧を出力" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -80,22 +72,30 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "太字イタリック" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "ニュースリーダ" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "ログアウトするまでパスワードを記憶する(_L)" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* root で IRC を起動することはお勧めしません！\n" -"ユーザアカウントを作成し、そのアカウントで起動してください。\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "RPM の Provides 互換の形式で、機械処理可能なプラグイン機能の一覧を出力" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "送信メッセージ用に別のタブを開く" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "ニュースリーダ" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* root で IRC を起動することはお勧めしません！\n" +#~ "ユーザアカウントを作成し、そのアカウントで起動してください。\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "送信メッセージ用に別のタブを開く" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s は存在しません。" Modified: trunk/lcn/ka/po/gnome-patch-translation.ka.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ka/po/gnome-patch-translation.ka.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/ka/po/gnome-patch-translation.ka.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-09-25 17:33+0400\n" "Last-Translator: George Machitidze <giomac(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: ka <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,13 +23,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -77,21 +69,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr " ფოსტის წამკითხავი" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "პაროლის შეცვლა" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sent Items" #~ msgstr "სორტირება ელემენტები" @@ -293,10 +275,6 @@ #~ msgstr "ფერის არჩევა" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Set Password" -#~ msgstr "პაროლის შეცვლა" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Set _Password" #~ msgstr "პაროლის შეცვლა" @@ -305,6 +283,10 @@ #~ msgstr "პაროლის შეცვლა" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "News Reader" +#~ msgstr " ფოსტის წამკითხავი" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Mozilla News 1.6" #~ msgstr "მოზილა 1.6" Modified: trunk/lcn/ko/po/gnome-patch-translation.ko.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ko/po/gnome-patch-translation.ko.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/ko/po/gnome-patch-translation.ko.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.ko\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-10 10:19+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n" @@ -25,11 +24,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell 서비스" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -76,22 +70,24 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "굵게 기울임꼴" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "뉴스리더" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "로그아웃할 때까지 암호 저장(_L)" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* IRC를 루트계정으로 실행하는것을 권장하지 않습니다!\n" -" 사용자 계정을 만들고 그것으로 로그인 하세요.\n" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "뉴스리더" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "출력 메시지에 대한 임시 탭 열기" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* IRC를 루트계정으로 실행하는것을 권장하지 않습니다!\n" +#~ " 사용자 계정을 만들고 그것으로 로그인 하세요.\n" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "출력 메시지에 대한 임시 탭 열기" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s 는 존재하지 않습니다." @@ -140,7 +136,9 @@ #~ msgid "Edit Personal Information" #~ msgstr "개인 정보를 설정합니다" -#~ msgid "If an information message should be displayed when returning from idle sleep." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If an information message should be displayed when returning from idle " +#~ "sleep." #~ msgstr "정보 메시지를 유휴 절전 모드에서 돌아올 때 표시할 경우 " #~ msgid "System resumed from sleep" @@ -155,8 +153,11 @@ #~ msgid "Ends your session and logs you out." #~ msgstr "세션을 종료하고 로그아웃 합니다." -#~ msgid "Suspends your session, allowing another user to log in and use the computer." -#~ msgstr "세션을 일시정지 시키고 다른 사용자가 컴퓨터를 사용할 수 있도록합니다." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Suspends your session, allowing another user to log in and use the " +#~ "computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "세션을 일시정지 시키고 다른 사용자가 컴퓨터를 사용할 수 있도록합니다." #~ msgid "Shut Down the Computer" #~ msgstr "컴퓨터 종료" @@ -167,11 +168,18 @@ #~ msgid "Ends your session and restarts the computer." #~ msgstr "세션을 종료하고 컴퓨터를 재시작합니다." -#~ msgid "Suspends your session quickly, using minimal power while the computer stands by." -#~ msgstr "세션을 빠르게 일시정지시키고 컴퓨터가 대기상태인 동안 최소 전력만 사용하도록 합니다." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Suspends your session quickly, using minimal power while the computer " +#~ "stands by." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "세션을 빠르게 일시정지시키고 컴퓨터가 대기상태인 동안 최소 전력만 사용하도" +#~ "록 합니다." -#~ msgid "Suspends your session, using no power until the computer is restarted." -#~ msgstr "사용자의 세션을 일시정지시키고 컴퓨터가 다시 켜질때까지 전력을 소비하지 않도록 합니다." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Suspends your session, using no power until the computer is restarted." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "사용자의 세션을 일시정지시키고 컴퓨터가 다시 켜질때까지 전력을 소비하지 않" +#~ "도록 합니다." #~ msgid "Cannot find help." #~ msgstr "도움말을 찾을 수 없습니다." @@ -179,8 +187,12 @@ #~ msgid "Disable context menus in file views" #~ msgstr "파일 보기에서 context 메뉴를 사용하지 않음" -#~ msgid "Set this to true if you are deploying a kiosk and don't want users to access the context menu in file views." -#~ msgstr "공유 단말을 배치하는 등의 이유로 파일 보기에서 context 메뉴에 접근을 허용하지 않는 사용자가 있다면 이것을 활성화 시키세요." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set this to true if you are deploying a kiosk and don't want users to " +#~ "access the context menu in file views." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "공유 단말을 배치하는 등의 이유로 파일 보기에서 context 메뉴에 접근을 허용" +#~ "하지 않는 사용자가 있다면 이것을 활성화 시키세요." #~ msgid "To do this, select YaST->Firewall from the main menu." #~ msgstr "이렇게 하려면 주 메뉴에서 YaST -> 방화벽을 선택하십시오." @@ -218,7 +230,8 @@ #~ msgid "Recently selected domains" #~ msgstr "최근 선택한 도메인" -#~ msgid "Set to a list of login domains to be shown by default at the login window." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set to a list of login domains to be shown by default at the login window." #~ msgstr "로그인 창에서 기본값으로 표시할 로그인 도메인을 설정하십시오." #~ msgid "Home" Modified: trunk/lcn/ku/po/gnome-patch-translation.ku.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ku/po/gnome-patch-translation.ku.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/ku/po/gnome-patch-translation.ku.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,13 +1,12 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -25,13 +24,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -79,20 +71,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Şî_fre:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Fonts" #~ msgstr "Cureyê nivîsê" @@ -110,10 +93,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Şî_fre:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Şî_fre:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Şî_fre:" Modified: trunk/lcn/lt/po/gnome-patch-translation.lt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/lt/po/gnome-patch-translation.lt.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/lt/po/gnome-patch-translation.lt.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,13 +1,12 @@ # translation of gnome-patch-translation.po to lietuvių # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 # Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-20 21:45+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -16,7 +15,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n" +"%100>=20) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%100>10 && n%100<20) ? 2 : 3);\n" #: gconf-editor/data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "GNOME Configuration Editor" @@ -26,13 +26,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell paslaugos" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "Papildinio savybių sąrašą rodyti „RPM pateikia“ formatu" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -79,22 +72,29 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Kursyvinis pusjuodis" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Naujienų skaitytuvė" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Įsiminti slaptažodį iki _atsijungsite" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Pokalbių internete programėlės paleisti root teisėmis nederėtų!\n" -" Turėtumėte sukurti naudotojo paskyrą ir ja prisijungti.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "Papildinio savybių sąrašą rodyti „RPM pateikia“ formatu" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Išeinantiems pranešimams atverti papildomą kortelę" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Naujienų skaitytuvė" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Pokalbių internete programėlės paleisti root teisėmis nederėtų!\n" +#~ " Turėtumėte sukurti naudotojo paskyrą ir ja prisijungti.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Išeinantiems pranešimams atverti papildomą kortelę" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "Nėra: %s." Modified: trunk/lcn/mk/po/gnome-patch-translation.mk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/mk/po/gnome-patch-translation.mk.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/mk/po/gnome-patch-translation.mk.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,13 +1,12 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 17:32+0100\n" "Last-Translator: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Language-Team: Macedonian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -25,13 +24,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -82,21 +74,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "_Закосено" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Стандарден читач за е-пошта" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Нова лозинка:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sent Items" #~ msgstr "Печати елемент" @@ -540,10 +522,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Потврди лозинка:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Нова лозинка:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Стара ло_зинка:" @@ -831,6 +809,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Мозила" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "TIN News Reader" +#~ msgstr "Стандарден читач за е-пошта" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Assistive Technology" #~ msgstr "Поддршка за помошни технологии" Modified: trunk/lcn/mr/po/gnome-patch-translation.mr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/mr/po/gnome-patch-translation.mr.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/mr/po/gnome-patch-translation.mr.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,9 +1,8 @@ -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -22,13 +21,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr " नॉव्हेलच्या सेवा" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -75,23 +67,25 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr " ठळक तिरकस (आयटॅलिक)" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr " TIN वृत्त निवेदक " +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_ नवीन पासवर्ड:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* IRC रुट म्हणून चालवण्याची शिफारस नाही!\n" -" आपण उपभोक्ता खाते निर्माण करुन ते लॉगइनसाठी वापरु नये.\n" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr " TIN वृत्त निवेदक " -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "msg पाठवण्याच्या संदेशांसाठी अतिरिक्त टॅब उघडा" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* IRC रुट म्हणून चालवण्याची शिफारस नाही!\n" +#~ " आपण उपभोक्ता खाते निर्माण करुन ते लॉगइनसाठी वापरु नये.\n" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "msg पाठवण्याच्या संदेशांसाठी अतिरिक्त टॅब उघडा" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s अस्तित्वात नाही." @@ -632,9 +626,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_ पासवर्डची पुष्टी करा:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_ नवीन पासवर्ड:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_ जुना पासवर्ड:" Modified: trunk/lcn/nb/po/gnome-patch-translation.nb.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/nb/po/gnome-patch-translation.nb.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/nb/po/gnome-patch-translation.nb.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -5,12 +5,11 @@ # Rune Nordbøe Skillingstad <rune(a)skillingstad.no>, 2007. # Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>, 2008, 2009. # Olav P. <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>, 2008, 2009. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.nb_no\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-09 20:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Olav Pettershagen <olav.pet(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -29,15 +28,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell Services" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Vil listen over innstikkfunksjoner som kan analyseres av maskinen i et «RPM " -"inneholder»-kompatibelt format" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -84,22 +74,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Fet kursiv" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Nyhetskildeleser" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Nytt passord:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Det anbefales ikke å koble til IRC som rot. Du bør opprette\n" -" en brukerkonto og bruke denne til å logge inn.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vil listen over innstikkfunksjoner som kan analyseres av maskinen i et " +#~ "«RPM inneholder»-kompatibelt format" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Åpne en ekstra kategori for utgående meldinger" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Nyhetskildeleser" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Det anbefales ikke å koble til IRC som rot. Du bør opprette\n" +#~ " en brukerkonto og bruke denne til å logge inn.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Åpne en ekstra kategori for utgående meldinger" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s finnes ikke." @@ -676,9 +675,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_Bekreft passord:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Nytt passord:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Gammelt passord:" Modified: trunk/lcn/nds/po/gnome-patch-translation.nds.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/nds/po/gnome-patch-translation.nds.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/nds/po/gnome-patch-translation.nds.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -3,16 +3,15 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk+2.0 package. # Nils-Christoph Fiedler <fiedler(a)medienkompanie.de>, 2009. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+2.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-08 11:11+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Nils-Christoph Fiedler <fiedler(a)medienkompanie.de>\n" "Language-Team: German, Low <nds-lowgerman(a)lists.sourceforge.net>\n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: nds\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -28,13 +27,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -86,16 +78,7 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "_Scheev" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Passwoord merken bit _Avmellen" Modified: trunk/lcn/nl/po/gnome-patch-translation.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/nl/po/gnome-patch-translation.nl.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/nl/po/gnome-patch-translation.nl.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -3,12 +3,11 @@ # # Rinse de Vries <rinsedevries(a)kde.nl>, 2007. # Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-15 11:01+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -27,15 +26,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell Services" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Druk de machine-begrijpbare lijst met eigenschappen van een plug-in af in " -"het formaat van RPM-levert" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -86,22 +76,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Vet cursief" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Nieuwslezer" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Nieuw wachtwoord:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Het wordt aangeraden IRC niet als root te draaien! Maak een\n" -" gebruikersaccount en gebruik deze om u aan te melden.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Druk de machine-begrijpbare lijst met eigenschappen van een plug-in af in " +#~ "het formaat van RPM-levert" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Een extra tabblad openen voor uitgaande berichten" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Nieuwslezer" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Het wordt aangeraden IRC niet als root te draaien! Maak een\n" +#~ " gebruikersaccount en gebruik deze om u aan te melden.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Een extra tabblad openen voor uitgaande berichten" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s bestaat niet." @@ -701,9 +700,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "Wa_chtwoord bevestigen:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Nieuw wachtwoord:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Oud wachtwoord:" Modified: trunk/lcn/nn/po/gnome-patch-translation.nn.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/nn/po/gnome-patch-translation.nn.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/nn/po/gnome-patch-translation.nn.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # # Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>, 2015. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-02 19:24+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl(a)huftis.org>\n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk <i18n-nn(a)lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -25,11 +24,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -80,21 +74,15 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "_Kursiv" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Standard e-post-lesar" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Nytt passord:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Standard e-post-lesar" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Accessibility" #~ msgstr "_Tilgjenge" @@ -142,10 +130,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Stadfest passord" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Nytt passord:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Gamalt passord:" @@ -179,7 +163,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Your account is disabled. Please contact your system administrator" -#~ msgstr "Kontoen din har gått ut på dato. Ta kontakt med systemadministrator." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kontoen din har gått ut på dato. Ta kontakt med systemadministrator." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -269,8 +254,12 @@ #~ msgid "Show connect time and throughput" #~ msgstr "Vis tilkoplingstid og datastraum" -#~ msgid "Show extra information about the connect time and amount of data transmitted and received." -#~ msgstr "Vis ekstra informasjon om tilkoplingstida og kor mykje data som er overført og motteke." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Show extra information about the connect time and amount of data " +#~ "transmitted and received." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vis ekstra informasjon om tilkoplingstida og kor mykje data som er " +#~ "overført og motteke." #~ msgid "Status connected color" #~ msgstr "Farge når tilkopla" @@ -291,18 +280,24 @@ #~ msgstr "Omrissfarge på teksten" #~ msgid "The background color of the button used to indicate data received." -#~ msgstr "Bakgrunnsfargen på knappen som vert brukt til å visa at data er motteke." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bakgrunnsfargen på knappen som vert brukt til å visa at data er motteke." #~ msgid "The background color of the button used to indicate data sent." -#~ msgstr "Bakgrunnsfargen på knappen som vert brukt til å visa at data er sendt." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bakgrunnsfargen på knappen som vert brukt til å visa at data er sendt." -#~ msgid "The color used to display the status button when the modem is connected." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The color used to display the status button when the modem is connected." #~ msgstr "Fargen på statusknappen når modemet er tilkopla." -#~ msgid "The color used to display the status button when the modem is connecting." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The color used to display the status button when the modem is connecting." #~ msgstr "Fargen på statusknappen når modemet koplar til." -#~ msgid "The color used to display the status button when the modem is not connected." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The color used to display the status button when the modem is not " +#~ "connected." #~ msgstr "Fargen på statusknappen når modemet ikkje er tilkopla." #~ msgid "The color used to indicate that data has been received." @@ -555,11 +550,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Shell-command to run when xmms starts a new song." -#~ msgstr "Skal-kommando som skal køyrast når XMMS når slutten av ei speleliste." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skal-kommando som skal køyrast når XMMS når slutten av ei speleliste." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Shell-command to run toward the end of a song." -#~ msgstr "Skal-kommando som skal køyrast når XMMS når slutten av ei speleliste." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skal-kommando som skal køyrast når XMMS når slutten av ei speleliste." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "CCITT J.17" @@ -701,7 +698,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "The sound file for this event does not exist.\n" -#~ "You may want to install the gnome-audio packagefor a set of default sounds." +#~ "You may want to install the gnome-audio packagefor a set of default " +#~ "sounds." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Lydfila for denne handlinga finst ikkje.\n" #~ "Legg inn pakka «gnome-audio» dersom du vil\n" @@ -784,8 +782,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Mellomtenar i nettverket" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "If this is set to true, an icon linking to the Network Servers view will be put on the desktop." -#~ msgstr "Dersom sann, vil eit ikon med lenkje til papirkorga setjast på skrivebordet." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is set to true, an icon linking to the Network Servers view will " +#~ "be put on the desktop." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dersom sann, vil eit ikon med lenkje til papirkorga setjast på " +#~ "skrivebordet." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Network Servers icon visible on the desktop" Modified: trunk/lcn/pa/po/gnome-patch-translation.pa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pa/po/gnome-patch-translation.pa.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/pa/po/gnome-patch-translation.pa.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -3,12 +3,11 @@ # # A S Alam <aalam(a)users.sf.net>, 2007. # KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.pa\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-23 07:47+0530\n" "Last-Translator: KDB <brar.kd(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Panjabi <punjabi-l10n(a)list.sf.net>\n" @@ -29,13 +28,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "ਨੋਵਲ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -82,22 +74,24 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "ਗੂੜਾ-ਤਿਰਛਾ" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "ਖਬਰਸਾਰ" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(_N):" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* IRC ਨੂੰ root ਦੇ ਤੌਰ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਦੀ ਸਿਫ਼ਾਰਸ਼ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ! ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ\n" -" ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਖਾਤਾ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਉਸ ਨਾਲ ਨਾਲ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।\n" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "ਖਬਰਸਾਰ" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "ਬਾਹਰੀ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਵਾਧੂ ਟੈਬ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* IRC ਨੂੰ root ਦੇ ਤੌਰ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਦੀ ਸਿਫ਼ਾਰਸ਼ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ! ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ\n" +#~ " ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਖਾਤਾ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਉਸ ਨਾਲ ਨਾਲ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।\n" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "ਬਾਹਰੀ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਵਾਧੂ ਟੈਬ ਖੋਲ੍ਹੋ" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" @@ -622,9 +616,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ(_C):" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(_N):" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "ਪੁਰਾਣਾ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(_O):" Modified: trunk/lcn/pl/po/gnome-patch-translation.pl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pl/po/gnome-patch-translation.pl.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/pl/po/gnome-patch-translation.pl.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -3,12 +3,11 @@ # # Mariusz Fik <fisiu(a)opensuse.org>, 2010, 2011. # Karol Kozioł <7c0.000(a)gmail.com>, 2010. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-25 07:22+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Piotr Krakowiak <piotr.krakowiak(a)opensuse.biz>\n" "Language-Team: Polish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -17,7 +16,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 " +"|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #: gconf-editor/data/gconf-editor.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "GNOME Configuration Editor" @@ -27,11 +27,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Usługi Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides compatible-format" -msgstr "Wydrukuj parsowalną listę właściwości wtyczki w formacie kompatybilnym z RPM Provides" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -78,22 +73,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Pogrubiona kursywa" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Czytnik wiadomości" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Nowe hasło:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Korzystanie z IRC jako root nie jest zalecane! \n" -" Należy utworzyć konto użytkownika i z niego się zalogować.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wydrukuj parsowalną listę właściwości wtyczki w formacie kompatybilnym z " +#~ "RPM Provides" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Otwórz dodatkową kartę dla wychodzących wiadomości" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Czytnik wiadomości" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Korzystanie z IRC jako root nie jest zalecane! \n" +#~ " Należy utworzyć konto użytkownika i z niego się zalogować.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Otwórz dodatkową kartę dla wychodzących wiadomości" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s nie istnieje." @@ -150,14 +154,19 @@ #~ msgid "Open Administrator Settings" #~ msgstr "Otwórz ustawienia administracyjne" -#~ msgid "If an information message should be displayed when returning from idle sleep." -#~ msgstr "Komunikat informacyjny powinien być wyświetlony podczas powrotu ze stanu uśpienia." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If an information message should be displayed when returning from idle " +#~ "sleep." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Komunikat informacyjny powinien być wyświetlony podczas powrotu ze stanu " +#~ "uśpienia." #~ msgid "System resumed from sleep" #~ msgstr "System przywrócony ze stanu uśpienia" #~ msgid "The system automatically went to sleep because the system was idle." -#~ msgstr "System został automatycznie uśpiony, ponieważ nie wykazywał aktywności." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "System został automatycznie uśpiony, ponieważ nie wykazywał aktywności." #~ msgid "Log Out of the Session" #~ msgstr "Wyloguj z sesji" @@ -165,8 +174,12 @@ #~ msgid "Ends your session and logs you out." #~ msgstr "Kończy sesję i wylogowuje z systemu." -#~ msgid "Suspends your session, allowing another user to log in and use the computer." -#~ msgstr "Wstrzymuje sesję bieżącego użytkownika i pozwala zalogować się innemu użytkownikowi." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Suspends your session, allowing another user to log in and use the " +#~ "computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wstrzymuje sesję bieżącego użytkownika i pozwala zalogować się innemu " +#~ "użytkownikowi." #~ msgid "Shut Down the Computer" #~ msgstr "Wyłącz komputer" @@ -177,11 +190,18 @@ #~ msgid "Ends your session and restarts the computer." #~ msgstr "Kończy sesję i uruchamia komputer ponownie." -#~ msgid "Suspends your session quickly, using minimal power while the computer stands by." -#~ msgstr "Szybko wstrzymuje sesję i przechodzi w stan wstrzymania z minimalnym poborem energii." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Suspends your session quickly, using minimal power while the computer " +#~ "stands by." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Szybko wstrzymuje sesję i przechodzi w stan wstrzymania z minimalnym " +#~ "poborem energii." -#~ msgid "Suspends your session, using no power until the computer is restarted." -#~ msgstr "Wstrzymuje sesję i przechodzi w stan uśpienia bez poboru energii do ponownego uruchomienia komputera." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Suspends your session, using no power until the computer is restarted." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wstrzymuje sesję i przechodzi w stan uśpienia bez poboru energii do " +#~ "ponownego uruchomienia komputera." #~ msgid "Cannot find help." #~ msgstr "Nie można odnaleźć plików pomocy." @@ -189,11 +209,16 @@ #~ msgid "Disable context menus in file views" #~ msgstr "Wyłączenie menu podręcznego w widokach plików" -#~ msgid "Set this to true if you are deploying a kiosk and don't want users to access the context menu in file views." -#~ msgstr "W przypadku instalowania kiosku należy ustawić wartość \"true\", aby uniemożliwić użytkownikom dostęp do menu podręcznego." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set this to true if you are deploying a kiosk and don't want users to " +#~ "access the context menu in file views." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "W przypadku instalowania kiosku należy ustawić wartość \"true\", aby " +#~ "uniemożliwić użytkownikom dostęp do menu podręcznego." #~ msgid "To do this, select YaST->Firewall from the main menu." -#~ msgstr "W tym celu należy z menu głównego wybrać pozycję YaST -> Zapora sieciowa." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "W tym celu należy z menu głównego wybrać pozycję YaST -> Zapora sieciowa." #~ msgid "GroupWise" #~ msgstr "GroupWise" @@ -228,8 +253,11 @@ #~ msgid "Recently selected domains" #~ msgstr "Ostatnio wybierane domeny" -#~ msgid "Set to a list of login domains to be shown by default at the login window." -#~ msgstr "Ustawiane na listę domen logowania, które mają być domyślnie wyświetlane w oknie logowania." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set to a list of login domains to be shown by default at the login window." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ustawiane na listę domen logowania, które mają być domyślnie wyświetlane " +#~ "w oknie logowania." #~ msgid "Home" #~ msgstr "Katalog domowy" @@ -240,14 +268,23 @@ #~ msgid "Documents" #~ msgstr "Dokumenty" -#~ msgid "Define the email export format when doing drag'n'drop. Possible values are : mbox or pdf" -#~ msgstr "Określa format eksportu wiadomości e-mail podczas przeciągania i upuszczania. Możliwe wartości to: mbox i pdf" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Define the email export format when doing drag'n'drop. Possible values " +#~ "are : mbox or pdf" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Określa format eksportu wiadomości e-mail podczas przeciągania i " +#~ "upuszczania. Możliwe wartości to: mbox i pdf" #~ msgid "Drag'n'drop export format" #~ msgstr "Format eksportu podczas przeciągania i upuszczania" -#~ msgid "Exported file name will be : YYYmmDDHHMMSS_email_title Possible values : 1 (: email sent date), 2 (: drag'n'drop date)" -#~ msgstr "Nazwa wyeksportowanego pliku będzie miała format: YYYmmDDHHMMSS_tytuł_wiadomości. Możliwe wartości: 1 (data wysłania), 2 (data przeciągnięcia)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Exported file name will be : YYYmmDDHHMMSS_email_title Possible values : " +#~ "1 (: email sent date), 2 (: drag'n'drop date)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nazwa wyeksportowanego pliku będzie miała format: " +#~ "YYYmmDDHHMMSS_tytuł_wiadomości. Możliwe wartości: 1 (data wysłania), 2 " +#~ "(data przeciągnięcia)" #~ msgid "Format of the drag'n'drop export filename" #~ msgstr "Format nazwy eksportowanego pliku dla przeciągania i upuszczania" @@ -295,22 +332,40 @@ #~ msgstr "Wyrażenie regularne filtra dla listy języków" #~ msgid "Set the computer name info to use for the greeter logo." -#~ msgstr "Ustawia nazwę komputera, która będzie używana przez ekran powitalny." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ustawia nazwę komputera, która będzie używana przez ekran powitalny." #~ msgid "Set the computer version info to use for the greeter logo." -#~ msgstr "Ustawia wersję komputera, która będzie używana przez ekran powitalny." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ustawia wersję komputera, która będzie używana przez ekran powitalny." -#~ msgid "Set the true to hide/edit the computer logo_icon/name/version to use for the greeter logo." -#~ msgstr "Wartość \"true\" pozwala ukrywać/edytować ikonę, nazwę i wersję komputera, które będą używane przez ekran powitalny." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set the true to hide/edit the computer logo_icon/name/version to use for " +#~ "the greeter logo." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wartość \"true\" pozwala ukrywać/edytować ikonę, nazwę i wersję " +#~ "komputera, które będą używane przez ekran powitalny." -#~ msgid "Set to a regexp limiting the list of domains to show in the domain chooser." -#~ msgstr "Pozwala ustawić wyrażenie regularne ograniczające listę domen wyświetlanych w polu wyboru." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set to a regexp limiting the list of domains to show in the domain " +#~ "chooser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pozwala ustawić wyrażenie regularne ograniczające listę domen " +#~ "wyświetlanych w polu wyboru." -#~ msgid "Set to a regexp limiting the list of keyboard layouts to show in the layout chooser." -#~ msgstr "Pozwala ustawić wyrażenie regularne ograniczające listę układów klawiatury wyświetlanych w polu wyboru." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set to a regexp limiting the list of keyboard layouts to show in the " +#~ "layout chooser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pozwala ustawić wyrażenie regularne ograniczające listę układów " +#~ "klawiatury wyświetlanych w polu wyboru." -#~ msgid "Set to a regexp limiting the list of languages to show in the language chooser." -#~ msgstr "Pozwala ustawić wyrażenie regularne ograniczające listę języków wyświetlanych w polu wyboru." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set to a regexp limiting the list of languages to show in the language " +#~ "chooser." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pozwala ustawić wyrażenie regularne ograniczające listę języków " +#~ "wyświetlanych w polu wyboru." #~ msgid "Pressure-sensitive tablet" #~ msgstr "Tablet czuły na nacisk" @@ -321,8 +376,14 @@ #~ msgid "Use the s_ystem's proxy settings" #~ msgstr "Użyj s_ystemowych ustawień proxy" -#~ msgid "[Change Password;gnome-about-me.desktop,Change Theme;gtk-theme-selector.desktop,Set Preferred Applications;default-applications.desktop,Add Printer;gnome-cups-manager.desktop]" -#~ msgstr "[Zmiana hasła;gnome-about-me.desktop,Zmiana motywu;gtk-theme-selector.desktop,Preferowane programy;default-applications.desktop,Dodawanie drukarki;gnome-cups-manager.desktop]" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "[Change Password;gnome-about-me.desktop,Change Theme;gtk-theme-selector." +#~ "desktop,Set Preferred Applications;default-applications.desktop,Add " +#~ "Printer;gnome-cups-manager.desktop]" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "[Zmiana hasła;gnome-about-me.desktop,Zmiana motywu;gtk-theme-selector." +#~ "desktop,Preferowane programy;default-applications.desktop,Dodawanie " +#~ "drukarki;gnome-cups-manager.desktop]" #~ msgid "A file named \"%B\" already exists. %sDo you want to replace it?" #~ msgstr "Plik o nazwie \"%B\" już istnieje. %s Zamienić go?" @@ -414,7 +475,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Opublikowany na warunkach licencji GNU GPL.\n" #~ "Wskaźnik stanu modemu i wybieraczka numerów.\n" -#~ "Kontrolki w kolejności od góry lub od lewej to wysyłanie i odbieranie danych." +#~ "Kontrolki w kolejności od góry lub od lewej to wysyłanie i odbieranie " +#~ "danych." #~ msgid "" #~ "You are currently connected.\n" @@ -442,7 +504,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Polecenie wykonywane podczas rozłączania" #~ msgid "Display a confirmation dialog when connecting or disconnecting." -#~ msgstr "Wyświetlanie prośby o potwierdzenie podczas łączenia lub rozłączania." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wyświetlanie prośby o potwierdzenie podczas łączenia lub rozłączania." #~ msgid "Make the applet blink when the modem is connecting." #~ msgstr "Miganie apletu podczas gdy modem się łączy." @@ -468,8 +531,12 @@ #~ msgid "Show connect time and throughput" #~ msgstr "Wyświetlanie czasu połączenia i przepustowość" -#~ msgid "Show extra information about the connect time and amount of data transmitted and received." -#~ msgstr "Pokazuje dodatkowe informacje o czasie połączenia oraz o ilości wysłanych i otrzymanych danych." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Show extra information about the connect time and amount of data " +#~ "transmitted and received." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokazuje dodatkowe informacje o czasie połączenia oraz o ilości wysłanych " +#~ "i otrzymanych danych." #~ msgid "Status connected color" #~ msgstr "Kolor dla stanu: połączony" @@ -495,13 +562,17 @@ #~ msgid "The background color of the button used to indicate data sent." #~ msgstr "Kolor tła przycisku używanego jako wskaźnik wysyłania danych." -#~ msgid "The color used to display the status button when the modem is connected." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The color used to display the status button when the modem is connected." #~ msgstr "Kolor przycisku stanu przy połączonym modemie." -#~ msgid "The color used to display the status button when the modem is connecting." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The color used to display the status button when the modem is connecting." #~ msgstr "Kolor przycisku stanu przy łączeniu modemu." -#~ msgid "The color used to display the status button when the modem is not connected." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The color used to display the status button when the modem is not " +#~ "connected." #~ msgstr "Kolor przycisku stanu przy rozłączonym modemie." #~ msgid "The color used to indicate that data has been received." @@ -664,7 +735,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Nie można było zapisać konfiguracji monitorów" #~ msgid "Could not get session bus while applying display configuration" -#~ msgstr "Nie można było uzyskać magistrali sesji podczas zastosowywania konfiguracji wyświetlania" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nie można było uzyskać magistrali sesji podczas zastosowywania " +#~ "konfiguracji wyświetlania" #~ msgid "Could not get org.gnome.SettingsDaemon.XRANDR" #~ msgstr "Nie można było uzyskać wartości org.gnome.SettingsDaemon.XRANDR" @@ -746,14 +819,15 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_Potwierdzenie hasła:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Nowe hasło:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Stare hasło:" -#~ msgid "Type a city, region, or country name and then select a match from the pop-up." -#~ msgstr "Proszę wprowadzić nazwę miasta, regionu lub kraju, a następnie wybrać właściwą pozycję z wyskakującego okna." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Type a city, region, or country name and then select a match " +#~ "from the pop-up." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Proszę wprowadzić nazwę miasta, regionu lub kraju, a następnie " +#~ "wybrać właściwą pozycję z wyskakującego okna." #~ msgid "_Lock Panel Position" #~ msgstr "_Zablokuj pozycję panelu" @@ -761,8 +835,13 @@ #~ msgid "A_llow Panel to be Moved" #~ msgstr "_Zezwól na przenoszenie panelu" -#~ msgid "Disable support for moving a panel with a mouse drag. It has been know to cause problems for users that accidentally move or resize their panels." -#~ msgstr "Wyłączenie obsługi przesuwania panelu myszą. Czasami możliwość ta sprawiała problemu użytkownikom, którzy przypadkowo zmieniali rozmiar lub przenosili swoje panele." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Disable support for moving a panel with a mouse drag. It has been know to " +#~ "cause problems for users that accidentally move or resize their panels." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wyłączenie obsługi przesuwania panelu myszą. Czasami możliwość ta " +#~ "sprawiała problemu użytkownikom, którzy przypadkowo zmieniali rozmiar lub " +#~ "przenosili swoje panele." #~ msgid "Lock Panel Position" #~ msgstr "Zablokuj pozycję panelu" @@ -773,14 +852,24 @@ #~ msgid "You are currently logged in as \"%s\".\n" #~ msgstr "Jesteś obecnie zalogowany jako \"%s\".\n" -#~ msgid "Desktop files (*.desktop) which appear in this directory will be shown on the user's desktop. System administrators can use this feature to define desktop shortcuts which appear for users." -#~ msgstr "Pliki *.desktop zawarte w tym katalogu pojawią się na pulpicie użytkownika. Administratorzy mogą je wykorzystywać do określania skrótów, które będą dostępne dla użytkowników." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Desktop files (*.desktop) which appear in this directory will be shown on " +#~ "the user's desktop. System administrators can use this feature to define " +#~ "desktop shortcuts which appear for users." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pliki *.desktop zawarte w tym katalogu pojawią się na pulpicie " +#~ "użytkownika. Administratorzy mogą je wykorzystywać do określania skrótów, " +#~ "które będą dostępne dla użytkowników." #~ msgid "Directory for storing predefined desktop items" #~ msgstr "Katalog do przechowywania predefiniowanych elementów pulpitu." -#~ msgid "Couldn't rename \"%s\" to \"%s\". Please make sure the new name has only valid characters in it." -#~ msgstr "Nie udało się zmienić nazwy \"%s\" na \"%s\". Należy upewnić się, czy nowa nazwa zawiera wyłącznie dozwolone znaki." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Couldn't rename \"%s\" to \"%s\". Please make sure the new name has only " +#~ "valid characters in it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nie udało się zmienić nazwy \"%s\" na \"%s\". Należy upewnić się, czy " +#~ "nowa nazwa zawiera wyłącznie dozwolone znaki." #~ msgid "Allow Panel to be Moved" #~ msgstr "Zezwól na przenoszenie panelu" @@ -788,8 +877,11 @@ #~ msgid "New _Vendor Defaults Window" #~ msgstr "Nowe domyślne okno _usługodawcy" -#~ msgid "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing vendor defaults settings" -#~ msgstr "Otwórz nowe okno edytora konfiguracji, modyfikujące domyślne ustawienia usługodawcy" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Open a new Configuration Editor window editing vendor defaults settings" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Otwórz nowe okno edytora konfiguracji, modyfikujące domyślne ustawienia " +#~ "usługodawcy" #~ msgid "Set as _Vendor Default" #~ msgstr "Ustaw jako domyślnego usługodawcę" @@ -817,7 +909,9 @@ #~ "%s" #~ msgid "Cannot connect to dbus bus; smart card support disabled: %s" -#~ msgstr "Nie można połączyć się z magistralą dbus; obsługa smart card została wyłączona: %s" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nie można połączyć się z magistralą dbus; obsługa smart card została " +#~ "wyłączona: %s" #~ msgid "You must authenticate as root to shut down." #~ msgstr "Aby wyłączyć komputer należy się uwierzytelnić jako root." @@ -826,7 +920,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Aby uruchomić komputer ponownie należy uwierzytelnić się jako root." #~ msgid "Your account is disabled. Please contact your system administrator" -#~ msgstr "Konto zostało zablokowane. Należy skontaktować się z administratorem" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Konto zostało zablokowane. Należy skontaktować się z administratorem" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -886,8 +981,12 @@ #~ msgid "If true, enables the Windows flag keys to show the panel's main menu" #~ msgstr "Określa, czy klawisz Windows ma wyświetlać główne menu panelu" -#~ msgid "If true, then pressing the Windows flag keys will cause the panel's main menu to appear." -#~ msgstr "Określa, czy wciśnięcie klawisza Windows ma spowodować wyświetlenie głównegu menu panelu." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If true, then pressing the Windows flag keys will cause the panel's main " +#~ "menu to appear." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Określa, czy wciśnięcie klawisza Windows ma spowodować wyświetlenie " +#~ "głównegu menu panelu." #~ msgid "%s %s %s returned with signal %d" #~ msgstr "%s %s %s zwrócił sygnał %d" @@ -902,7 +1001,8 @@ #~ msgstr "\"net usershare\" zwrócił błąd %d" #~ msgid "the output of 'net usershare' is not in valid UTF-8 encoding" -#~ msgstr "wynik polecenia \"net usershare\" nie jest w prawidłowym kodowaniu UTF-8" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "wynik polecenia \"net usershare\" nie jest w prawidłowym kodowaniu UTF-8" #~ msgid "Failed" #~ msgstr "NIe powiodło się" @@ -920,10 +1020,15 @@ #~ msgstr "testparm Samby zwrócił błąd %d" #~ msgid "Cannot remove the share for path %s: that path is not shared" -#~ msgstr "Nie można usunąć udziału dla ścieżki %s: ta ścieżka nie jest współdzielona" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nie można usunąć udziału dla ścieżki %s: ta ścieżka nie jest współdzielona" -#~ msgid "Cannot change the path of an existing share; please remove the old share first and add a new one" -#~ msgstr "Nie można zmienić ścieżki istniejącego udziału; należy najpierw usunąć stary udział, a następnie dodać nowy" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Cannot change the path of an existing share; please remove the old share " +#~ "first and add a new one" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nie można zmienić ścieżki istniejącego udziału; należy najpierw usunąć " +#~ "stary udział, a następnie dodać nowy" #~ msgid "Potential Applications " #~ msgstr "Potencjalne aplikacje" @@ -934,11 +1039,16 @@ #~ msgid "Enable Document Info Plugin" #~ msgstr "Włącz wtyczkę informacji o dokumencie" -#~ msgid "Enable the Document Information plugin, which provides statistics about the current document, such as the number of words." -#~ msgstr "Włączenie wtyczki informacji o dokumencie, która generuje statystyki dotyczące aktualnego dokumentu, takie jak liczba słów." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable the Document Information plugin, which provides statistics about " +#~ "the current document, such as the number of words." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Włączenie wtyczki informacji o dokumencie, która generuje statystyki " +#~ "dotyczące aktualnego dokumentu, takie jak liczba słów." #~ msgid "Only special multimedia keys can be bound to this action!" -#~ msgstr "Do tej akcji można przypisać wyłącznie specjalne klawisze multimedialne!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Do tej akcji można przypisać wyłącznie specjalne klawisze multimedialne!" #~ msgid "Shortcuts" #~ msgstr "Skróty" @@ -946,8 +1056,16 @@ #~ msgid "Network Proxies" #~ msgstr "Pośrednicy sieciowi" -#~ msgid "[Change Desktop Background;background.desktop,Add Printer;gnome-cups-manager.desktop,Configure Network;YaST2/lan.desktop,Change Password;gnome-passwd.desktop,Add User;YaST2/users.desktop,Open Administrator Settings;YaST.desktop]" -#~ msgstr "[Zmiana tła pulpitu;background.desktop,Dodanie drukarki;gnome-cups-manager.desktop,Konfiguracja sieci;YaST2/lan.desktop,Zmiana hasła;gnome-passwd.desktop,Dodanie użytkownika;YaST2/users.desktop,Centrum sterowania YaST;YaST.desktop]" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "[Change Desktop Background;background.desktop,Add Printer;gnome-cups-" +#~ "manager.desktop,Configure Network;YaST2/lan.desktop,Change Password;gnome-" +#~ "passwd.desktop,Add User;YaST2/users.desktop,Open Administrator Settings;" +#~ "YaST.desktop]" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "[Zmiana tła pulpitu;background.desktop,Dodanie drukarki;gnome-cups-" +#~ "manager.desktop,Konfiguracja sieci;YaST2/lan.desktop,Zmiana hasła;gnome-" +#~ "passwd.desktop,Dodanie użytkownika;YaST2/users.desktop,Centrum sterowania " +#~ "YaST;YaST.desktop]" #~ msgid "System settings" #~ msgstr "Ustawienia systemowe" @@ -1018,17 +1136,27 @@ #~ msgid "Unable to set key" #~ msgstr "Nie można ustawić klucza" -#~ msgid "There was a problem setting the wireless key to the gnome keyring. Error 0x%02X." -#~ msgstr "Napotkano problem podczas ustawiania klucza w gnome keyring. Błąd 0x%02X." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There was a problem setting the wireless key to the gnome keyring. Error " +#~ "0x%02X." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napotkano problem podczas ustawiania klucza w gnome keyring. Błąd 0x%02X." #~ msgid "Unable to set password" #~ msgstr "Nie można ustawić hasła" -#~ msgid "There was a problem storing the private password in the gnome keyring. Error 0x%02X." -#~ msgstr "Napotkano problem podczas zachowywania prywatnego hasła w gnome keyring. Błąd 0x%02X." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There was a problem storing the private password in the gnome keyring. " +#~ "Error 0x%02X." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napotkano problem podczas zachowywania prywatnego hasła w gnome keyring. " +#~ "Błąd 0x%02X." -#~ msgid "There was a problem storing the password in the gnome keyring. Error 0x%02X." -#~ msgstr "Napotkano problem podczas ustawiania hasła w gnome keyring. Błąd 0x%02X." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There was a problem storing the password in the gnome keyring. Error 0x" +#~ "%02X." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Napotkano problem podczas ustawiania hasła w gnome keyring. Błąd 0x%02X." #~ msgid "Access Point:" #~ msgstr "Punkt dostępowy:" @@ -1245,7 +1373,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The sound file for this event does not exist.\n" -#~ "You may want to install the gnome-audio packagefor a set of default sounds." +#~ "You may want to install the gnome-audio packagefor a set of default " +#~ "sounds." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dźwięk powiązany z tym zdarzeniem nie istnieje.\n" #~ "Zbiór domyślnych dźwięków zawiera pakiet gnome-audio." @@ -1271,8 +1400,11 @@ #~ msgid "Cairo Clipboard" #~ msgstr "Schowek Cairo" -#~ msgid "Color index %d too high, only 512 colors allowed. Using black instead." -#~ msgstr "Indeks koloru %d jest zbyt wysoki, dozwolone jest tylko 512 kolorów. Zamiast tego użyty zostanie czarny." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Color index %d too high, only 512 colors allowed. Using black instead." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Indeks koloru %d jest zbyt wysoki, dozwolone jest tylko 512 kolorów. " +#~ "Zamiast tego użyty zostanie czarny." #~ msgid "Depth %d of of range, only 0-%d allowed.\n" #~ msgstr "Głębokość %d spoza zakresu, dozwolone są tylko 0-%d.\n" @@ -1283,17 +1415,27 @@ #~ msgid "Specifies the time interval to refresh the GAL Cache." #~ msgstr "Określa interwał odświeżania pamięci podręcznej GAL." -#~ msgid "This key specifies the number of days interval between the GAL cache refresh. Set this value to zero, if you don't want to update GAL and use the curernt cache forever. This will work only if you have enabled offline caching for GAL." -#~ msgstr "Ten klucz określa liczbę dni pomiędzy odświeżeniami pamięci podręcznej GAL. Aby GAL nie był aktualizowany i używał bieżącej zawartości pamięci podręcznej, należy ustawić tę opcję na wartość 0. Opcja ta działa tylko, jeśli włączono pamięć podręczną offline dla GAL." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This key specifies the number of days interval between the GAL cache " +#~ "refresh. Set this value to zero, if you don't want to update GAL and use " +#~ "the curernt cache forever. This will work only if you have enabled " +#~ "offline caching for GAL." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ten klucz określa liczbę dni pomiędzy odświeżeniami pamięci podręcznej " +#~ "GAL. Aby GAL nie był aktualizowany i używał bieżącej zawartości pamięci " +#~ "podręcznej, należy ustawić tę opcję na wartość 0. Opcja ta działa tylko, " +#~ "jeśli włączono pamięć podręczną offline dla GAL." #~ msgid "Internal error.\n" #~ msgstr "Błąd wewnętrzny.\n" #~ msgid "Paged results response control could not be decoded.\n" -#~ msgstr "Nie udało się zdekodować kontroli odpowiedzi wyników stronicowanych.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nie udało się zdekodować kontroli odpowiedzi wyników stronicowanych.\n" #~ msgid "Invalid entries estimate in paged results response.\n" -#~ msgstr "Nieprawidłowe szacowanie wpisów w odpowiedzi stronicowanych wyników.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nieprawidłowe szacowanie wpisów w odpowiedzi stronicowanych wyników.\n" #~ msgid "Authentication failed" #~ msgstr "Uwierzytelnienie nie powiodło się" @@ -1320,10 +1462,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Nieoczekiwane zakończenie programu Notatki Evolution." #~ msgid "Your memos will not be available until Evolution is restarted." -#~ msgstr "Notatki nie będą dostępne do czasu ponownego uruchomienia Evolution." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Notatki nie będą dostępne do czasu ponownego uruchomienia Evolution." -#~ msgid "Position of the vertical pane, between the calendar lists and the date navigator calendar." -#~ msgstr "Położenie pionowego obszaru pomiędzy listą kalendarzy a wyborem dat." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Position of the vertical pane, between the calendar lists and the date " +#~ "navigator calendar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Położenie pionowego obszaru pomiędzy listą kalendarzy a wyborem dat." #~ msgid "_Delete this item from all other recipient's mailboxes?" #~ msgstr "_Usuń element z wszystkich innych skrzynek odbiorcy?" @@ -1370,14 +1516,21 @@ #~ msgid "You do not have sufficient permissions to delete the mail." #~ msgstr "Brak uprawnień do usunięcia wiadomości." -#~ msgid "If the \"Preview\" pane is on, then show it side-by-side rather than vertically." -#~ msgstr "Jeśli panel 'Podgląd' jest włączony, to jest wyświetlany pionowo a nie poziomo." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the \"Preview\" pane is on, then show it side-by-side rather than " +#~ "vertically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jeśli panel 'Podgląd' jest włączony, to jest wyświetlany pionowo a nie " +#~ "poziomo." -#~ msgid "Show the email of the sender in the messages composite column in the message list" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Show the email of the sender in the messages composite column in the " +#~ "message list" #~ msgstr "Pokazuj adres e-mail nadawcy w kolumnie skrótów w liście wiadomości" #~ msgid "Show the sender email in the messages column in the message list" -#~ msgstr "Pokazuj adres e-mail nadawcy w kolumnie wiadomości w liście wiadomości" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pokazuj adres e-mail nadawcy w kolumnie wiadomości w liście wiadomości" #~ msgid "Use side-by-side or wide layout" #~ msgstr "Użyj układu szerokiego lub pionowego" @@ -1404,7 +1557,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Użyj s_ystemowych ustawień proxy" #~ msgid "This will make the filter more reliable, but slower" -#~ msgstr "Filtr będzie skuteczniejszy, ale będzie działał wolniej" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Filtr będzie skuteczniejszy, ale będzie działał wolniej" #~ msgid "Proxy Settings" #~ msgstr "Ustawienia proxy" @@ -1549,7 +1703,9 @@ #~ msgid "Automatic proxy configuration URL" #~ msgstr "Adres URL automatycznej konfiguracji proxy" -#~ msgid "Enables the proxy settings when accessing HTTP/Secure HTTP over the Internet." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enables the proxy settings when accessing HTTP/Secure HTTP over the " +#~ "Internet." #~ msgstr "Włącza ustawienia proxy dla protokołów HTTP/Secure HTTP" #~ msgid "HTTP proxy host name" @@ -1564,8 +1720,15 @@ #~ msgid "HTTP proxy username" #~ msgstr "Nazwa użytkownika proxy HTTP" -#~ msgid "If true, then connections to the proxy server require authentication. The username/password combo is defined by \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/authentication_user\" and locally stored password in .gnome2_private/." -#~ msgstr "Jeśli włączone, to połączenia do serwera proxy wymagają uwierzytelniania. Zestaw nazwa_użytkownika/hasło jest definiowany przez \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/authentication_user\" hasła w pliku .gnome2_private/." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If true, then connections to the proxy server require authentication. The " +#~ "username/password combo is defined by \"/apps/evolution/shell/" +#~ "network_config/authentication_user\" and locally stored password in ." +#~ "gnome2_private/." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jeśli włączone, to połączenia do serwera proxy wymagają uwierzytelniania. " +#~ "Zestaw nazwa_użytkownika/hasło jest definiowany przez \"/apps/evolution/" +#~ "shell/network_config/authentication_user\" hasła w pliku .gnome2_private/." #~ msgid "Non-proxy hosts" #~ msgstr "Hosty bez proxy" @@ -1585,8 +1748,15 @@ #~ msgid "Secure HTTP proxy port" #~ msgstr "Port proxy Secure HTTP" -#~ msgid "Select the proxy configuration mode. Supported values are 0, 1, 2, and 3 representing \"use system settings\", \"no proxy\", \"use manual proxy configuration\" and \"use proxy configuration provided in the autoconfig url\" respectively." -#~ msgstr "Tryb konfiguracji proxy. Dostępne wartości to 0, 1, 2 i 3 odpowiadające \"użyj ustawień systemowych\", \"bez proxy\", \"ręczna konfiguracja proxy\" i \"użyj konfiguracji spod url automatycznej konfiguracji\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the proxy configuration mode. Supported values are 0, 1, 2, and 3 " +#~ "representing \"use system settings\", \"no proxy\", \"use manual proxy " +#~ "configuration\" and \"use proxy configuration provided in the autoconfig " +#~ "url\" respectively." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tryb konfiguracji proxy. Dostępne wartości to 0, 1, 2 i 3 odpowiadające " +#~ "\"użyj ustawień systemowych\", \"bez proxy\", \"ręczna konfiguracja proxy" +#~ "\" i \"użyj konfiguracji spod url automatycznej konfiguracji\"." #~ msgid "Statusbar is visible" #~ msgstr "Pasek statusu jest widoczny" @@ -1600,17 +1770,38 @@ #~ msgid "The machine name to proxy socks through." #~ msgstr "Nazwa komputera proxy SOCKS." -#~ msgid "The port on the machine defined by \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/http_host\" that you proxy through." -#~ msgstr "Port proxy określony przez \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/http_host\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The port on the machine defined by \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/" +#~ "http_host\" that you proxy through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Port proxy określony przez \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/" +#~ "http_host\"." -#~ msgid "The port on the machine defined by \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/secure_host\" that you proxy through." -#~ msgstr "Port proxy określony przez \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/secure_host\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The port on the machine defined by \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/" +#~ "secure_host\" that you proxy through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Port proxy określony przez \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/" +#~ "secure_host\"." -#~ msgid "The port on the machine defined by \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/socks_host\" that you proxy through." -#~ msgstr "Port proxy określony przez \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/socks_host\"." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The port on the machine defined by \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/" +#~ "socks_host\" that you proxy through." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Port proxy określony przez \"/apps/evolution/shell/network_config/" +#~ "socks_host\"." -#~ msgid "This key contains a list of hosts which are connected to directly, rather than via the proxy (if it is active). The values can be hostnames, domains (using an initial wildcard like *.foo.com), IP host addresses (both IPv4 and IPv6) and network addresses with a netmask (something like 192.168.0.0/24)." -#~ msgstr "Ten klucz zawiera listę hostów, z którymi należy łączyć się z pominięciem proxy. Wartości mogą być podane jako nazwy hostów, domeny (ze znakami zastępującymi - *.foo.com), numery IP (IPv4 i IPv6) i adresu sieciowe z maskami (np: 192.168.0.0/24)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This key contains a list of hosts which are connected to directly, rather " +#~ "than via the proxy (if it is active). The values can be hostnames, " +#~ "domains (using an initial wildcard like *.foo.com), IP host addresses " +#~ "(both IPv4 and IPv6) and network addresses with a netmask (something like " +#~ "192.168.0.0/24)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ten klucz zawiera listę hostów, z którymi należy łączyć się z pominięciem " +#~ "proxy. Wartości mogą być podane jako nazwy hostów, domeny (ze znakami " +#~ "zastępującymi - *.foo.com), numery IP (IPv4 i IPv6) i adresu sieciowe z " +#~ "maskami (np: 192.168.0.0/24)." #~ msgid "URL that provides proxy configuration values." #~ msgstr "Adres URL zawierający informacje o proxy." @@ -1675,21 +1866,30 @@ #~ msgid "[UTF-8,CURRENT,ISO-8859-15,UTF-16]" #~ msgstr "[UTF-8,CURRENT,ISO-8859-2,UTF-16]" -#~ msgid "This file has less than %d lines. Setting the cursor to last line of the file." -#~ msgstr "Ten plik ma mniej niż %d linii. Kursor zostanie ustawiony na ostatnią linię tego pliku." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This file has less than %d lines. Setting the cursor to last line of the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ten plik ma mniej niż %d linii. Kursor zostanie ustawiony na ostatnią " +#~ "linię tego pliku." #~ msgid "Power Management _Settings..." #~ msgstr "U_stawienia zarządzania energią..." -#~ msgid "You have an unknown amount of battery power remaining (%d%% of the total capacity)." -#~ msgstr "Pozostała nieznana ilość energii w bateriach (%d%% całkowitej pojemności)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have an unknown amount of battery power remaining (%d%% of the total " +#~ "capacity)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pozostała nieznana ilość energii w bateriach (%d%% całkowitej pojemności)." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Could not run Power Management Settings!\n" +#~ "Could not run Power Management " +#~ "Settings!\n" #~ "\n" #~ "%s" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nie można uruchomić Ustawień zarządzania energią!\n" +#~ "Nie można uruchomić Ustawień " +#~ "zarządzania energią!\n" #~ "\n" #~ "%s" @@ -1832,8 +2032,12 @@ #~ msgid "Operation failed" #~ msgstr "Operacja nie powiodła się" -#~ msgid "Internal error: Image loader module '%s' failed to complete an operation, but didn't give a reason for the failure" -#~ msgstr "Błąd: moduł wczytywania obrazu '%s' nie zakończył poprawnie operacji bez podawania powodu" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Internal error: Image loader module '%s' failed to complete an operation, " +#~ "but didn't give a reason for the failure" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Błąd: moduł wczytywania obrazu '%s' nie zakończył poprawnie operacji bez " +#~ "podawania powodu" #~ msgid "Search" #~ msgstr "Szukaj" @@ -1850,8 +2054,12 @@ #~ msgid "Could not start the search process" #~ msgstr "Nie można uruchomić procesu wyszukiwania" -#~ msgid "The program was not able to create a connection to the Beagle daemon. Please make sure Beagle is running." -#~ msgstr "Program nie mógł utworzyć połączenia z demonem Beagle. Należy sprawdzić, czy Beagle jest uruchomiony." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The program was not able to create a connection to the Beagle daemon. " +#~ "Please make sure Beagle is running." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Program nie mógł utworzyć połączenia z demonem Beagle. Należy sprawdzić, " +#~ "czy Beagle jest uruchomiony." #~ msgid "Could not send the search request" #~ msgstr "Wysłanie żądania wyszukiwania nie powiodło się" @@ -1877,22 +2085,35 @@ #~ msgid "If true, horizontal viewport constraints are used" #~ msgstr "Określa, czy mają być używane poziome ograniczenia widoku" -#~ msgid "If true, metacity will give the user feedback using window border effects." -#~ msgstr "Określa, czy metacity ma dostarczać użytkownikowi informacji zwrotnej za pomocą efektów obramowania okien." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If true, metacity will give the user feedback using window border effects." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Określa, czy metacity ma dostarczać użytkownikowi informacji zwrotnej za " +#~ "pomocą efektów obramowania okien." -#~ msgid "If true, pressing a mouse button on a window will cause it to be raised to the top of the stack. If false, windows must be raised explicitly by clicking on their title bar." -#~ msgstr "Określa, czy wciśnięcie przycisku myszy na oknie spowoduje jego przeniesienie na pierwszy plan. Jeśli nie, okna są przenoszone na pierwszy plan poprzez naciśnięcie na ich pasek tytułowy." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If true, pressing a mouse button on a window will cause it to be raised " +#~ "to the top of the stack. If false, windows must be raised explicitly by " +#~ "clicking on their title bar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Określa, czy wciśnięcie przycisku myszy na oknie spowoduje jego " +#~ "przeniesienie na pierwszy plan. Jeśli nie, okna są przenoszone na " +#~ "pierwszy plan poprzez naciśnięcie na ich pasek tytułowy." #~ msgid "If true, use window border effects" #~ msgstr "Określa, czy mają być używane efekty obramowań okien." -#~ msgid "If true, windows are not allowed to be horizontally moved outside the viewport." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If true, windows are not allowed to be horizontally moved outside the " +#~ "viewport." #~ msgstr "Określa, czy okien nie można przenosić poziomo poza obszar pulpitu." #~ msgid "Raise windows when a mouse button is pressed on them" #~ msgstr "Przenoś okna na pierwszy plan po naciśnięciu ich myszą" -#~ msgid "If this is set to true, an icon linking to the Network Servers view will be put on the desktop." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this is set to true, an icon linking to the Network Servers view will " +#~ "be put on the desktop." #~ msgstr "Określa, czy na pulpicie będzie umieszczona ikona usług sieciowych." #~ msgid "Network Servers icon visible on the desktop" @@ -1916,14 +2137,21 @@ #~ msgid "Go to the network location" #~ msgstr "Przejdź do położenia sieciowego" -#~ msgid "Nautilus needs to add some permissions to your folder \"%s\" in order to share it" -#~ msgstr "Nautilus musi ustawić uprawnienia dla folderu \"%s\", jeśli ma on być współdzielony" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Nautilus needs to add some permissions to your folder \"%s\" in order to " +#~ "share it" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nautilus musi ustawić uprawnienia dla folderu \"%s\", jeśli ma on być " +#~ "współdzielony" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The folder \"%s\" needs the following extra permissions for sharing to work:\n" -#~ "%s%s%sDo you want Nautilus to add these permissions to the folder automatically?" +#~ "The folder \"%s\" needs the following extra permissions for sharing to " +#~ "work:\n" +#~ "%s%s%sDo you want Nautilus to add these permissions to the folder " +#~ "automatically?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Do współdzielenia folderu \"%s\" wymagane jest nadanie dodatkowych uprawnień:\n" +#~ "Do współdzielenia folderu \"%s\" wymagane jest nadanie dodatkowych " +#~ "uprawnień:\n" #~ "%s%s%sCzy Nautilus ma nadać te uprawnienia automatycznie?" #~ msgid " - read permission by others\n" @@ -1984,13 +2212,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Polecenia" #~ msgid "Shell-command to run when xmms starts a new song." -#~ msgstr "Polecenie powłoki do wykonania, gdy xmms zaczyna odtwarzać nową piosenkę." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Polecenie powłoki do wykonania, gdy xmms zaczyna odtwarzać nową piosenkę." #~ msgid "Shell-command to run toward the end of a song." #~ msgstr "Polecenie powłoki do wykonania przy końcu piosenki." #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can use the following format strings which will be substituted before calling the command (not all are useful for the end-of-playlist command).\n" +#~ "You can use the following format strings which will be substituted before " +#~ "calling the command (not all are useful for the end-of-playlist " +#~ "command).\n" #~ "\n" #~ "%%F: Frequency (in hertz)\n" #~ "%%c: Number of channels\n" @@ -2001,7 +2232,9 @@ #~ "%%t: Playlist position (%%02d)\n" #~ "%%p: Currently playing (1 or 0)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Poniższe ciągi formatujące zostaną zamienione na właściwe wartości przed wywołaniem polecenia (nie wszystkie jednak są przydatne dla polecenia dotyczącego końca listy odtwarzania).\n" +#~ "Poniższe ciągi formatujące zostaną zamienione na właściwe wartości przed " +#~ "wywołaniem polecenia (nie wszystkie jednak są przydatne dla polecenia " +#~ "dotyczącego końca listy odtwarzania).\n" #~ "\n" #~ "%%F: częstotliwość (w hercach)\n" #~ "%%c: liczba kanałów\n" @@ -2070,9 +2303,11 @@ #~ "ZASTOSOWAŃ. W celu uzyskania bliższych informacji - Powszechna\n" #~ "Licencja Publiczna GNU.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Z pewnością wraz z niniejszym programem rozprowadzany jest też egzemplarz\n" +#~ "Z pewnością wraz z niniejszym programem rozprowadzany jest też " +#~ "egzemplarz\n" #~ "Powszechnej Licencji Publicznej GNU (GNU General Public License);\n" -#~ "jeśli nie - proszę napisać do Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,\n" +#~ "jeśli nie - proszę napisać do Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass " +#~ "Ave,\n" #~ "Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "XMMS 3DSE patch release 11 for XMMS 1.2.5\n" @@ -2123,7 +2358,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Przełącz flagę 'repeat' (zapętlanie)" #~ msgid "Toggle the 'no playlist advance' flag." -#~ msgstr "Przełącz flagę 'no playlist advance' (bez przesuwania się do przodu w liście odtwarzania)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Przełącz flagę 'no playlist advance' (bez przesuwania się do przodu w " +#~ "liście odtwarzania)." #~ msgid "SWITCH may be either 'on' or 'off'\n" #~ msgstr "PRZEŁACZNIK może mieć wartość 'on' lub 'off'\n" @@ -2139,32 +2376,47 @@ #~ "The filename of the playlist should end in either \".m3u\" or \".pls\"." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nieznany rodzaj pliku dla %s.\n" -#~ "Nazwa pliku listy odtwarzania powinna się kończyć na \".m3u\" lub \".pls\"." +#~ "Nazwa pliku listy odtwarzania powinna się kończyć na \".m3u\" lub \".pls" +#~ "\"." -#~ msgid "When moving windows around, snap them together, and towards screen edges at this distance" -#~ msgstr "Podczas przesuwania okien przyklejaj je jedne do drugich oraz do krawędzi ekranu przy tej odległości." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When moving windows around, snap them together, and towards screen edges " +#~ "at this distance" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Podczas przesuwania okien przyklejaj je jedne do drugich oraz do krawędzi " +#~ "ekranu przy tej odległości." -#~ msgid "Recommended if you want to load playlists that were created in MS Windows" -#~ msgstr "Zalecane, jeśli użytkownik planuje ładować listy odtwarzania utworzone w MS Windows" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Recommended if you want to load playlists that were created in MS Windows" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zalecane, jeśli użytkownik planuje ładować listy odtwarzania utworzone w " +#~ "MS Windows" #~ msgid "Store information such as song title and length to playlists" -#~ msgstr "Przechowuj informacje takie jak tytuł i długość piosenki w listach odtwarzania" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Przechowuj informacje takie jak tytuł i długość piosenki w listach " +#~ "odtwarzania" #~ msgid "Advanced Title Options" #~ msgstr "Zaawansowane opcje tytułu" #~ msgid "" #~ "%0.2n - Display a 0 padded 2 char long tracknumber\n" -#~ "%!p(...) - Display what's inside parentheses if Performer (%p) is not set\n" +#~ "%!p(...) - Display what's inside parentheses if Performer (%p) is not " +#~ "set\n" #~ "%?p(...) - Display what's inside parentheses if Performer (%p) is set\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For more details, please read the included README or http://www.xmms.org/docs/readme.php" +#~ "For more details, please read the included README or http://www.xmms.org/" +#~ "docs/readme.php" #~ msgstr "" #~ "%0.2n - Wyświetl wypełniony zerami numer ścieżki o długości 2 znaków\n" -#~ "%!p(...) - Wyświetl zawartość nawiasów, jeśli wykonawca (%p) nie jest ustawiony\n" -#~ "%?p(...) - Wyświetl zawartość nawiasów, jeśli wykonawca(%p) jest ustawiony\n" +#~ "%!p(...) - Wyświetl zawartość nawiasów, jeśli wykonawca (%p) nie jest " +#~ "ustawiony\n" +#~ "%?p(...) - Wyświetl zawartość nawiasów, jeśli wykonawca(%p) jest " +#~ "ustawiony\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Więcej informacji można znaleźć w dołączonym pliku README lub na stronie http://www.xmms.org/docs/readme.php" +#~ "Więcej informacji można znaleźć w dołączonym pliku README lub na stronie " +#~ "http://www.xmms.org/docs/readme.php" #~ msgid "Audio CD directory" #~ msgstr "Katalog dźwiękowego CD" Modified: trunk/lcn/pt/po/gnome-patch-translation.pt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pt/po/gnome-patch-translation.pt.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/pt/po/gnome-patch-translation.pt.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -3,12 +3,11 @@ # # Antonio Cardoso Martins <digiplan.pt(a)gmail.com>, 2007, 2008. # Carlos Gonçalves <cgoncalves(a)opensuse.org>, 2007, 2008. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.pt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-08 22:29+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Elisio Catana <ecatana(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -27,15 +26,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Serviços da Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Imprimir as características machine-parsable de um plugin no formato " -"compativel RPM" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -82,22 +72,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Destacado Itálico" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Leitor de Noticias" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Nova Palavra Passe:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Correr IRC como administrador não é recomendado! Deverá\n" -" criar uma Conta de Utilizador e utilizá-la para iniciar sessão.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Imprimir as características machine-parsable de um plugin no formato " +#~ "compativel RPM" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Abrir uma página extra para mensagens de saída" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Leitor de Noticias" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Correr IRC como administrador não é recomendado! Deverá\n" +#~ " criar uma Conta de Utilizador e utilizá-la para iniciar sessão.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Abrir uma página extra para mensagens de saída" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s não existe." @@ -676,9 +675,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_Confirmar Palavra Passe:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Nova Palavra Passe:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Palavra Passe Antiga:" Modified: trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/gnome-patch-translation.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/gnome-patch-translation.pt_BR.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/gnome-patch-translation.pt_BR.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -5,12 +5,11 @@ # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2008. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2010. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-20 21:20-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -32,15 +31,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Serviços da Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Exiba a lista processável pela máquina de recursos de um plug-in no formato " -"compatível com o RPM Provides" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -87,22 +77,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Negrito e Itálico" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Leitor de notícias" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Nova senha:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Executar o IRC como root não é recomendado! Você deve\n" -" criar uma conta de usuário e usá-la para se logar.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Exiba a lista processável pela máquina de recursos de um plug-in no " +#~ "formato compatível com o RPM Provides" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Abrir uma guia extra para mensagem de saída" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Leitor de notícias" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Executar o IRC como root não é recomendado! Você deve\n" +#~ " criar uma conta de usuário e usá-la para se logar.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Abrir uma guia extra para mensagem de saída" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s não existe." @@ -703,9 +702,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "Confirme a senha:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Nova senha:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Senha _antiga:" Modified: trunk/lcn/ro/po/gnome-patch-translation.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ro/po/gnome-patch-translation.ro.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/ro/po/gnome-patch-translation.ro.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -10,12 +10,11 @@ # xdaiana <xdaiana(a)yahoo.com> # # Comunitatea romana openSUSE - www.suseromania.ro -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 14:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -37,14 +36,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Servicii Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Tipărire listă pasare mașină pentru caracteristicile unui modul compatibi RPM" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -91,23 +82,32 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Îngroșat și înclinat" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Cititor de știri" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Reține până la ieșirea din _sesiune" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Rularea IRC ca root nu este recomandată! Creați un\n" -" Cont utilizator și conectați-vă la acest cont.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tipărire listă pasare mașină pentru caracteristicile unui modul compatibi " +#~ "RPM" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Deschide un tab nou pentru mesajele expediate" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Cititor de știri" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Rularea IRC ca root nu este recomandată! Creați un\n" +#~ " Cont utilizator și conectați-vă la acest cont.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Deschide un tab nou pentru mesajele expediate" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s nu există." Modified: trunk/lcn/ru/po/gnome-patch-translation.ru.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ru/po/gnome-patch-translation.ru.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/ru/po/gnome-patch-translation.ru.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -5,12 +5,11 @@ # Aleksey Osipov <aliks-os(a)yandex.ru>, 2007, 2008. # Alexander Melentiev <alex239(a)gmail.com>, 2008, 2009, 2010. # Alexander Melentiev <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2011. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.ru\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-19 21:59+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Alexander Melentiev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -30,15 +29,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Службы Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Вывести машиночитаемый список возможностей модуля в формате, совместимом с " -"RPM Provides" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -85,22 +75,32 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Жирный курсив" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Программа для чтения новостей" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Запомнить пароль _до выхода из сеанса" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Не рекомендуется запускать IRC от имени пользователя root! Следует\n" -"создать учётную запись пользователя и использовать её для входа в систему.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вывести машиночитаемый список возможностей модуля в формате, совместимом " +#~ "с RPM Provides" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Открыть дополнительную вкладку для исходящего сообщения" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Программа для чтения новостей" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Не рекомендуется запускать IRC от имени пользователя root! Следует\n" +#~ "создать учётную запись пользователя и использовать её для входа в " +#~ "систему.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Открыть дополнительную вкладку для исходящего сообщения" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s не существует." Modified: trunk/lcn/si/po/gnome-patch-translation.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/si/po/gnome-patch-translation.si.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/si/po/gnome-patch-translation.si.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -3,12 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Danishka Navin <snavin(a)redhat.com>, 2007. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: si\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-08 10:54+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Danishka Navin <snavin(a)redhat.com>\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <en(a)li.org>\n" @@ -27,13 +26,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -85,20 +77,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "ඇලකුරු (_I)" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "රහස්පදය: (_P)" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sent Items" #~ msgstr "අයිතම අනුපිළිවෙළට සැකසිය යුත්තේ" @@ -315,10 +298,6 @@ #~ msgstr "රහස්පදය: (_P)" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "රහස්පදය: (_P)" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "රහස්පදය: (_P)" Modified: trunk/lcn/sk/po/gnome-patch-translation.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/sk/po/gnome-patch-translation.sk.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/sk/po/gnome-patch-translation.sk.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -2,7 +2,6 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 # Matej Horváth <mhorvath(a)novell.com>, 2007. # Ladislav Michnovič <lmichonvic(a)suse.cz>, 2007. # Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>, 2009. @@ -11,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-28 16:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ferdinand Galko <galko.ferdinand(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <opensuse-translation-sk(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -32,15 +31,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Služby systému Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Tlačiť strojom spracovateľný zoznam funkcií zásuvného modulu v RPM, ktorý " -"poskytuje kompatibilný formát" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -87,23 +77,32 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Tučné kurzíva" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Prehliadač správ" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Nové heslo:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Spúšťanie IRC pod administrátorom (root) sa neodporúča! Mali by ste si " -"vytvoriť\n" -" požívateľský účet a ten použiť na prihlásenie.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Tlačiť strojom spracovateľný zoznam funkcií zásuvného modulu v RPM, ktorý " +#~ "poskytuje kompatibilný formát" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Otvoriť novú záložku pre odchádzajúcu správu" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Prehliadač správ" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Spúšťanie IRC pod administrátorom (root) sa neodporúča! Mali by ste si " +#~ "vytvoriť\n" +#~ " požívateľský účet a ten použiť na prihlásenie.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Otvoriť novú záložku pre odchádzajúcu správu" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s neexistuje." @@ -679,9 +678,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "Potvr_diť heslo:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Nové heslo:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Staré heslo:" Modified: trunk/lcn/sl/po/gnome-patch-translation.sl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/sl/po/gnome-patch-translation.sl.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/sl/po/gnome-patch-translation.sl.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-03 15:37:30+CET\n" "Last-Translator: sl <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: sl <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,13 +23,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -80,21 +72,15 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Pošev_na" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Privzet bralnik pošte" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Geslo:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Privzet bralnik pošte" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The traditional GNOME menu" #~ msgstr "Glavni menu GNOME" @@ -580,10 +566,6 @@ #~ msgstr "_Geslo:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Geslo:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Geslo:" Modified: trunk/lcn/sr/po/gnome-patch-translation.sr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/sr/po/gnome-patch-translation.sr.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/sr/po/gnome-patch-translation.sr.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-03 15:37:30+CET\n" "Last-Translator: sr <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: sr <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,13 +23,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -81,21 +73,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "_Курзив" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Основни читач поште" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Нова лозинка:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sent Items" #~ msgstr "Штампај предмет" @@ -621,10 +603,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Потврдите лозинку:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Нова лозинка:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Стара лозинка:" @@ -888,6 +866,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Мозила" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "TIN News Reader" +#~ msgstr "Основни читач поште" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Assistive Technology" #~ msgstr "Подршка технологијама за испомоћ" Modified: trunk/lcn/sv/po/gnome-patch-translation.sv.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/sv/po/gnome-patch-translation.sv.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/sv/po/gnome-patch-translation.sv.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -2,7 +2,6 @@ # translation of gnome-patch-translation.po to # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 # Mattias Newzella <newzella(a)linux.se>, 2007. # Jonas Björk <jonas(a)jonasbjork.net>, 2008. # Jonas Svensson <jks(a)ekhorva.se>, 2016. @@ -10,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.sv\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-02-03 11:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jonas Svensson <jks(a)ekhorva.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -29,15 +28,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell Services" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Skriv ut en maskin-läsbar lista för en plugins funktioner i RPM Providers " -"kompatibelt format" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -84,22 +74,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Fet kursiv" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Nyhetsläsare" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Nytt lösenord:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Du bör inte köra IRC som root. Du bör\n" -" skapa ett användarkonto och logga in med det.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skriv ut en maskin-läsbar lista för en plugins funktioner i RPM Providers " +#~ "kompatibelt format" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Öppna en extra flik för utgående meddelande" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Nyhetsläsare" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Du bör inte köra IRC som root. Du bör\n" +#~ " skapa ett användarkonto och logga in med det.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Öppna en extra flik för utgående meddelande" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s finns inte." @@ -668,9 +667,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_Bekräfta lösenord" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Nytt lösenord:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Tidigare lösenord:" Modified: trunk/lcn/ta/po/gnome-patch-translation.ta.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ta/po/gnome-patch-translation.ta.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/ta/po/gnome-patch-translation.ta.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,9 +1,8 @@ -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:41+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -22,13 +21,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "நோவெல் சேவைகள்" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -75,23 +67,25 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "சாய்வு" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "TIN செய்தி வாசிப்பாளர்" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "(_P)கடவுச்சொல்:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"*ஆதாரமாக IRCயை இயக்குவது பரிந்துரைக்கப்படவில்லை! நீங்கள் ஒரு\n" -"பயனாளர் கணக்கை துவக்கி, உட்செல்லுதலுக்கு அதை பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும்.\n" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "TIN செய்தி வாசிப்பாளர்" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "வெளிச் செல்லும் தகவல்களுக்கு ஒரு கூடுதல் டேபை திறக்கவும்." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "*ஆதாரமாக IRCயை இயக்குவது பரிந்துரைக்கப்படவில்லை! நீங்கள் ஒரு\n" +#~ "பயனாளர் கணக்கை துவக்கி, உட்செல்லுதலுக்கு அதை பயன்படுத்த வேண்டும்.\n" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "வெளிச் செல்லும் தகவல்களுக்கு ஒரு கூடுதல் டேபை திறக்கவும்." + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s காணப்படவில்லை." @@ -645,9 +639,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "(_P)கடவுச்சொல்:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "(_P)கடவுச்சொல்:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "கடவுச் சொல்:." Modified: trunk/lcn/th/po/gnome-patch-translation.th.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/th/po/gnome-patch-translation.th.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/th/po/gnome-patch-translation.th.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Thai message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # Copyright (C) 2008 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-04 08:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Thai <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -26,13 +25,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "บริการของเครือข่าย" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -80,20 +72,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "รหัสผ่าน:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Subscribe to Other User's Exchange Contacts" #~ msgstr "บอกรับข้อมูลที่อยู่ติดต่อของผู้ใช้อื่น" @@ -330,10 +313,6 @@ #~ msgstr "ยืนยันรหัสผ่าน" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "รหัสผ่าน:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "รหัสผ่าน:" Modified: trunk/lcn/tr/po/gnome-patch-translation.tr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/tr/po/gnome-patch-translation.tr.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/tr/po/gnome-patch-translation.tr.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-03 15:37:32+CET\n" "Last-Translator: tr <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: tr <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,13 +23,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -84,21 +76,11 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "_Eğik" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Öntanımlı E-posta Okuyucu" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Yeni Parola:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sent Items" #~ msgstr "Öğeyi Yazdır" @@ -597,10 +579,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Onay Parolası:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Yeni Parola:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Eski _parola:" @@ -798,6 +776,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Mozilla" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "TIN News Reader" +#~ msgstr "Öntanımlı E-posta Okuyucu" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Assistive Technology" #~ msgstr "Yardımcı Teknoloji Desteği" Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/gnome-patch-translation.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/uk/po/gnome-patch-translation.uk.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/uk/po/gnome-patch-translation.uk.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -2,7 +2,6 @@ # Translation of gnome-patch-translation.uk.po to Ukrainian # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 # Ivan Petrouchtchak <ivanpetrouchtchak(a)yahoo.com>, 2006, 2007. # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor(a)ukr.net>, 2008. # Ivan Petrouchtchak <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2008, 2009. @@ -12,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation.uk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 17:55+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" @@ -32,15 +31,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Служби Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Вивести машиночитабельний список функцій модуля у форматі, сумісному із RPM " -"Provides" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -87,22 +77,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Жирний курсив" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Перегляд новин" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Запам'ятати пароль _до виходу з сеансу" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Не рекомендовано виконувати IRC як адміністратор! Створіть\n" -" користувацький рахунок і вживайте його для входу.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вивести машиночитабельний список функцій модуля у форматі, сумісному із " +#~ "RPM Provides" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Відкрити додаткову вкладку для вихідного повідомлення" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Перегляд новин" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Не рекомендовано виконувати IRC як адміністратор! Створіть\n" +#~ " користувацький рахунок і вживайте його для входу.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Відкрити додаткову вкладку для вихідного повідомлення" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s не існує." Modified: trunk/lcn/vi/po/gnome-patch-translation.vi.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/vi/po/gnome-patch-translation.vi.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/vi/po/gnome-patch-translation.vi.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 17:32+0100\n" "Last-Translator: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,13 +23,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -81,27 +73,12 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Nghi_êng" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Trình đọc thư mặc định" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "Mật khẩu mới:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"• Chạy IRC với tư cách người chủ (root) là không an toàn. •\n" -"Bạn nên tạo một tài khoản người dùng và sử dụng nó để đăng nhập.\n" -" \n" - -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Mở thanh thêm cho thông báo máy phục vụ" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Sent Items" #~ msgstr "In mục" @@ -211,6 +188,19 @@ #~ msgstr "Nhà" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "• Chạy IRC với tư cách người chủ (root) là không an toàn. •\n" +#~ "Bạn nên tạo một tài khoản người dùng và sử dụng nó để đăng nhập.\n" +#~ " \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Mở thanh thêm cho thông báo máy phục vụ" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Automatic PIN code selection" #~ msgstr "Tự động phát hiện" @@ -588,10 +578,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Xác nhận mật khẩu:" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "Mật khẩu mới:" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "Mật khẩu _cũ:" @@ -896,6 +882,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Mozilla" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "TIN News Reader" +#~ msgstr "Trình đọc thư mặc định" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Assistive Technology" #~ msgstr "Hỗ trợ công nghệ trợ giúp" Modified: trunk/lcn/wa/po/gnome-patch-translation.wa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/wa/po/gnome-patch-translation.wa.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/wa/po/gnome-patch-translation.wa.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # # Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-19 15:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jean Cayron <jean.cayron(a)base.be>\n" "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa(a)walon.org>\n" @@ -25,15 +24,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Siervices Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" -"Rexhe li djivêye analijhåve pa ene éndjole des fonccionålités d' on tchôke-" -"divins dins ene cogne compatibe avou RPM dene." - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -80,22 +70,31 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Cråsse et clintcheye" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Léjheu d' noveles" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Novea scret:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* I n' est nén rcomandé d' enonder IRC come root! Vos duvrîz\n" -" ahiver on Conte d' uzeu eyet l' eployî po l' elodjaedje.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Rexhe li djivêye analijhåve pa ene éndjole des fonccionålités d' on " +#~ "tchôke-divins dins ene cogne compatibe avou RPM dene." -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Drovi ene linwete di pus po les rexhants messaedjes" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Léjheu d' noveles" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* I n' est nén rcomandé d' enonder IRC come root! Vos duvrîz\n" +#~ " ahiver on Conte d' uzeu eyet l' eployî po l' elodjaedje.\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Drovi ene linwete di pus po les rexhants messaedjes" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s n' egzistêye nén." @@ -653,9 +652,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_Racertiner l' sicret:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Novea scret:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Vî scret:" Modified: trunk/lcn/xh/po/gnome-patch-translation.xh.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/xh/po/gnome-patch-translation.xh.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/xh/po/gnome-patch-translation.xh.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # LANGUAGE translations for boot loader # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux GmbH # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-27 11:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -24,13 +23,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Iinkonzo ze-Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -77,25 +69,27 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Ngombhalo Okekeleyo Ongqindilili" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Isifundi Sendaba ze-TIN" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Igama Lokugqithisa Elitsha:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"*Ukuqhutywa kweIRC njengengcambu yamandla akucetyiswa! Kufuneka udale " -"Iakhawunti Yomsebenzisi uze uyisebenzisele ukungena.\n" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Isifundi Sendaba ze-TIN" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "" -"Vula isilungelelanisi semigca esinguchatha ukwenzela imiyalezo ephumela " -"ngaphandle" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "*Ukuqhutywa kweIRC njengengcambu yamandla akucetyiswa! Kufuneka udale " +#~ "Iakhawunti Yomsebenzisi uze uyisebenzisele ukungena.\n" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vula isilungelelanisi semigca esinguchatha ukwenzela imiyalezo ephumela " +#~ "ngaphandle" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s ayikho kwayona." @@ -614,9 +608,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_Qinisekisa Igama Lokugqithisa:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Igama Lokugqithisa Elitsha:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Igama Lokugqithisa Elidala:" Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/gnome-patch-translation.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/gnome-patch-translation.zh_CN.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/gnome-patch-translation.zh_CN.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -3,12 +3,11 @@ # Thruth Wang <lihaow(a)opera.com>, 2007, 2008. # Eric Shan <ericalways(a)gmail.com>, 2008, 2012. # marguerite <i(a)marguerite.su>, 2013. -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-27 02:39+0800\n" "Last-Translator: marguerite <i(a)marguerite.su>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Simplified <opensuse-zh(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -27,13 +26,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell 服务" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "以 RPM Provides 兼容格式打印一个插件的机器可读的特性列表" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -80,22 +72,29 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "粗斜体" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "记到注销之前(_L)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "以 RPM Provides 兼容格式打印一个插件的机器可读的特性列表" + # pan/prefs.c:1816 -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "新闻阅读器" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "新闻阅读器" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* 建议不要以根用户身份运行 IRC！您应当\n" -"创建一个用户帐户并使用该帐户登入。\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* 建议不要以根用户身份运行 IRC！您应当\n" +#~ "创建一个用户帐户并使用该帐户登入。\n" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "打开外发消息的附加选项卡" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "打开外发消息的附加选项卡" #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s 不存在。" Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/gnome-patch-translation.zh_TW.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/gnome-patch-translation.zh_TW.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_TW/po/gnome-patch-translation.zh_TW.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -2,7 +2,6 @@ # translation of gnome-patch-translation.po to # Translation of SuSE patches included in gnome-patch-translation. # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 # swyear <swyear(a)gmail.com>, 2008, 2009. # Ray Chen <swyear(a)opensuse.org>, 2009, 2012. # Ramax Lo <ramaxlo(a)gmail.com>, 2015. @@ -10,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-10 02:08+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ramax Lo <ramaxlo(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Traditional <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -29,13 +28,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Novell 服務" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "以機器可讀的 RPM Provides 相容格式列印外掛程式功能清單" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -82,22 +74,29 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "粗斜體" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "新聞閱讀器" +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "記憶密碼到登出之前(_L)" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* 建議勿以 root 身分執行 IRC！您應該\n" -" 建立「使用者帳戶」，並以該身分進行登入。\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " +#~ "compatible-format" +#~ msgstr "以機器可讀的 RPM Provides 相容格式列印外掛程式功能清單" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "開啟供傳出訊息使用的其他標籤頁面" +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "新聞閱讀器" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* 建議勿以 root 身分執行 IRC！您應該\n" +#~ " 建立「使用者帳戶」，並以該身分進行登入。\n" + +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "開啟供傳出訊息使用的其他標籤頁面" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s 不存在。" Modified: trunk/lcn/zu/po/gnome-patch-translation.zu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zu/po/gnome-patch-translation.zu.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) +++ trunk/lcn/zu/po/gnome-patch-translation.zu.po 2018-03-06 19:01:30 UTC (rev 97435) @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ # LANGUAGE translations for boot loader # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux GmbH # -#: gstreamer-1.0/gst/parse/grammar.y:217 ../gst/parse/grammar.y:222 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-patch-translation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-04 18:50+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-06 20:18+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-27 11:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -24,13 +23,6 @@ msgid "Novell Services" msgstr "Amasevisi Akwa-Novell" -#: gstreamer-0.10/tools/gst-inspect.c:1784 -#: gstreamer-1.0/tools/gst-inspect.c:1701 -msgid "" -"Print the machine-parsable list of features of a plugin in RPM Provides " -"compatible-format" -msgstr "" - #. These are the commonly used font styles, listed here only for #. translations. #: gtk20/gtk/gtkfontsel.c:81 @@ -77,23 +69,25 @@ msgid "Bold Italic" msgstr "Ogqamile Nongomalukeke" -#: pan/pan.desktop.in.h:2 +#: gtk20/gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:834 #, fuzzy -msgid "Newsreader" -msgstr "Umfundi Wezindaba We-TIN" +msgid "_Remember password" +msgstr "_Iphasiwedi Entsha:" -#: xchat/src/common/cfgfiles.c:762 -msgid "" -"* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" -" create a User Account and use that to login.\n" -msgstr "" -"* Ukurana i-IRC njengomqondisi akutuseki! Kufanele\n" -" uvule i-Akhawunti Yomsebenzisi bese usebenzisa yona ukuze ungene.\n" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Newsreader" +#~ msgstr "Umfundi Wezindaba We-TIN" -#: xchat/src/fe-gtk/setup.c:252 -msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" -msgstr "Vula enye ithebhu yemiyalezo ephumayo" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "* Running IRC as root is not recommended! You should\n" +#~ " create a User Account and use that to login.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "* Ukurana i-IRC njengomqondisi akutuseki! Kufanele\n" +#~ " uvule i-Akhawunti Yomsebenzisi bese usebenzisa yona ukuze ungene.\n" +#~ msgid "Open an extra tab for outgoing msg" +#~ msgstr "Vula enye ithebhu yemiyalezo ephumayo" + #~ msgid "%s does not exist." #~ msgstr "%s ayitholakali." @@ -621,9 +615,6 @@ #~ msgid "_Confirm Password:" #~ msgstr "_Qinisekisa Iphasiwedi:" -#~ msgid "_New Password:" -#~ msgstr "_Iphasiwedi Entsha:" - #~ msgid "_Old Password:" #~ msgstr "_Iphasiwedi Endala:"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97434 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '17

14 Sep '17

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:17:24 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97434 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/caasp.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/caasp.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/caasp.ar.po 2017-09-14 14:16:31 UTC (rev 97433) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/caasp.ar.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) @@ -14,34 +14,34 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة على التثبيت" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "تثبيت" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" msgstr "" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ "Please, enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -59,29 +59,24 @@ "Would you like to continue with the installation?" msgstr "" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: " -"%{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %{message}" msgstr "" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." msgstr "" -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po 2017-09-14 14:16:31 UTC (rev 97433) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/country.ar.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "تكوين لوحة المفاتيح." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "ملخص تكوين لوحة المفاتيح." -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "قم بتعيين قيم جديدة لتكوين لوحة المفاتيح." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "قم بسرد كل تخطيطات لوحة المفاتيح المتاحة." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "تخطيط لوحة مفاتيح جديد" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح الحالي: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح '%1' غير صالح. استخدم الأمر 'قائمة' للاطلاع على القيم " -"الممكنة." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح '%1' غير صالح. استخدم الأمر 'قائمة' للاطلاع على القيم الممكنة." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -79,86 +76,81 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"يمكنك من خلال هذا المكان إجراء التوليف الدقيق لإعدادات متعددة لوحدات لوحة " -"المفاتيح النمطية.\n" +"يمكنك من خلال هذا المكان إجراء التوليف الدقيق لإعدادات متعددة لوحدات لوحة المفاتيح النمطية.\n" " تتم كتابة هذه الإعدادات في الملف <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" " إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، استخدم القيم الافتراضية المحددة بالفعل.\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"تنطبق الإعدادات التي تم تعيينها هنا على لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم فقط. قم " -"بتكوين لوحة مفاتيح واجهة المستخدم الرسومية باستخدام أداة أخرى.\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "تنطبق الإعدادات التي تم تعيينها هنا على لوحة مفاتيح وحدة التحكم فقط. قم بتكوين لوحة مفاتيح واجهة المستخدم الرسومية باستخدام أداة أخرى.\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "إعدادات لوحة المفاتيح المتقدمة" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "معدل التكرار" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "فترة التأخير قبل بدء التكرار" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "حالات بدء التشغيل" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "Num Lock في وضع التشغيل" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "إعدادات BIOS" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<بدون تغيير>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "تعطيل Caps Lock" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "اختبار" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "إعدادات متقدمة..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -166,27 +158,25 @@ "\n" "<big>تكوين لوحة المفاتيح</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "اختر تخطيط لوحة المفاتيحالمطلوب استخدامه\n" " للتثبيت وفي النظام المثبت. \n" " اختبر التخطيط في اختبار.\n" -" للحصول على الخيارات المتقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار وفترة التأخير، حدد " -"إعدادات متقدمة.\n" +" للحصول على الخيارات المتقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار وفترة التأخير، حدد إعدادات متقدمة.\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -196,30 +186,26 @@ "إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، استخدم القيم الافتراضية المحددة بالفعل.\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "اخترتخطيط لوحة المفاتيح لاستخدامها في النظام.\n" -"للحصول على خيارات متقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار والتأخير، حدد إعدادات الخبير</" -"b>.\n" -"للبحث عن المزيد من الخيارات، وكذلك المزيد من التخطيطات في أداة تخطيط لوحة " -"المفاتيح في بيئة سطح المكتب لديك.\n" +"للحصول على خيارات متقدمة، مثل معدل التكرار والتأخير، حدد إعدادات الخبير.\n" +"للبحث عن المزيد من الخيارات، وكذلك المزيد من التخطيطات في أداة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح في بيئة سطح المكتب لديك.\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "تكوين لوحة مفاتيح النظام" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -227,12 +213,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -242,186 +228,183 @@ "التخطيط الموجود في النظام المطلوب تحديثه.\n" " حدد التخطيط المطلوب استخدامه أثناء التحديث:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "فشل تعيين لوحة مفاتيح X11 على '%s'" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>اللغة<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات المحلية" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "اللغة" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "تكوين اللغة" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "ملخص تكوين اللغة" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "تعيين قيم جديدة للغة" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "قم بسرد كل اللغات المتاحة." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "قيمة اللغة الجديدة" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "قائمة اللغات الثانوية (مفصولة بفواصل)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "لا تقم بتثبيت حزم اللغة الخاصة" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "حفظ تكوين اللغة" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "حفظ إعدادات اللغة ووحدة التحكم" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "تثبيت الحزم المتأثرة وإزالة تثبيتها" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "تحديث الترجمات في قائمة برنامج أداة تحميل التشغيل" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ إعدادات اللغة ووحدة التحكم..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم المتأثرة وإزالة تثبيتها..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحديث الترجمات في قائمة برنامج أداة تحميل التشغيل..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "حفظ التكوين الرجاء الانتظار..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "اللغة الحالية: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "اللغات الإضافية: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." msgstr "اللغة %1 ليست لغة صالحة. استخدم الأمر قائمة للاطلاع على القيم الممكنة." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "اللغة" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "اللغات" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "مرحبًا بك في \"إصلاح النظام\"" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "تفاصيل" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "اللغات الثانوية" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "اللغة الرئيسية" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "إعدادات اللغة الرئيسية" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"سيتم تثبيت حزم إضافية مزودة بالدعم للغة المحددة واللغات الثانوية. ستتم إزالة " -"الحزم التي لم تعد بحاجة إليها.\n" +"سيتم تثبيت حزم إضافية مزودة بالدعم للغة المحددة واللغات الثانوية. ستتم إزالة الحزم التي لم تعد بحاجة إليها.\n" " " -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -433,8 +416,8 @@ "النظام المثبت.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -444,8 +427,8 @@ "انقر فوق التالي للمتابعة إلى مربع الحوار التالي.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -457,8 +440,8 @@ "كافة الإعدادات في مربع حوار التثبيت الأخير.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -470,9 +453,9 @@ "عملية التثبيت.\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -482,8 +465,8 @@ "اختر اللغة الجديدة للنظام لديك.\n" " \n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -493,27 +476,21 @@ "اختر اللغة الرئيسية الجديدة للنظام لديك.\n" " \n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"حدد تهيئة تخطيط لوحة مفاتيح لتغيير تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح إلى اللغة " -"الرئيسية.\n" -"تحقق من تهيئة المنطقة الزمنية لتغيير المنطقة الزمنية الحالية وفقًا " -"للغة الرئيسية. وفي حالة تهيئة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح أو المنطقة الزمنية وفقًا " -"لإعداد اللغة الافتراضية، سيتم تعطيل الخيار المخصص لذلك.\n" +"حدد تهيئة تخطيط لوحة مفاتيح لتغيير تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح إلى اللغة الرئيسية.\n" +"تحقق من تهيئة المنطقة الزمنية لتغيير المنطقة الزمنية الحالية وفقًا للغة الرئيسية. وفي حالة تهيئة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح أو المنطقة الزمنية وفقًا لإعداد اللغة الافتراضية، سيتم تعطيل الخيار المخصص لذلك.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -525,13 +502,13 @@ " في مربع التحديد، حدد اللغات الإضافية المطلوب استخدامها على النظام.\n" " \n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "توجد تبعيات حزمة غير محلولة." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -539,8 +516,8 @@ "لا توجد مساحة كافية لتثبيت كل الحزم الإضافية.\n" "أزل بعض اللغات من التحديد." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -554,8 +531,8 @@ " إذا لم تكن متأكدًا، استخدم القيم الافتراضية المحددة بالفعل.\n" " \n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -565,74 +542,65 @@ "الإعدادت المحلية لجذر المستخدم\n" " كيفية تعيين المتغيرات المحلية (LC_*) للمستخدم المسؤول." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"ctype فقط: يمتلك المسؤول نفس LC_CTYPE الخاص بالمستخدم العادي. لم " -"يتم تعيين\n" +"ctype فقط: يمتلك المسؤول نفس LC_CTYPE الخاص بالمستخدم العادي. لم يتم تعيين\n" "القيم الأخرى. \n" -" نعم: يمتلك المسؤول نفس الإعدادات المحلية الخاصة بالمستخدم العادي." -" \n" +" نعم: يمتلك المسؤول نفس الإعدادات المحلية الخاصة بالمستخدم العادي. \n" " لا: لم يتم تعيين كل المتغيرات المحلية الخاصة بالمسؤول.\n" " \n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"استخدم الإعداد المحلي المُفصل لتعيين إعداد محلي للغة الرئيسية غير " -"المتوفرة في القائمة الموجودة بمربع الحوار الرئيسي. قد لا تتوفر الترجمة " -"للإعداد المحلي المحدد." +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "استخدم الإعداد المحلي المُفصل لتعيين إعداد محلي للغة الرئيسية غير المتوفرة في القائمة الموجودة بمربع الحوار الرئيسي. قد لا تتوفر الترجمة للإعداد المحلي المحدد." -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "تفاصيل اللغة" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "الإعدادات المحلية لجذر المستخدم" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "ctype فقط" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "استخدام ترميز UTF-8" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "الإعداد المحلي المُفصل" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "تهيئة تخطيط لوحة المفاتيح بما يتناسب مع %1" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "تهيئة المنطقة الزمنية بما يتناسب مع %1" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to be used during\n" @@ -640,14 +608,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "يتم الآن إنزال ملحق لغة نظام التثبيت..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -659,21 +627,21 @@ "\n" "سيتم استخدام اللغة الاحتياطية %{fallback}‏." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "اللغة الرئيسية: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "يتم الآن تثبيت الحزم..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -681,16 +649,16 @@ "لم تكتمل ترجمة اللغة الرئيسية.\n" "قد يتم عرض بعض النصوص باللغة الإنجليزية.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." @@ -698,67 +666,67 @@ "يتعذر استخدام اللغة المحددة في وضع النص. يتم استخدام الإنجليزية \n" " للتثبيت، ولكن سيتم استخدام اللغة المحددة مع النظام الجديد." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "تكوين المنطقة الزمنية" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "ملخص تكوين المنطقة الزمنية" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "تعيين قيم جديدة لتكوين المنطقة الزمنية" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "سرد كافة المناطق الزمنية المتاحة" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية الجديدة" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "قيمة جديدة لساعة الجهاز. من الممكن أن تكون 'local' أو 'utc' أو 'UTC'‏." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية الحالية:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "التوقيت المحلي" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "الوقت والتاريخ الحاليان:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -766,48 +734,42 @@ "الوقت %1 في الماضي.\n" "قم بتعيين وقت صحيح قبل بدء التثبيت." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"حدد ما إن كان إعداد الجهاز لديك سيتم على التوقيت المحلي أو UTC في تعيين " -"ساعة الأجهزة على.\n" -" تستخدم معظم أجهزة الكمبيوتر التي تحتوي أيضًا على أنظمة تشغيل أخرى مثبتة (مثل " -"Microsoft\n" +"حدد ما إن كان إعداد الجهاز لديك سيتم على التوقيت المحلي أو UTC في تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على.\n" +" تستخدم معظم أجهزة الكمبيوتر التي تحتوي أيضًا على أنظمة تشغيل أخرى مثبتة (مثل Microsoft\n" " Windows) التوقيت المحلي.\n" " أما الأجهزة المثبت عليها Linux فقط فعادةً ما يتم تعيينها على \n" " التوقيت العالمي المتفق عليه (UTC).\n" -" في حالة تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على UTC، يمكن للنظام التبديل من التوقيت القياسي " -"إلى \n" +" في حالة تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على UTC، يمكن للنظام التبديل من التوقيت القياسي إلى \n" "التوقيت الصيفي ثم الرجوع تلقائيًا.\n" " \n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -823,18 +785,15 @@ "تحقق من دليل المستخدم للحصول على معلومات عن الآثار الجانبية.\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -853,62 +812,58 @@ "\n" "هل تريد المتابعة مع تحديد الوقت (بالتوقيت المحلي)؟" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"يتم عرض تاريخ ووقت النظام الحالي. إذا كان ذلك مطلوبًا، قم بتغييرها إلى " -"القيم الصحيحة يدويًا، أو استخدم بروتوكول وقت الشبكة (NTP)." +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "يتم عرض تاريخ ووقت النظام الحالي. إذا كان ذلك مطلوبًا، قم بتغييرها إلى القيم الصحيحة يدويًا، أو استخدم بروتوكول وقت الشبكة (NTP)." -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "اضغط قبول لحفظ التغييرات." -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "التاريخ الحالي بتنسيق ي ي-ش ش-س س س س" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "الوقت الحالي بتنسيق س س:دد:ث ث" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "التاريخ الحالي" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "الوقت الحالي" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "يدويًا" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "تغيير الوقت الآن" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "مزامنة مع خادم NTP" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "تغيير التاريخ أو الوقت" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -916,8 +871,8 @@ "وقت غير صالح (س س:د د:ث ث) %1.\n" "أدخل الوقت الصحيح.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -925,49 +880,49 @@ "تاريخ غير صالح (ي ي-ش ش-س س س س) %1.\n" "أدخل التاريخ الصحيح.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "إعداد آخر" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "الوقت والتاريخ (تم تكوين NTP)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "التاريخ والوقت" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "تعيين ساعة الأجهزة إلى UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "المنطقة" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "التاريخ والوقت:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -975,26 +930,23 @@ "\n" "<big>إعدادات المنطقة الزمنية والساعة</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"لتحديد المنطقة الزمنية المطلوب استخدامها في النظام، حدد المنطقة " -"أولاً.\n" -" في المنطقة الزمنية، ثم حدد المنطقة الزمنية أو الدولة أو المنطقة " -"المناسبة \n" +"لتحديد المنطقة الزمنية المطلوب استخدامها في النظام، حدد المنطقة أولاً.\n" +" في المنطقة الزمنية، ثم حدد المنطقة الزمنية أو الدولة أو المنطقة المناسبة \n" "من تلك المتاحة.\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -1004,327 +956,327 @@ "إذا كان التوقيت الحالي غير صحيح، استخدم تغيير لتعديله.\n" " " -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "الساعة والمنطقة الزمنية" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "حدد منطقة زمنية صالحة." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "التوقيت المحلي" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "تعيين ساعة الأجهزة على" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP غير مكوَّن" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "المنطقة الزمنية الحالية: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "أمريكية وعربية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "بريطانية وعربية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "المانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "الألمانية (بمفاتيح تشكيل)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "الألمانية (سويسرا)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "الفرنسية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "ﺔﻳﺮﺴﻳﻮﺳ/ﺔﻴﺴﻧﺮﻓ" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "الفرنسية (كندا)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "الكندية (متعدد اللغات)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "اسبانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "الأسبانية (أمريكا اللاتينية)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "الأسبانية (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "إيطالية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "البرتغالية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "البرتغالية (البرازيل)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "البرتغالية (البرازيل -- لهجات الولايات المتحدة)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "يونانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "الهولندية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "الدانماركية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "نروجية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "سويدية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "الفنلندية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "التشيكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "qwerty التشيكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "السلوفاكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "السلوفاكية (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "السلوفانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "هنغارية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "بولونية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "روسية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "الصربية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "الإستونية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "الليتوانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "التركية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "الكرواتية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "يابانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "البلجيكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "الآيسلندية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "اوكرانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "الخميرية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "الكورية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "العربية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "الطاجكية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "الصينية التقليدية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "الصينية المبسطة" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "الرومانية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "الولايات المتحدة الدولية" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "أسبانية (اللهجة الأسترية(" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po 2017-09-14 14:16:31 UTC (rev 97433) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ar/po/storage.ar.po 2017-09-14 14:17:24 UTC (rev 97434) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -35,60 +35,60 @@ "\n" "للمتابعة بالرغم من التحذير، انقر فوق 'نعم'.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "مقسم خبير" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "تهيئة..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "جاري اكتشاف وحدات التخزين." -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "تكوين التخزين" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "قائمة الأقراص والأقسام" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "قائمة الأقراص" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "قائمة الأقسام" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "التقسيم المقترح" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "مقسم الخبراء..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "إنشاء إعداد القسم" -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -96,15 +96,15 @@ "الاقتراح التلقائي غير ممكن.\n" "قم بتحديد نقاط التوصيل يدويًا في مربع الحوار 'المقسم'." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "تحرير إعدادات الاقتراح" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ "تم التحقق من الأقراص الصلبة الموجودة لديك. يتم اقتراح إعداد التقسيم\n" " المعروض من أجل المشغل الصلب الموجود لديك." -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ "%1 وقم بتعديل الإعدادات في مربع الحوار المقسم\n" "الخبير.\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -149,27 +149,27 @@ "وهذا هو الخيار الذي يتعين عليك تحديده\n" "في الخيارات المتقدمة مثل RAID والتشفير.\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الاقتراح المطلوب." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." msgstr "لا تتوفر مساحة كافية لعرض لقطات لوحدة تخزين الجذر." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "المساحة المتوفرة غير كافية لاقتراح /home منفصل." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "لم يتم تعيين أي شيء كنظام الملفات الجذر. تتعذر المتابعة." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -177,22 +177,22 @@ "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "يتم الآن تحضير الأقراص..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "ميغابايت" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ "\n" " %1" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -214,9 +214,9 @@ "غير مستخدم\n" " %1" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -224,25 +224,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows غير مستخدم (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ "اختر الحجم الجديد من أجل قسم Windows.\n" " " -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -270,9 +270,9 @@ "قسم Windows بدون تغيير.\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -286,23 +286,23 @@ " الخلف.\n" " \n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "الآن" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "بعد التثبيت" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -318,9 +318,9 @@ " تغيير حجم القسم).\n" " \n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -334,9 +334,9 @@ "حقل الإدخال لضبط القيمة المقترحة.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -350,29 +350,29 @@ " الأقسام تلقائيًا عند الضرورة.\n" " " -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "يتم استخدام Windows" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "خالية" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -386,9 +386,9 @@ " كما هو مطلوب من أجل &product;.\n" " \n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -400,9 +400,9 @@ "Windows المستخدم هو حجم الجزء المستخدم في قسم Windows.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -414,13 +414,13 @@ " على القسم.\n" " " -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "تغيير حجم قسم Windows" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -446,9 +446,9 @@ "Windows بما في ذلك حيز العمل في Windows و\n" "مساحة من أجل %2.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -464,8 +464,8 @@ " ومقدار المساحة المستخدمة، قد يستغرق هذا الأمر بعض الوقت.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -487,14 +487,14 @@ " في حالة ظهور المشكلة مرة ثانية، قم بتغيير\n" " قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "المساحة المتاحة غير كافية لعملية التثبيت." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -514,15 +514,15 @@ " \t قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n" " ‎\t" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." msgstr "يمكن تكوين النظام الخاص بك بخيارات التقسيم المخصصة." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -542,10 +542,10 @@ " حدد قرصًا آخر أو قم بإيقاف التثبيت \n" " وقلص قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -561,10 +561,10 @@ " حدد قرصًا آخر أو قم بإيقاف التثبيت \n" " وقلص قسم Windows بأي وسيلة.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -592,14 +592,14 @@ " \n" " هل ترغب حقًا في تقليص قسم Windows الخاص بك؟\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "تقليص Windows" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -613,13 +613,13 @@ " \n" " هل ترغب حقًا في حذف قسم Windows الخاص بك؟\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "حذف Windows" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -631,40 +631,38 @@ " لتثبيت نظام التشغيل Linux، حدد المزيد من الأقسام لإزالتها\n" "أو حدد قرصًا بمساحة أكبر." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "الأقراص المتاحة" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "تقسيم مخصص (للخبراء)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "القرص الصلب" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"لم يتم العثور على أية أقراص. حاول استخدام القرص المضغوط الخاص بالتحديث." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أية أقراص. حاول استخدام القرص المضغوط الخاص بالتحديث." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -676,8 +674,8 @@ "على النظام الخاص بك. حدد القرص الصلب المطلوب تثبيت &product; عليه.\n" " \n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -687,8 +685,8 @@ "ربما ترغب لاحقًا في تحديد الجزء من القرص الذي سيتم فيه استخدام &product;.\n" " \n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -704,27 +702,27 @@ " الأقسام إلى نقاط التوصيل عند تثبيت &product;.\n" " \n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "تحضير القرص الصلب" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "حدد أحد الخيارات للمتابعة." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "القرص %1 قيد الاستخدام بواسطة %2" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -738,62 +736,62 @@ "الرجاء الرجوع إلى الدليل للتأكد من أن\n" "تقسيمك المخصص يلبي متطلبات هذا المنتج." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "هل تريد تنشيط multipath؟" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -801,7 +799,7 @@ "لا توجد لقطات ممكنة.\n" "الرجاء استخدام تقسيم جذر أكبر." -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -809,35 +807,35 @@ "لن تتم تهيئة قسم /home. بعد التثبيت،\n" "تأكد من تعيين ملكيات الدلائل الرئيسية بشكل صحيح." -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "مخصص" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "قياسي" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "تقسيم" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "تقسيم" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "يتم الآن حفظ تكوينات نظام الملفات..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -845,15 +843,15 @@ "التحديد الحالي غير صالح:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "%1: %2، غير مخصص" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -861,16 +859,16 @@ "مناطق بالقرص للاستخدام\n" "لتثبيت %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "استخدام القرص الصلب كاملاً" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -878,8 +876,8 @@ "لا توجد أقسام على هذا القرص بعد.\n" "سيتم استخدام القرص بالكامل من أجل %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -887,18 +885,18 @@ "يبدو أن هذا القرص يتم استخدامه بواسطة Windows.\n" "لا توجد مساحة كافية لتثبيت Linux." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "حذف Windows تمامًا" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "تقليص قسم Windows" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -908,8 +906,8 @@ "حدد القرص الصلب المطلوب تثبيت product؛ عليه.\n" " \n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -917,13 +915,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"يمكنك الاختيار بين استخدام القرص الصلب بأكمله أو استخدام واحد أو أكثر " -"من \n" +"يمكنك الاختيار بين استخدام القرص الصلب بأكمله أو استخدام واحد أو أكثر من \n" "الأقسام أو المناطق الخالية المعروضة.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -937,8 +934,8 @@ " نظم التشغيل الأخرى.\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -950,16 +947,16 @@ " هناك. لن تكون هناك طريقة لاستعادة هذه البيانات.\n" " \n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "تثبيت على:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -968,14 +965,13 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"القرص الصلب الذي تم تحديده ربما يكون مستخدمًا بواسطة Windows. لا توجد مساحة " -"كافية من أجل\n" +"القرص الصلب الذي تم تحديده ربما يكون مستخدمًا بواسطة Windows. لا توجد مساحة كافية من أجل\n" " &product;. يمكنك الاختيار بين حذف Windows تمامًا أو\n" " تقليصه للحصول على المساحة الخالية الكافية.\n" " " -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -985,35 +981,34 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"إذا قمت بحذف Windows، فستفقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على هذا القسم بصورة " -"نهائية\n" +"إذا قمت بحذف Windows، فستفقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على هذا القسم بصورة نهائية\n" " في عملية التثبيت. عند تقليص Windows، فإننا ننصح بشدة\n" " بعمل نسخ احتياطي للبيانات، حيث إنه يجب إعادة تنظيمها.\n" " قد تتعرض هذه العملية للفشل في حالات نادرة.\n" " \n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "اقتراح فصل قسم Home" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "إنشاء اقتراح استنادًا على LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "تشفير مجموعة وحدات التخزين" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "نوع الاقتراح" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1027,8 +1022,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد استخدام هذا الإعداد بالفعل؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1037,14 +1032,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "لقد حاولت توصيل قسم FAT إلى واحدة من\n" -"النقاط التوصيل التالية: / أو /usr أو /home أو /opt أو /var. وعلى الأرجح " -"سيسبب هذا مشكلات.\n" +"النقاط التوصيل التالية: / أو /usr أو /home أو /opt أو /var. وعلى الأرجح سيسبب هذا مشكلات.\n" "استخدام نظام ملفات Linux، مثل ext3 أو ext4، لنقاط التوصيل هذه.\n" "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدم هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1058,8 +1052,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدم هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1073,9 +1067,9 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1091,8 +1085,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد حقًا استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1112,8 +1106,8 @@ " \n" " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1127,8 +1121,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالفعل الاحتفاظ بحجم تقسيم التشغيل هذا؟\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1142,10 +1136,10 @@ "أن يبلغ حجمه 1 ميغا بايت تقريبًا.\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1163,8 +1157,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد استخدام هذا الإعداد دون /قسم تمهيد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1184,7 +1178,7 @@ " \n" " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1196,8 +1190,8 @@ "%s\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1213,8 +1207,8 @@ " \n" " هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1238,8 +1232,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1263,20 +1257,19 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام هذا الإعداد؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل استخدام هذا الإعداد؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1290,8 +1283,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام برنامج الإعداد بدون قسم للمبادلة؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1303,8 +1296,8 @@ "تهيئته بعد. لا يضمن YaST نجاح التثبيت،\n" "خاصة في أي من الحالات التالية:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1316,20 +1309,19 @@ " الكتابة فوقه\n" " - إذا كان هذا القسم لا يحتوي على نظام الملفات\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "إذا كنت مترددًا، من الأفضل العودة للخلف ووضع علامة على هذا القسم\n" "للتنسيق، خاصة إذا كان يتم تعيينه إلى إحدى نقاط التوصيل القياسية\n" "مثل / أو /boot أو /opt أو /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1339,8 +1331,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالفعل الاحتفاظ بالقسم غير منسق؟\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1348,8 +1340,8 @@ "الجهاز المحدد ينتمي إلى RAID (%1).\n" "قم بإزالته من RAID قبل تحريره.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1357,8 +1349,8 @@ "الجهاز المحدد ينتمي إلى مجموعة وحدة التخزين (%1).\n" "قم بإزالته من مجموعة وحدة التخزين قبل تحريره.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1366,8 +1358,8 @@ "الجهاز المحدد يتم استخدامه بواسطة وحدة التخزين (%1).\n" "قم بإزالته من وحدة التخزين قبل تحريره.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1375,8 +1367,8 @@ "الجهاز (%2) ينتمي إلى RAID (%1).\n" "قم بإزالته من RAID قبل حذفه.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1384,12 +1376,12 @@ "الجهاز (%2) يتم استخدامه بواسطة %1.\n" "إزالة %1 قبل حذفه.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "لا يمكن حذفه عندما يكون متصلًا." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1397,14 +1389,12 @@ "تعذرت إزالة الجهاز (%1) لأنه يمثل قسمًا منطقيًا ويوجد قسم \n" "منطقي آخر يحتوي على رقم كبير قيد الاستخدام.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "يحتوي القسم الموسع الذي تم تحديده على أقسام موصلة حاليًا:\n" @@ -1412,8 +1402,8 @@ "من المستحسن *بشدة* إلغاء توصيل هذه الأقسام قبل حذف القسم الموسع.\n" "برجاء اختيار 'إلغاء' إذا لم تكن متأكدًا مما تقوم به.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1427,8 +1417,8 @@ " الأقسام من مجموعات وحدة التخزين التي تنتمي إليها\n" " قبل حذف القسم الموسع.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1442,8 +1432,8 @@ " الأقسام من أنظمة RAID المرتبطة بها قبل \n" " حذف القسم الموسع.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1455,8 +1445,8 @@ " يتم استخدامه. قم بإزالة وحدة التخزين المستخدمة قبل\n" " حذف القسم الموسع.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1474,31 +1464,31 @@ "\n" "هل تريد الاحتفاظ بالإعداد الحالي؟\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "أدخل كلمة المرور الخاصة بنظام الملفات المشفر." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "تذكر جيدًا ما قمت بإدخاله هنا!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "مسموح بإدخال كلمة سر فارغة." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "كلمة السر الخاصة بنظام الملفات المشفر على %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1506,38 +1496,38 @@ "أدخل كلمة المرور المشفرة\n" "للجهاز %1 الموصل على %2.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "أدخل كلمة المرور الخاصة بنظام الملفات المشفرة" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "أدخل كلمة مرور لنظام الملفات:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "أعد إدخال كلمة المرور من أجل التحقق:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "تخطي" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1547,10 +1537,10 @@ "المرور غير متطابقة.\n" "حاول مرة أخرى.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1558,10 +1548,10 @@ "لم تقم بإدخال كلمة سر.\n" "حاول مرة أخرى.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1569,17 +1559,17 @@ "يجب أن تحتوي كلمة السر على الأقل على %1 حرفًا.\n" "حاول مرة أخرى.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "لا يوجد رقم الفاصلة العائمة." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "خيارات نظام الملفات:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1587,15 +1577,14 @@ "غير مسموح بوضع الحرف '/' في تسمية وحدة التخزين.\n" "قم بتغيير تسمية وحدة التخزين الخاصة بك بحيث يتم استبعاد هذا الحرف من الاسم.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "قم بالتوصيل في /etc/fstab بواسطة:\n" @@ -1603,63 +1592,60 @@ "بواسطة اسم الجهاز. يمكن تغيير هذا التعريف لكي يتم العثور على نظام \n" "الملفات الذي تم توصيله عن طريق البحث عن UUID أو عن طريق تسمية\n" "القرص. لا تقبل كل أنظمة \n" -"الملفات توصيلها عن طريق UUID أو تسمية القرص. إذا كان أحد الخيارات معطلاً، فلن " -"يكون استخدامه ممكنًا.\n" +"الملفات توصيلها عن طريق UUID أو تسمية القرص. إذا كان أحد الخيارات معطلاً، فلن يكون استخدامه ممكنًا.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "تسمية وحدة التخزين:\n" -"يتم استخدام الاسم الذي تم إدخاله في هذا الحقل كتسمية وحدة التخزين. يُستخدم " -"هذا الخيار عادةً \n" +"يتم استخدام الاسم الذي تم إدخاله في هذا الحقل كتسمية وحدة التخزين. يُستخدم هذا الخيار عادةً \n" "عند تنشيط خيار التوصيل بواسطة تسمية وحدة التخزين فقط.\n" "لا يمكن أن تحتوي تسمية وحدة التخزين على الحرف / أو على مسافات.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "توصيل في /etc/fstab بواسطة" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "اسم الجهاز" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "تسمية وحدة التخزين" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "المعرف الفريد العالمي (UUID)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "معرف الجهاز" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "مسار الجهاز" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "خيارات Fstab:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1669,70 +1655,70 @@ "الحد الأقصى لطول تسمية وحدة التخزين لنظام الملفات المحدد\n" "هو %1. تم قص تسمية القرص إلى هذا الحجم.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "قم بتوفير تسمية للقرص ليتم توصيله باستخدام التسمية." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "تسمية القرص هذه مستخدمة بالفعل. قم بتحديد نقطة أخرى." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "نظام الملفات" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "خيارات..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "تمكين الالتقاط" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "تشفير الجهاز" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "معرف نظام الملفات:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "تهيئة" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "عدم التنسيق" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "تنسيق" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "خيارات Fstab" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "نقطة التوصيل" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1756,8 +1742,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد المتابعة؟\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1767,8 +1753,8 @@ "لا يمكن تقليص نظام الملفات بالقسم بواسطة YaST2.\n" "لا تسمح بتقليص أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1778,22 +1764,22 @@ "لا يمكن تقليص نظام الملفات بوحدة التخزين المنطقية بواسطة YaST2.\n" "لا تسمح بتقليص أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "أنت تخاطر بفقدان البيانات إذا قمت بتقليص هذا القسم." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "أنت تخاطر بفقدان البيانات إذا قمت بتقليص وحدة التخزين المنطقية هذه." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "هل تريد المتابعة؟" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1803,8 +1789,8 @@ "لا يمكن توسيع نظام الملفات بالقسم المحددYaST2.\n" "لا تسمح بتمديد أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1814,20 +1800,20 @@ "لا يمكن توسيع نظام الملفات بوحدة التخزين المنطقية المحددة بواسطةYaST2.\n" "لا تسمح بتمديد أنظمة الملفات إلا fat وext2 وext3 وext4 وreiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "هل تريد متابعة تغيير الحجم؟" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "لقد قللت حجم قسم بنظام ملفات reiser فيه." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "لقد قللت حجم وحدة تخزين منطقية بنظام ملفات reiser فيه." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1841,13 +1827,12 @@ "\n" "هل تريد تقليص نظام الملفات الآن؟" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "يحتوي الجهاز المحدد على أقسام موصلة حاليًا:\n" @@ -1855,8 +1840,8 @@ "من المستحسن *بشدة* إلغاء توصيل هذه الأقسام قبل حذف جدول الأقسام.\n" "حدد إلغاء إلا إذا كنت متأكدًا مما تقوم به.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1870,8 +1855,8 @@ "الأقسام من مجموعات وحدات التخزين التي تنتمي إليها\n" " قبل حذف الجهاز.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1885,8 +1870,8 @@ "الأقسام من أنظمة RAID المرتبطة بها قبل\n" "حذف الجهاز.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1898,50 +1883,49 @@ "يُستخدم بواسطة وحدة تخزين أخرى. قم بإزالة وحدة التخزين\n" "قبل حذف الجهاز.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "إنشاء وحدات تخزين فرعية وإزالتها من نظام ملفات Btrfs.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"تمكين اللقطات التلقائية لنظام ملفات Btrfs باستخدام أداة الالتقاط." +msgstr "تمكين اللقطات التلقائية لنظام ملفات Btrfs باستخدام أداة الالتقاط." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفرعية الموجودة:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "وحدة تخزين فرعية جديدة" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "إضافة جديد" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "إزالة" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "معالجة وحدة التخزين الفرعية" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "غير مسموح بوجود اسم لوحدة تخزين فرعية فارغة." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1949,16 +1933,16 @@ "لا يُسمح إلا بأسماء وحدة التخزين الفرعية التي تبدأ بـ \"%1\" حاليًا!\n" "سيتم تلقائيًا إضافة \"%1\" إلى بداية اسم وحدة التخزين الفرعية." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "اسم وحدة التخزين الفرعية %1 موجود بالفعل." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "سيتم فقد التعديلات التي تم إدخالها في مربع الحوار هذا." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1968,8 +1952,8 @@ "قم بإنشاء نظام الملفات المشفر.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1979,8 +1963,8 @@ "قم بالوصول إلى نظام الملفات المشفر.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -1994,13 +1978,12 @@ " نظام ملفات آخر من Linux.\n" " \n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -2009,41 +1992,36 @@ "\n" "نقطة التوصيل هذه تتوافق مع نظام الملفات المؤقتة مثل /tmp أو /var/tmp.\n" "إذا تركت كلمة مرور التشفير فارغة، سينشئ \n" -"النظام كلمة مرور عشوائية عند بدء تشغيل النظام نيابة عنك. وهذا يعني، أنك " -"ستفقد كافة\n" +"النظام كلمة مرور عشوائية عند بدء تشغيل النظام نيابة عنك. وهذا يعني، أنك ستفقد كافة\n" "البيانات الموجودة على أنظمة الملفات هذه عند إيقاف تشغيل النظام.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"عند نسيانك لكلمة السر، فلن تتمكن من الوصول إلى البيانات الموجودة على نظام " -"الملفات.\n" -" تخير كلمة السر الخاصة بك بحرص. من المستحسن استخدام أرقام وحروف في كلمة " -"السر.\n" +"عند نسيانك لكلمة السر، فلن تتمكن من الوصول إلى البيانات الموجودة على نظام الملفات.\n" +" تخير كلمة السر الخاصة بك بحرص. من المستحسن استخدام أرقام وحروف في كلمة السر.\n" " للتحقق من كتابة كلمة السر بشكل صحيح، \n" " أدخلها مرتين.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2054,8 +2032,8 @@ " (على سبيل المثال، الأحرف التي تحتوي على لهجات خاصة أو لهجة ألمانية).\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2069,10 +2047,10 @@ "والأحرف (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) والأرقام من <tt>0</tt> إلى <tt>9</tt>.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2082,8 +2060,8 @@ "احرص على ألا تنسي كلمة السر هذه!\n" " " -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2093,25 +2071,22 @@ "يجب إدخال كلمة مرور التشفير.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"إذا لم يحتوي نظام الملفات المشفر على أية ملفات للنظام وإذا لم تكن هناك حاجة " -"إليه لذلك\n" -" من أجل التحديث، فيمكنك تحديد تخطي. في تلك الحالة، فلن يمكن الوصول " -"إلى \n" +"إذا لم يحتوي نظام الملفات المشفر على أية ملفات للنظام وإذا لم تكن هناك حاجة إليه لذلك\n" +" من أجل التحديث، فيمكنك تحديد تخطي. في تلك الحالة، فلن يمكن الوصول إلى \n" " نظام الملفات أثناء عملية التحديث.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2131,7 +2106,7 @@ "إذا كنت بحاجة لاستخدام هذا القرص في عملية التثبيت، فينبغي التخلص من \n" "تسمية القرص في المقسم الخبير.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2145,18 +2120,18 @@ "\n" "تحتاج إلى وضع علامات على كل الأقسام بهذا القرص لإزالتها.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "لا يمكنك استخدام نقطة التوصيل \"%1\" مع LVM.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "لا يمكنك استخدام نقطة التوصيل %1 مع RAID." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2172,8 +2147,8 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد القيام بذلك؟\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2182,41 +2157,39 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"لقد قمت بتعيين نظام الملفات على أنه قابل للتوصيل بواسطة المستخدمين. نظام " -"الملفات\n" +"لقد قمت بتعيين نظام الملفات على أنه قابل للتوصيل بواسطة المستخدمين. نظام الملفات\n" "قد يحتوي على ملفات قد تحتاجها للتنفيذ.\n" "\n" "وهذا عادة يؤدي إلى حدوث مشاكل.\n" "\n" " هل تريد بالتأكيد القيام بذلك؟\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "لا يجب ترك حقل نقطة التوصيل فارغًا." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "يجب أن تحتوي أجهزة التبديل على برنامج تبديل يتم استخدامه كنقطة توصيل." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"قد تحتوي أجهزة التبديل فقط على برامج التبديل التي يتم استخدامها كنقطة توصيل." +msgstr "قد تحتوي أجهزة التبديل فقط على برامج التبديل التي يتم استخدامها كنقطة توصيل." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "نقطة التوصيل هذه مستخدمة بالفعل. قم بتحديد نقطة أخرى." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2224,15 +2197,13 @@ "نظام الملفات FAT مستخدم لنقاط توصيل النظام (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "هذا غير ممكن." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"الحرف غير صالح في نقطة التوصيل. تجنب استخدام \"`'!\"%#\" في نقطة التوصيل." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "الحرف غير صالح في نقطة التوصيل. تجنب استخدام \"`'!\"%#\" في نقطة التوصيل." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2242,13 +2213,13 @@ "/bin، /dev، /etc، /lib، /lib64، /lost+found، /mnt، /proc، /sbin، /sys،\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "يجب أن تبدأ نقطة التوصيل الخاصة بك بالتالي \"/\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2256,10 +2227,10 @@ "لا يُسمح بتعيين تبديل نقطة التبديل\n" "لجهاز ما بدون نظام ملفات تبديل." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2269,8 +2240,8 @@ "الحجم الذي أدخلته (بعد التقريب) هو %2.\n" "الخد الأدنى لنظام الملف هو %3.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2278,8 +2249,8 @@ "غير مسموح بتخصيص نقطة توصيل\n" "إلى أحد الأجهزة بنظام ملفات غير موجود أو غير معروف." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2301,30 +2272,29 @@ "\n" " هل تريد بالتأكيد استخدام نظام الملفات هذا؟\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "تم توصيل نظام الملفات حاليًا على %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"يمكنك محاولة إلغاء توصيله الآن أو المتابعة دون إلغاء التوصيل أو إلغاء " -"الأمر.\n" +"يمكنك محاولة إلغاء توصيله الآن أو المتابعة دون إلغاء التوصيل أو إلغاء الأمر.\n" "انقر فوق إلغاء الأمر إلا إذا كنت تعرف تمامًا ما تقوم به." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "إلغاء التوصيل" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2332,75 +2302,75 @@ "يمكنك محاولة إلغاء توصيله الآن أو إلغاء الأمر.\n" "انقر فوق إلغاء الأمر إلا إذا كنت تعرف تمامًا ما تقوم به." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "لا يمكن تقليص نظام الملفات عندما يكون متصلًا." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "لا يمكن تمديد نظام الملفات عندما يكون متصلًا." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "لا يمكن تغيير حجم نظام الملفات عندما يكون متصلًا." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "إعادة فحص الأجهزة" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "استيراد نقطة التوصيل..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "توفير كلمات مرور Crypt..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "تكوين iSCSI..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "تكوين FCoE..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "تكوين متعدد المسارات..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "تكوين DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "تكوين zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "تكوين XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "تكوين..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "السعة التخزينية المتوفر في %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2408,8 +2378,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة أجهزة التخزين\n" "المتوفرة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2419,8 +2389,8 @@ "يمكنك التنقل إلى العرض الذي يحتوي على معلومات مفصلة حول\n" "الجهاز.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2428,8 +2398,8 @@ "بتحديد أحد إدخالات الجدول\n" "يمكنك الانتقال إلى طريقة العرض بمعلومات تفصيلية حول الجهاز." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2437,8 +2407,8 @@ "يؤدي إعادة فحص الأقراص إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل إعادة فحص الأقراص؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2446,8 +2416,8 @@ "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين iSCSI إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين iSCSI؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2455,10 +2425,10 @@ "يلغي استدعاء تكوين FCoE كل التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين FCoE؟" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2466,8 +2436,8 @@ "تعمل استدعاء تكوين المسارات المتعددة على إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالتأكيد استدعاء تكوين المسارات المتعددة؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2475,8 +2445,8 @@ "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين DASD إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين DASD؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2484,8 +2454,8 @@ "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين zFCP إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين zFCP؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2493,50 +2463,50 @@ "يؤدي استدعاء تكوين XPRAM إلى إلغاء كافة التغييرات الحالية.\n" "هل تريد بالفعل استدعاء تكوين XPRAM؟" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "تحرير Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "حدد جهازًا واحدًا على الأقل." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "تغيير الأجهزة المستخدمة من قبل وحدة التخزين Btrfs." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "الأجهزة غير المستخدمة:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "الأجهزة المحددة" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "تغيير حجم مجموعة وحدات التخزين Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "لا يوجد جهاز Btrfs محدد." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2544,178 +2514,174 @@ "Btrfs %1 قيد الاستخدام. لا يمكن\n" "تحريره. لتحرير %1، تأكد من عدم استخدامه." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "فشلت إزالة بعض الأجهزة الفعلية." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "تحرير" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "حذف" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "وحدات تخزين Btrfs" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "تحرير..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "حذف..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين Btrfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2723,8 +2689,8 @@ "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه معلومات مفصلة حول\n" "وحدة التخزين Btrfs المحددة.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2732,74 +2698,72 @@ "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة المستخدمة من قبل\n" "وحدة التخزين Btrfs المحددة.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "أجهزة Btrfs: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "عرض" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "الأجهزة المستخدمة" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "اختر دور الجهاز." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "قسم تمهيد EFI" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "نظام التشغيل" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "تطبيقات ISV والبيانات" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "تبديل" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "وحدة تخزين ثنائية النوع (بدون تنسيق)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "الدور" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2807,21 +2771,19 @@ "أولاً، قم باختيار ما إذا كان يجب تنسيق القسم\n" "ونوع نظام الملفات المطلوب." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "إذا كنت تريد تشفير كافة البيانات\n" -"الموجودة على وحدة التخزين حدد تشفير الجهاز. سيعمل تغيير التشفير على " -"وحدة تخزين \n" +"الموجودة على وحدة التخزين حدد تشفير الجهاز. سيعمل تغيير التشفير على وحدة تخزين \n" "موجودة على حذف كافة البيانات الموجودة عليها.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." @@ -2829,49 +2791,48 @@ "ثم اختر توصيل القسم أم لا\n" "وأدخل نقطة التوصيل (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "خيارات التنسيق" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "تنسيق القسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "عدم تنسيق القسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "عدم توصيل القسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "خيارات التوصيل" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "قسم التوصيل" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "نقطة التوصيل" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "خيارات Fstab..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "يجب تشفير ملفات التشفير." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2883,18 +2844,18 @@ "\n" "تحقق أيضًا من خيار التنسيق.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "تتطلب ملفات التشفير نقطة توصيل." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "تتطلب Tmpfs نقطة توصيل." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2908,8 +2869,8 @@ "نظام ملفات آخر منLinux.\n" "" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2923,21 +2884,21 @@ "(تعليق القرص).\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "سيتم فقدان كافة البيانات الموجودة مسبقاً على وحدة التخزين!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "كلمة السر" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "لا يدعم الجهاز الأساسي تغيير الحجم." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2947,7 +2908,7 @@ "لا يمكن إعادة تغيير القسم المحدد نظرًا لأن نظام الملفات\n" " على هذا القسم لا يدعم تغيير الحجم.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2955,8 +2916,8 @@ "لا يمكن التحقق من إمكانية تغيير \n" "حجم NTFS أثناء توصيله." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2964,79 +2925,79 @@ "القسم %1 لا يمكن تغيير حجمه\n" "نظرًا لعدم تناسق نظام الملفات.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "تغيير حجم القسم %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "إعادة تغيير حجم وحدة تخزين منطقية %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "الحجم الحالي: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "مستخدم حاليًا: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "الحجم" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "الحد الأقصى للحجم (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "الحد الأدنى للحجم (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "الحجم المخصص" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "اختر حجمًا جديدًا." -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "الحجم الذي تم إدخاله غير صالح. أدخل حجمًا بين %1 و%2." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3048,28 +3009,28 @@ "النظر في إلغاء توصيل نظام الملفات، مما سيزيد من سرعة\n" "تغيير الحجم كثيرًا." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "مخرجات %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "تتم الآن إعادة فحص الأقراص..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "تحرير معيِّن الجهاز %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية أجهزة DM." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3077,13 +3038,13 @@ "معيِّن الجهاز %1 قيد الاستخدام. لا يمكن\n" "تحريره. ولتحرير %1، تأكد من عدم استخدامه." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "معيِّن الجهاز (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -3093,8 +3054,8 @@ "في بعض طرق العرض الأخرى. لذلك الأقراص متعددة المسارات،\n" "وحداتBIOS RAID ووحدات التخزين المنطقية LVM لا ترد هنا.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3102,8 +3063,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "جهاز معيِّن الجهاز المحدد." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3111,185 +3072,185 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة المستخدمة \n" "جهاز معيِّن الجهاز المحدد." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "جهاز DM: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "إضافة RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "إضافة مجموعة وحدة التخزين" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "رسم بياني للجهاز" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "جارٍ حفظ الرسم البياني للجهاز..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه رسم الأجهزة." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "فشل حفظ ملف الرسم البياني." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "الرسم البياني للتوصيل" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "جارٍ حفظ الرسم البياني للتوصيل..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه رسمًا بيانيًا لنقاط التوصيل." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "اختر نوع القسم للقسم الجديد." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "قسم رئيسي" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "قسم موسع" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "قسم منطقي" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "نوع القسم الجديد" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "اختر حجم القسم الجديد." -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "حجم القسم الجديد" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "منطقة مخصصة" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "أسطوانة البداية" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "أسطوانة النهاية" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "المنطقة التي تم إدخالها غير صالحة." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "إضافة قسم في %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "تحرير قسم %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "لا تتوفر مساحة للقسم المنقول %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "هل تريد نقل القسم %1 للأمام؟" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "هل تريد نقل القسم %1 للخلف؟" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "هل تريد نقل القسم %1؟" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "إعادة توجيه" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "توجيه للخلف" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "قم بالتأكيد على حذف جميع الأقسام" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3297,83 +3258,82 @@ "يحتوي القرص \"%1\" على قسم واحد على الأقل.\n" "إذا أردت المتابعة، سيتم حذف الأقسام التالية:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف كل الأقسام على \"%1\"؟" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قرص صلب." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "يتعذر إنشاء جدول الأقسام على DASD بتنسيق LDL." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "القرص قيد الاستخدام ويتعذر تعديله." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "حدد جدول الأقسام الجديدة لـ %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "هل تريد بالفعل إنشاء جدول الأقسام الجديدة في %1؟ سوف يؤدي ذلك\n" -" إلى حذف %1 وكافة مصفوفات RAID ومجموعات وحدة التخزين التي تستخدم الأقسام في " -"%1." +" إلى حذف %1 وكافة مصفوفات RAID ومجموعات وحدة التخزين التي تستخدم الأقسام في %1." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قرص." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف مصفوفة RAID لـ BIOS %1؟" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالتأكيد حذف RAID %1 المقسم؟" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "لا يوجد أي أقسام للحذف على هذا القرص." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "يتعذر إنشاء قسم على %1." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي قسم." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3381,13 +3341,13 @@ "القسم %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك لا يمكن\n" "تحريره. لتحرير %1، تأكد من أنه غير مستخدم." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "لا يمكن تحرير أي قسم موسع." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3395,13 +3355,13 @@ "يتم إنشاء القسم %1 بالفعل على القرص\n" "ولا يمكن نقله." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "لا يمكن نقل أي قسم موسع." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3409,13 +3369,13 @@ "القسم %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك لا يمكن\n" "تغيير حجمه. ولتغيير حجمه %1، تأكد من أنه غير مستخدم." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "لا يمكن تغير حجم أي قسم موسع." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3431,7 +3391,7 @@ "أكثر من الأقسام. بعد الاستنساخ، سيتم\n" "حذف هذه الأقسام.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3439,11 +3399,11 @@ "سيتم حذف الأقسام التالية\n" "وستضيع كافة البيانات الموجودة عليها:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "هل تريد حقًا حذف هذه الأقسام؟" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3453,7 +3413,7 @@ "يجب أن تحتوي على قسم واحد على الأقل.\n" "قم بإنشاء أقسام قبل استنساخ القرص.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3461,20 +3421,20 @@ "يتعذر استنساخ هذا القرص. لا توجد أقراص مناسبة\n" "من المحتمل أن تحتوي على تخطيط التقسيم نفسه." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "استنساخ تخطيط قسم %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "الأقراص الهدف المتاحة:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "حدد قرص مستهدف لإنشاء استنساخ" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3482,8 +3442,8 @@ "تشغيل أمر dasdfmt يقوم بحذف كافة البيانات من القرص.\n" "هل ترغب حقًا في تشغيل أمر dasdfmt على القرص %1؟\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3495,58 +3455,58 @@ " يتم عرض الأقسام الموجودة حالياً على هذا القرص\n" " مرة أخرى.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "إضافة قسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "نقل" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "إعادة تحجيم" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "جارٍ النقل..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "تغيير الحجم..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3554,8 +3514,8 @@ "لا يمكن تحريك الأقراص المضغوطة وBIOS RAIDs والأجهزة\n" "متعددة المسارات." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3563,19 +3523,19 @@ "لا يمكن تغيير حجم الأقراص المضغوطة وBIOS RAIDs والأجهزة\n" "متعددة المسارات." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "الأقراص الصلبة" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "جارٍ إضافة قسم..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" @@ -3583,18 +3543,18 @@ "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأقراص الثابتة بما في ذلك\n" "أقراص iSCSI ووحدات BIOS RAID والأقراص متعدد المسارات وأيضاً الأقسام.\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "اختبار الحماية (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "الخصائص (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3602,45 +3562,45 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "القرص الصلب المحدد." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART غير متوفر لهذا القرص." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm غير متوفر لهذا القرص." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "إنشاء جدول الأقسام الجديدة" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "استنساخ هذا القرص" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "تنفيذ أمر dasdfmt على جهاز DASD" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "إضافة..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "خبير..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" @@ -3650,35 +3610,34 @@ "إذا كان القرص مستخدم بواسطة BIOS RAID على سبيل المثال أو متعدد المسارات لن\n" "تعرض أقسام هنا.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة المستخدمة بواسطة\n" -"القرص الثابت المحدد. طريقة العرض متوفر فقط لوحدات BIOS RAID ووحدات RAID " -"البرمجية\n" +"القرص الثابت المحدد. طريقة العرض متوفر فقط لوحدات BIOS RAID ووحدات RAID البرمجية\n" "المقسمة والأقراص متعددة المسارات.\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "الأقسام" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "القرص الصلب: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "القسم: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3686,8 +3645,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "القسم المحدد." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3697,8 +3656,8 @@ "Linux الحالية مع نقاط توصيل. ويبين الجدول\n" "نقاط التوصيل القديمة.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3706,52 +3665,51 @@ msgstr "" "يمكنك اختيار ما إذا كانت وحدات تخزين\n" "النظام الموجود مثل / و/usr، سيتم تنسيقها أثناء\n" -"التثبيت أم لا. وحدات التخزين غير التابعة للنظام مثل /home، لن يتم تنسيقها.</" -"p>" +"التثبيت أم لا. وحدات التخزين غير التابعة للنظام مثل /home، لن يتم تنسيقها." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "لم يتم العثور على أي نظام سابق بنقاط توصيل." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "إظهار السابق" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "إظهار التالي" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "استيراد نقاط التوصيل من النظام القائم:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "تهيئة وحدات تخزين النظام" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "استيراد" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "تحتوي علامة التبويب الموجودة في /etc/fs في %1 على:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "تم إدخال كلمة مرور خاطئة." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "التأكيد على حذف القسم المستخدم بواسطة LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3761,15 +3719,15 @@ "للمحافظة على النظام في حالة متسقة، سيتم حذف مجموعة أجهزة التخزين التالية\n" "وكذلك وحدات التخزين المنطقية فيها:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف القسم \"%1\" ومجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%2\" الآن؟" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "التأكيد على حذف القسم المستخدم بواسطة RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3779,24 +3737,24 @@ "للمحافظة على النظام في حالة متسقة، سيتم\n" "حذف أجهزة RAID التالية:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "هل تريد حذف القسم \"%1\" وRAID \"%2\" الآن؟" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف كل الأقسام على %1؟" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف %1؟" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3804,59 +3762,58 @@ "\n" "هل ينبغي إزالة %1 ملف السلسلة أيضًا؟\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "غير مقسم" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "غير مخصص" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "لا يوجد أي تغييرات للتقسيم." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "تغييرات على التقسيم:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "لا يوجد تغييرات لإعدادات التخزين." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "إعدادات التخزين:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "الحزم المطلوب تثبيتها:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "لا توجد حزم مطلوب تثبيتها." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "اسم مسار ملف السلسلة: يجب أن يكون هذا مسارًا مطلقًا للملف الذي\n" " يحتوي على بيانات جهاز تسلسل مشفر للإعداد.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3868,8 +3825,8 @@ "بالحجم الموجود في الحقل التالي.ملاحظة:إذا كان الملف\n" " موجودًا بالفعل، فسيتم فقدان كافة البيانات الموجودة به.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3879,8 +3836,8 @@ "الحجم: هذا هو حجم ملف الحلقة. سيكون نظام الملفات\n" "الذي تم إنشاؤه في جهاز الحلقة المشفرة بهذا الحجم.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3894,23 +3851,23 @@ "سيتم إنشاؤه في نهاية التثبيت. الرجاء الحذر\n" "عند إدخال الحجم واسم المسار.\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "اسم مسار ملف السلسلة" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "استعراض..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "إنشاء ملف سلسلة" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3918,13 +3875,13 @@ "اسم الملف \"%1\" غير صالح.\n" "استخدم اسم المسار المطلق.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "الحجم الذي أدخلته غير صحيح. أدخل حجمًا يساوي %1 على الأقل." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3934,47 +3891,47 @@ "وعلامة الإنشاء في وضع إيقاف التشغيل. قم باستخدام ملف موجود أو قم بتنشيط\n" " إشارة الإنشاء." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "إضافة ملف مشفر" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "تحرير الملف المشفر %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أي ملف مشفر." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3982,30 +3939,30 @@ "الملف المشفر %1 قيد الاستخدام. لذلك يتعذر\n" "تحريره. لتحرير %1، تأكد من أنه غير مستخدم." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "الملفات المشفرة" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "إضافة ملف مشفر..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الملفات المشفرة." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "الملف المشفر: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -4013,38 +3970,37 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية\n" "للملف المشفر المحدد." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "أدخل اسمًا لمجموعة وحدات التخزين." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين أكبر من 128 حرفًا." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "يجب أن يبدأ اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين بالحرف \"-\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"يحتوي اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح " -"بها\n" +"يحتوي اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح بها\n" "الأحرف الهجائية الرقمية و\".\" و\"_\" و\"-\" و\"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\" موجودة بالفعل." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4052,13 +4008,13 @@ "مجموعة وحدة التخزين بالاسم \"%1\" تتعارض\n" "مع إدخال آخر في الدليل /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "التأكيد على حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4068,15 +4024,13 @@ "في حالة المتابعة، سيتم إلغاء توصيل وحدات التخزين التالية (إذا كانت موصلة)\n" "وحذفها:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"هل تريد بالفعل حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%1\" وجميع وحدات التخزين المنطقية " -"المرتبطة بها؟" +msgstr "هل تريد بالفعل حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%1\" وجميع وحدات التخزين المنطقية المرتبطة بها؟" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" @@ -4084,28 +4038,27 @@ "البيانات التي قمت بإدخالها غير صالحة. أدخل حجم نطاق فعلي أكبر من %1\n" "من مضاعفات الرقم 2، على سبيل المثال \"%2\" أو \"%3\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "أدخل اسمًا لوحدة التخزين المنطقية." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية تحتوي على أحرف يزيد عددها عن 128 حرفًا." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"تحتوي اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح " -"بها\n" +"تحتوي اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية على أحرف غير مسموح بها. وتكون الأحرف المسموح بها\n" "الأحرف الهجائية الرقمية و\".\" و\"_\" و\"-\" و\"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4113,58 +4066,56 @@ "وحدة التخزين المنطقية بالاسم \"%1\" موجودة بالفعل\n" "في مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." msgstr "أدخل الاسم وحجم النطاق الفعلي لمجموعة وحدة التخزين الجديدة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"حدد وحدات التخزين الفعلية التي يجب أن تحتوي مجموعة وحدة التخزين عليها." +msgstr "حدد وحدات التخزين الفعلية التي يجب أن تحتوي مجموعة وحدة التخزين عليها." -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "اسم مجموعة وحدة التخزين" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "حجم النطاق الفعلي" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفعلية المتوفرة:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفعلية المحددة:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "قم بتغيير الأجهزة المُستخدمة لمجموعة وحدة التخزين." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "أدخل حجمًا بالإضافة إلى عدد تقسيمات وحدة التخزين المنطقية الجديدة\n" "وحجمها. لا يمكن أن يكون عدد التقسيمات\n" " أكبر من عدد وحدات التخزين الفعلية لمجموعة وحدات التخزين." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4177,168 +4128,159 @@ "باستخدام حجم وحدة التخزين العشوائي. المساحة المطلوبة يتم تحديها من \n" "قبل التجمع الرقيق المعين. لذلك يمكنك إنشاء جهاز تخزين رقيق بحجم أكبر\n" "من التجمع الرقيق. وبطبيعة الحال عندما يكون هناك بيانات مكتوبة على وحدات\n" -"التجمع الرقيقة، يجب أن تكون مساحة التجمع الرقيق المعينة كافية لتلبية هذا " -"الطلب.\n" +"التجمع الرقيقة، يجب أن تكون مساحة التجمع الرقيق المعينة كافية لتلبية هذا الطلب.\n" "لا يمكن أن تحتوي وحدات التجمع الرقيقة عد شريطي." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "الشرائح" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "الرقم" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "إضافة وحدة تخزين منطقية %1 إلى %2" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "تغيير حجم مجموعة وحدة التخزين %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "أدخل اسم وحدة التخزين المنطقية الجديدة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "يمكنك تعريف التخزين المنطقي كوحدة حجم عادي.\n" -"هذا هو الإعداد الافتراضي، ويعني أجهزة تخزين LVM عادية مثل كافة وحدات التخزين " -"قبل وجود ميزة التوفير الرقيق .\n" +"هذا هو الإعداد الافتراضي، ويعني أجهزة تخزين LVM عادية مثل كافة وحدات التخزين قبل وجود ميزة التوفير الرقيق .\n" "إذا كنت غير متأكد فهذا هو على الأرجح الاختيار المناسب" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "يمكنك تعريف جهاز التخزين المنطقي على أنه التجمع الرقيق.\n" -"وهذا يعني أن جهاز التخزين الرقيق يعمل على تخصيص مساحتها اللازمة حسب " -"الطلب من هذا المجمع." +"وهذا يعني أن جهاز التخزين الرقيق يعمل على تخصيص مساحتها اللازمة حسب الطلب من هذا المجمع." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "يمكنك تعريف جهاز التخزين المنطقي على أنه تجمع رقيق.\n" -"وهذا يعني أن الحجم يخصص المساحة اللازمة حسب الطلب من التجمع الرقيق.</" -"p>" +"وهذا يعني أن الحجم يخصص المساحة اللازمة حسب الطلب من التجمع الرقيق." -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "وحدات التخزين المنطقية" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "الحجم العادي" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "التجمع الرقيق" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "جهاز تخزين رقيق" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "التجمع المستخدم" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "إضافة وحدة تخزين منطقية في %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "تحرير وحدة التخزين المنطقية %1 على %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "لا توجد أجهزة غير مستخدمة مناسبة كافية لإنشاء مجموعة وحدة تخزين.\n" "\n" -"ولاستخدام LVM، مطلوب على الأقل قسم غير مستخدم واحد من النوع 0x8e (أو 0x83) " -"أو جهاز \n" +"ولاستخدام LVM، مطلوب على الأقل قسم غير مستخدم واحد من النوع 0x8e (أو 0x83) أو جهاز \n" "RAIDغير مستخدم. قم بتغيير جدول الأقسام وفقًا لذلك." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية مجموعة وحدة تخزين." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "هل ترغب حقًا في إزالة مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\"؟" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "فشل حذف مجموعة وحدات التخزين \"%1\"." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية وحدات تخزين منطقية." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "لا تتوفر مساحة خالية في مجموعة وحدة التخزين \"%1\"." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4346,8 +4288,8 @@ "جهاز التخزين %1 عبارة عن تجمع رقيق.\n" "لا يمكن تحريره." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4355,46 +4297,46 @@ "وحدة التخزين %1 قيد الاستخدام. يتعذر\n" "تحريرها. لتحرير %1، تأكد من عدم استخدامها." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "إضافة وحدات تخزين منطقية" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "مجموعة وحدات التخزين" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "إدارة وحدات التخزين" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4402,8 +4344,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة مجموعات وحدة تخزين الخاصة بـ LVM\n" "ووحدات التخزين المنطقية الخاصة بها." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4411,8 +4353,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية\n" "حول مجموعة وحدة التخزين المحددة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4420,8 +4362,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين المنطقية\n" "الخاصة بمجموعة وحدة التخزين المحددة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4429,28 +4371,28 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين الفعلية التي تستخدمها\n" "مجموعة وحدة التخزين المحددة." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "مجموعة وحدة التخزين: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "وحدات التخزين المنطقية" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "وحدات التخزين الفعلية" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "وحدة التخزين المنطقية: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4458,56 +4400,56 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "وحدة التخزين المنطقية المحددة." -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "معيِّن الجهاز" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "بروتوكول NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "الأجهزة غير المستخدمة" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "ملخص التثبيت" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "الإعدادات" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4517,36 +4459,34 @@ "في حالة الخروج من المقسم باستخدام %1.\n" "هل تريد الخروج بالفعل؟" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "يمكنك هنا الإطلاع على ملخص التقسيم." -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": الملخص" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "طريقة عرض النظام" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." msgstr "لا يتوفر تكوين NFS. قم بالتحقق من تثبيت حزمة yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "نظام ملفات الشبكة (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4554,59 +4494,51 @@ "فشل توصيل اختبار مشاركة NFS '%1'.\n" "هل تريد الحفظ على أي حال؟" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "بالنسبة لـ %1، حدد على الأقل %2 جهاز." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "حدد نوع RAID لمصفوفة RAID الجديدة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: هذا المستوى يعمل على زيادة أداء القرص.\n" -"لا يوجد أية تكرارات في هذا الوضع. في حالة فشل أحد المشغلات، ستصبح " -"عملية استعادة البيانات غير ممكنة.\n" +"لا يوجد أية تكرارات في هذا الوضع. في حالة فشل أحد المشغلات، ستصبح عملية استعادة البيانات غير ممكنة.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: يتحقق في هذا الوضع أفضل تكرار. ويمكن استخدامه\n" "مع قرصين أو أكثر. يقوم هذا الوضع بالحفاظ على نسخة متطابقة من كافة البيانات\n" -"في جميع الأقراص. طالما أن هناك قرصًا واحدًا يعمل على الأقل، فلن تفقد أية " -"بيانات. يجب أن تكون الأقسام \n" +"في جميع الأقراص. طالما أن هناك قرصًا واحدًا يعمل على الأقل، فلن تفقد أية بيانات. يجب أن تكون الأقسام \n" " المستخدمة في هذا النوع من RAID بنفس الحجم تقريبًا.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: يجمع هذا الوضع بين إمكانية إدارة عددًا أكبر من الأقراص\n" "مع الحفاظ على بعض التكرار. ويمكن استخدام هذا الوضع مع ثلاثة أقراص أو أكثر.\n" -" في حالة فشل أحد الأقراص ستظل كافة البيانات سليمة. وفي حالة فشل قرصين معًا " -"فستفقد كافة البيانات\n" +" في حالة فشل أحد الأقراص ستظل كافة البيانات سليمة. وفي حالة فشل قرصين معًا فستفقد كافة البيانات\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" @@ -4616,21 +4548,19 @@ " لعملية raid. يُعد هذا الأمر اختياريًا. في حالة إدخال الاسم، يتوفر\n" "الجهاز كـ <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "قم بإضافة أقسام إلى مصفوفة RAID الخاصة بك. وفقًا لنوع\n" "RAID، يكون حجم القرص القابل للاستخدام هو مجموع هذه الأقسام (RAID0) أو حجم\n" "أصغر قسم (RAID 1) أو (N-1)*أصغر قسم (RAID 5).\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4638,86 +4568,80 @@ "عمومًا، يجب أن تكون الأقسام على مشغلات مختلفة،\n" " للحصول على التكرار والأداء الذين ترغب فيهما.\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "نوع RAID" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID 0 (تقسيم)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID 1 (نسخ)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 5 (تقسيم متكرر)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 6 (تقسيم متكرر ثنائي)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID 10 (نسخ وتقسيم)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "اسم Raid (اختياري)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "الأقراص المتاحة" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "حجم الكتلة: يعتبر أصغر كتلة \"بسيطة\"\n" -"من البيانات يمكن كتابتها إلى الأجهزة. يعتبر حجم الكتلة المعتدل في RAID 5 هو " -"128 كيلوبايت. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 0،\n" -"32 كيلوبايت يعتبر حجمًا جيدًا كبداية. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 1، فإن حجم الكتلة لا " -"يؤثر على المصفوفة بصورة كبيرة.\n" +"من البيانات يمكن كتابتها إلى الأجهزة. يعتبر حجم الكتلة المعتدل في RAID 5 هو 128 كيلوبايت. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 0،\n" +"32 كيلوبايت يعتبر حجمًا جيدًا كبداية. وبالنسبة إلى RAID 1، فإن حجم الكتلة لا يؤثر على المصفوفة بصورة كبيرة.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "خوارزمية التكافؤ:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "خوارزمية التكافؤ لاستخدامها مع RAID5/6.\n" -"الوحدة ذات اليسار-المتماثل توفر أقصى حد من الأداء على الأقراص التقليدية التي " -"تعمل بالتناوب.\n" +"الوحدة ذات اليسار-المتماثل توفر أقصى حد من الأداء على الأقراص التقليدية التي تعمل بالتناوب.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4725,66 +4649,66 @@ "لمزيد من التفاصيل بشأن خوارزمية التماثل \n" "الرجاء الرجوع إلى صفحة mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "حجم الكتلة" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "خوارزمية المساواة" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "خيارات RAID" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "قم بتغيير الأجهزة التي تستخدمها مع RAID." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "إضافة RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "تغيير حجم RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "تحرير RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4796,22 +4720,22 @@ "وهذا يعني عادةً أن المجموعة الفرعية لأجهزة raid صغيرة للغاية\n" "بحيث لا يمكن معها استخدامraid.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." msgstr "لا توجد أجهزة غير مستخدمة مناسبة كافية لإنشاء إحدى مصفوفات RAID." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد أية مصفوفة RAID." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4819,8 +4743,8 @@ "مصفوفة RAID %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك يتعذر\n" "تحريرها. ولتحرير %1، تأكد من أنها غير مستخدم." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." @@ -4828,8 +4752,8 @@ "توحد مصفوفة RAID %1 بالفعل على القرص. لا يمكن\n" "تغيير %1، لذلك قم بإزالته ثم إنشائه مرة أخرى." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4837,18 +4761,18 @@ "مصفوفة RAID %1 قيد الاستخدام. ولذلك يتعذر\n" "تغيير حجمها. ولتغيير حجم %1، تأكد من أنها غير مستخدم." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "إضافة RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." msgstr "تعرض طريقة العرض هذه جميع وحدات RAID عدا وحدات BIOS RAID." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4856,8 +4780,8 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه المعلومات التفصيلية حول\n" "RAID المحددة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4865,130 +4789,123 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة الأجهزة التي تستخدمها\n" "RAID المحددة." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "التسمية" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "موصل بواسطة" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "مستخدم بواسطة" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "معرف BIOS" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "معلومات الأسطوانة" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "معلومات قناة الألياف الصناعية" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "التشفير" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "اسم الجهاز" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "تسمية وحدة التخزين" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "معرف الجهاز" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "مسار الجهاز" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "الأمثل" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "أسطوانة" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "التوصيل الافتراضي بواسطة" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "نظام الملفات الافتراضي" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "محاذاة الأقسام التي تم إنشاؤها حديثًا" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "إظهار أجهزة التخزين حسب" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "المعلومات الظاهرة على أجهزة التخزين" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -4996,28 +4913,25 @@ "تُظهر طريقة العرض هذه إعدادات\n" "التخزين العامة:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "التوصيل الافتراضي حسب يعمل على توفير أسلوب التوصيل لنظم \n" "الملفات التي تم إنشاؤها حديثا. اسم الجهاز يستخدم اسم جهاز النواة \n" "غير المستمرة. معرف الجهازو \n" "مسار الجهاز\n" -"استخدم الأسماء التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة udev من معلومات الأجهزة. وينبغي أن " -"تكون ثابتة، لكن وللأسف هذا ليس صحيحاً دائمًا. وأخيرًا UUID و\n" +"استخدم الأسماء التي تم إنشاؤها بواسطة udev من معلومات الأجهزة. وينبغي أن تكون ثابتة، لكن وللأسف هذا ليس صحيحاً دائمًا. وأخيرًا UUID و\n" "تسمية وحدة التخزين استخدم أنظمة الملفات UUID والتسمية.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5025,24 +4939,21 @@ "نظام الملفات الافتراضي يوفر نوع نظام الملفات\n" "للملف الذي تم إنشاؤه حديثا.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "يحدد المحاذاة للأقسام المنشأة حديثًا\n" -"كيفية محاذاة الأقسام التي تم إنشاؤها مؤخرًا. الأسطوانة عبارة عن " -"المحاذاة التقليدية في حدود الأسطوانة من القرص. الأمثل \n" +"كيفية محاذاة الأقسام التي تم إنشاؤها مؤخرًا. الأسطوانة عبارة عن المحاذاة التقليدية في حدود الأسطوانة من القرص. الأمثل \n" "محاذاة الأقسام للحصول على أفضل أداء وفقا لتلميحات المقدمة من نواة Linux \n" "أو يحاول الاتساق مع نظام التشغيل Windows Vista وWin 7.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -5050,8 +4961,8 @@ "يتحكم إظهار أجهزة التخزين حسب في\n" "الاسم المعروض للأقراص الصلبة في هيكل التنقل." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5059,23 +4970,23 @@ "يسمح المعلومات المرئية\n" "في أجهزة التخزين بإخفاء المعلومات في الجداول والنظرة العامة." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه ملخص التثبيت." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "إضافة توصيل وحدات tmpfs" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "لم يتم تحديد جهاز tmpfs محدد." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5083,18 +4994,18 @@ "\n" "هل تريد بالفعل حذف tmpfs الموصلة إلى %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "وحدات التخزين Tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه كافة وحدات التخزين tmpfs." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5102,18 +5013,18 @@ "تظهر طريقة العرض هذه معلومات مفصلة حول\n" "وحدة تخزين tmpfs المحددة.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs موصلة في %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "إعادة فحص" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5123,8 +5034,8 @@ "نقطة توصيل لها والأقراص التي لم يتم تقسيمها\n" "ومجموعات وحدة التخزين التي لا تحتوي على وحدات تخزين منطقية." -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5132,30 +5043,30 @@ "تؤدي إعادة فحص الأجهزة غير المستخدمة\n" "إلى إلغاء التغييرات الحالية. هل تريد بالفعل إعادة فحص الأجهزة غير المستخدمة؟" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5163,17 +5074,17 @@ "لا يمكن إنشاء وحدة تخزين منطقية \n" "بالحجم المطلوب.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "حاول تصغير عدد تقسيم وحدة التخزين." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "يمكنك إزالة وحدات التخزين المنطقية فقط." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5181,8 +5092,8 @@ "هناك على الأقل لقطة واحدة نشطة لوحدة التخزين هذه.\n" "قم بإزالة اللقطة أولاً." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5190,100 +5101,100 @@ "هناك على الأقل واحد من وحدات التخزين الرقيقة يستخدم هذا التجمع.\n" "قم بإزالة وحدة التخزين رقيقة أولاً." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "هل ترغب في إزالة وحدة التخزين المنطقية%1؟" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "الحجم الإجمالي: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "الحجم الناتج: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "الفئة" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "أعلى" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "أعلى" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "أسفل" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "أسفل" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "مصنّف" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "إضافة" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "إضافة الكل" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "إزالة الكل" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "الملف %1 ليس ملف عاديا!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "الملف %1 كبيرة جداً!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5295,37 +5206,33 @@ "يجب أن تحتوي الملف على أسطر مع تعبير عادي واسم الفئة لكل\n" ". على سبيل المثال:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "الكشف عن نمط الأسطر التالية:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "هل توافق على مطابقة الأجهزة للفئات بهذه الأنماط؟" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "هذا الحوار لتعريف فئات أجهزة الغارة\n" "التي تحتويها raid. الفئات المتوفرة هي A وB وC وD وE لكن في حالات متعددة\n" "قد تحتاج لفئات أقل (A وB فقط على سبيل المثال). " -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "يمكنك وضع جهاز في فئة بالنقر بالزر الأيمن على الجهاز واختيار الفئة \n" @@ -5334,8 +5241,8 @@ "استخدام الأزرار المسماة \"%1\" إلى \"%2\" لوضع الأجهزة \n" "المحددة حاليا في هذه الفئة." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5343,8 +5250,8 @@ "بعد اختيار فئات للأجهزة يمكنك ترتيب الأجهزة \n" "عن طريق الضغط على أحد الأزرار المسماة \"%1\" أو \"%2\"." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5352,20 +5259,19 @@ "مصنف يعمل على وضع كافة الأجهزة من فئة A قبل كافة \n" "الأجهزة من فئة B وهكذا." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" "التداخل يستخدم الجهاز الأول من فئة A، ثم أول\n" "جهاز من الفئة B، ثم جميع الفئات التالية مع الأجهزة المعينة. ثم \n" "الجهاز الثاني من فئة A والجهاز الثاني من الفئة B وهكذا." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" @@ -5375,51 +5281,45 @@ "عند ترك النافذة المنبثقة يتم استخدام نظام السرد الحالي كترتيب\n" "لأجهزة RAID المراد إنشاؤها." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "بالضغط على الزر \"%1\" يمكنك تحديد الملف الذي يحتوي على\n" -"خطوط ذات تعبير عادي واسم فئة (مثل. \"sda.* A\"). ستوضع جميع الأجهزة التي " -"تطابق\n" +"خطوط ذات تعبير عادي واسم فئة (مثل. \"sda.* A\"). ستوضع جميع الأجهزة التي تطابق\n" "التعبير العادي في الفئة على هذا السطر. يتم مطابقة التعبير العادي \n" "في مقابل اسم النواة (على سبيل المثال /dev/sda1), \n" -"اسم مسار udev (مثلاً. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) " -"ومعرف\n" +"اسم مسار udev (مثلاً. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) ومعرف\n" "udev (مثل/dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" "وأخيراً. يحدد تطابق الفئة الأولى إذا كان اسم الأجهزة يطابق تعبير\n" "عادي واحد أكثر." -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "الجهاز" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "نمط الملف" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "حجم Tmpfs" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5427,35 +5327,33 @@ "تم تحديد حجم غير صالح. استخدم رقم متبوعًا بـ K أو M أو G أو %.\n" "يجب أن تكون القيمة أكبر من 100 كيلو أو بين 1% و200%. حاول مرة أخرى." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "يجب أن تكون القيمة ما بين 1% و200%. حاول مرة أخرى." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "حجم Tmpfs:\n" -"قد يتم إدخال الحجم كعدد متبوع برموز K وM وG عن كيلوبايت وميغابايت وجيجابايت " -"أو \n" +"قد يتم إدخال الحجم كعدد متبوع برموز K وM وG عن كيلوبايت وميغابايت وجيجابايت أو \n" "كعدد متبوع بعلامة النسبة المئوية مما يعني نسبة الذاكرة." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "أولوية التبديل" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "يجب أن تتراوح القيمة بين 0 و32767. حاول مرة أخرى." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5463,30 +5361,29 @@ "أولوية التبديل:\n" "أدخل أولوية التبديل. الأرقام الكبيرة تدل على أولوية أعلى.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "توصيل للقراءة فقط" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "توصيل للقراءة فقط:\n" "لا يمكن الكتابة في نظام الملفات. القيمة الافتراضية خطأ. أثناء التثبيت،\n" "يتم توصيل نظام الملفات دائمًا للقراءة والكتابة." -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "لا يوجد وقت وصول" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" @@ -5494,13 +5391,13 @@ "لا يوجد وقت للوصول:\n" "لم يتم تحديث أوقات الوصول عند قراءة الملف. الإعداد الافتراضي هو false.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "قابل للتحميل بواسطة العميل" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5508,36 +5405,33 @@ "قابلة للتوصيل بواسطة المستخدم:\n" "يمكن توصيل نظام الملفات بواسطة مستخدم عادي. الإعداد الافتراضي غير صحيح.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "تجنب التوصيل عند تشغيل النظام" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "غير موصل عند تشغيل النظام:\n" "لا يتم توصيل نظام الملفات تلقائيًا عند تشغيل النظام.\n" -"يتم إنشاء إدخال في /etc/fstab كما يتم توصيل نظام الملفات بالخيارات المناسبة " -"عند إدخال الأمر <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"يتم إنشاء إدخال في /etc/fstab كما يتم توصيل نظام الملفات بالخيارات المناسبة عند إدخال الأمر <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" " (<mount point> هو الدليل الذي يتم توصيل نظام الملفات إليه). \n" "الإعداد الافتراضي هو false.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "تمكين دعم الحصة النسبية" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5547,23 +5441,21 @@ "يتم توصيل نظام الملفات بالحصص النسبية للمستخدم التي تم تمكينها.\n" "الإعداد الافتراضي 'خطأ'.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "وضع استرجاع البيانات:" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "وضع يوميات البيانات:\n" "يحدد صيغة العمل اليومية لملفات البيانات.\n" @@ -5571,16 +5463,15 @@ "كتابتها في نظام الملف الرئيسي. تأثر أداء أعلى. \n" "<tt>بالأمر</tt> إجبار كافة البيانات بالخروج مباشرة لنظام الملفات الرئيسية\n" "قبل أن يتم كتابة بيانات التعريف لليومية. تأثير الأداء المتوسط. \n" -"الكتابة مرة أخرى <tt>لا يتم الاحتفاظ بترتيب البيانات. لا تأثير على الأداء.</" -"p>\n" +"الكتابة مرة أخرى <tt>لا يتم الاحتفاظ بترتيب البيانات. لا تأثير على الأداء.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "قوائم التحكم بالوصول (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5588,13 +5479,13 @@ "قوائم التحكم بالوصول (ACL):\n" "تمكين قوائم التحكم بالوصول في ملفات النظام.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "سمات موسعة للمستخدم" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5602,39 +5493,33 @@ "سمات موسعة للمستخدم:\n" "السماح بالسمات الموسعة للمستخدم على ملفات النظام.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "قيمة خيار عشوائي" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"توجد أحرف غير صالحة في قيمة الخيار العشوائي. لا تستخدم مسافات أو علامات " -"التبويب. حاول مرة أخرى." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "توجد أحرف غير صالحة في قيمة الخيار العشوائي. لا تستخدم مسافات أو علامات التبويب. حاول مرة أخرى." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "قيمة خيار عشوائي:\n" -"في هذا المجال قم بكتابة أي نقطة توصيل قانونية مسموح بها في المجال الرابع من /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"في هذا المجال قم بكتابة أي نقطة توصيل قانونية مسموح بها في المجال الرابع من /etc/fstab.\n" " يتم الفصل بين الخيارات المتعددة عن طريق فواصل.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "مجموعة الأحرف لأسماء الملفات" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5642,66 +5527,60 @@ "مجموعة الأحرف لأسماء الملفات:\n" "تعيين مجموعة الأحرف المستخدمة لعرض أسماء الملفات في قسم Windows.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "صفحة الترميز اللغوي لأسماء FAT القصيرة" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "صفحة الترميز اللغوي لأسماء FAT القصيرة:\n" -"تستخدم صفحة الترميز اللغوي لتحويل رموز حروف الأسماء القصيرة على ملفات النظام " -"FAT.\n" +"تستخدم صفحة الترميز اللغوي لتحويل رموز حروف الأسماء القصيرة على ملفات النظام FAT.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "رقم FATs" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "رقم FATs:\n" "تحديد رقم جداول تعيين الملفات في ملفات النظام. الإعداد الافتراضي هو 2." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "حجم FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "حجم FAT:\n" -"تحديد نوع جداول تعيين الملفات المستخدمة (12 أو 16 أو 32-بت). في حالة تحديده " -"تلقائيًا، سيقوم YaST تلقائيًا بتحديد القيمة المناسبة لحجم نظام الملفات.\n" +"تحديد نوع جداول تعيين الملفات المستخدمة (12 أو 16 أو 32-بت). في حالة تحديده تلقائيًا، سيقوم YaST تلقائيًا بتحديد القيمة المناسبة لحجم نظام الملفات.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "إدخالات الدليل الجذر" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "الحد الأدنى لحجم \"إدخالات مجلد الجذر\" هو 112. الرجاء إعادة المحاولة." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5709,69 +5588,58 @@ "إدخالات الدليل الجذر:\n" "تحديد عدد الإدخالات المتوفرة في الدليل الجذر.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "دالة التجزئة" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "دالة التجزئة:\n" -"تعمل على تحديد اسم دالة التجزئة التي تستخدم لفرز أسماء الملفات في الأدلة.</" -"p>\n" +"تعمل على تحديد اسم دالة التجزئة التي تستخدم لفرز أسماء الملفات في الأدلة.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "مراجعة FS" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "مراجعة FS:\n" -"يعرف هذا الخيار تهيئة مراجعة تنسيق reiserfs الذي يتم استخدامه. '3.5' للتوافق " -"مع إصدارات سابقة من النواة من فئات 2.2.x. '3.6' تعتبر أكثر حداثة، ولكن يمكن " -"استخدامها فقط مع إصدارات نواة أعلى من أو تماثل 2.4.\n" +"يعرف هذا الخيار تهيئة مراجعة تنسيق reiserfs الذي يتم استخدامه. '3.5' للتوافق مع إصدارات سابقة من النواة من فئات 2.2.x. '3.6' تعتبر أكثر حداثة، ولكن يمكن استخدامها فقط مع إصدارات نواة أعلى من أو تماثل 2.4.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "حجم الكتلة بالبايت" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "حجم الكتلة:\n" -"تحديد حجم الكتلة بالبايت. قيم الأحجام الصالحة للكتلة هي 512 و1024 و2048 " -"و4096 بايت للكتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم استخدام حجم الكتلة القياسي " -"4096.\n" +"تحديد حجم الكتلة بالبايت. قيم الأحجام الصالحة للكتلة هي 512 و1024 و2048 و4096 بايت للكتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم استخدام حجم الكتلة القياسي 4096.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "حجم Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5779,33 +5647,30 @@ "حجم Inode:\n" "يحدد هذا الخيار حجم inode لنظام الملفات.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "النسبة المئوية لمساحة inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "نسبة مساحة Inode:\n" -"خيار \"نسبة مساحة Inode\" الحد الأقصى للمساحة في نظام الملفات التي يمكن " -"تخصيصها لكل وحدة من inode.\n" +"خيار \"نسبة مساحة Inode\" الحد الأقصى للمساحة في نظام الملفات التي يمكن تخصيصها لكل وحدة من inode.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "محاذاة Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5814,13 +5679,13 @@ "من عدمها. تتم محاذاة وحدات inode بشكل افتراضي، الأمر الذي يعتبر\n" "أكثر كفاءة في المعتاد من الوصول دون محاذاة.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "حجم السجل بالميغابايت" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5828,30 +5693,28 @@ "قيمة \"حجم السجل\" غير صحيحة.\n" "الرجاء إدخال قيمة أكبر من صفر.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "حجم السجل\n" -"تحديد حجم السجل (بالميغابايت). عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يكون الإعداد " -"الافتراضي هو 40% من الحجم الإجمالي.\n" +"تحديد حجم السجل (بالميغابايت). عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يكون الإعداد الافتراضي هو 40% من الحجم الإجمالي.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "استدعاء البرنامج الإضافي لقائمة قطع التخزين التالفة" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "طول التوسيع بالكتل" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5859,8 +5722,8 @@ "قيمة \"طول التوسيع بالكتل\" غير ممكنة.\n" "الرجاء تحديد قيمة أكبر من 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5868,31 +5731,26 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "الطول الموسع بقطع التخزين:\n" -"تعيين خيارات متعلقة بـRAID من أجل نظام الملفات. الوسيطة الوحيدة المدعمة " -"حاليًا هي\n" +"تعيين خيارات متعلقة بـRAID من أجل نظام الملفات. الوسيطة الوحيدة المدعمة حاليًا هي\n" " 'stride'، والتي تأخذ عدد قطع التخزين في مخطط\n" " RAID باعتبارها الوسيطة.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "حجم كتل التخزين:\n" -"تحديد حجم كتل التخزين بالبايت. قيم أحجام كتل التخزين الصالحة هي 1024 و2048 " -"و4096 بايت لكل كتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم تحديد حجم كتلة التخزين عن " -"طريق حجم نظام الملفات والاستخدام المتوقع لهذا النظام.\n" +"تحديد حجم كتل التخزين بالبايت. قيم أحجام كتل التخزين الصالحة هي 1024 و2048 و4096 بايت لكل كتلة. عند تحديد الوضع التلقائي، يتم تحديد حجم كتلة التخزين عن طريق حجم نظام الملفات والاستخدام المتوقع لهذا النظام.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "البايت لكل Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5900,8 +5758,7 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "البايت لكل Inode:\n" @@ -5909,18 +5766,17 @@ "<bytes-لكل-inode>بايت من المساحة على القرص. كلما زاد معدل \n" "البايت لكل inode قل عدد inode التي يتم إنشاؤها. بشكل عام، لا ينبغي \n" "أن تقل هذه القيمة عن حجم كتلة نظام الملفات \n" -"، وإلا سيتم إنشاء العديد من inode في هذه الحالة. من غير الممكن توسيع عدد " -"inode في نظام الملفات \n" +"، وإلا سيتم إنشاء العديد من inode في هذه الحالة. من غير الممكن توسيع عدد inode في نظام الملفات \n" "بعد إنشائه. لذا, احرص على إدخال قيمة\n" "مناسبة لهذه المعلمة.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "نسبة كتل التخزين المحجوزة للجذر" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5928,26 +5784,19 @@ "قيمة \"نسبة قطع التخزين المحجوزة للجذر\" غير صحيحة.\n" "الرجاء استخدام قيمة أكبر من 99 (كمثال 0.5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"النسبة المئوية لكتل الجذر المحفوظة: تحديد النسبة المئوية للكتل " -"المحفوظة للمستخدم الفائق. وييتم حساب القيمة الافتراضي حيث يتم حجز 1 غيغابايت " -"بشكل طبيعي. الحد الأعلى الافتراضية 5.0، الحد الأدنى الافتراضي هو 0.1." +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "النسبة المئوية لكتل الجذر المحفوظة: تحديد النسبة المئوية للكتل المحفوظة للمستخدم الفائق. وييتم حساب القيمة الافتراضي حيث يتم حجز 1 غيغابايت بشكل طبيعي. الحد الأعلى الافتراضية 5.0، الحد الأدنى الافتراضي هو 0.1." -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "تعطيل الفحص المعتاد" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -5955,45 +5804,43 @@ "تعطيل الفحص المعتاد:\n" "تعطيل فحص نظام الملفات المعتاد عند التمهيد.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "ميزة فهرسة الدليل" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "يمكن الخيار فهرسة الدليل:\n" -"استخدام هياكل متوازنة مجزئة لزيادة سرعة عمليات البحث في الدلائل الكبيرة.</" -"p>\n" +"استخدام هياكل متوازنة مجزئة لزيادة سرعة عمليات البحث في الدلائل الكبيرة.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "لا يوجد دفتر يومية" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "دون دفتر يومية:\n" "استخدام معطل لإنشاء دفتر يومية في filesystem. قم بتنشيط ذلك فقط إذا كنت\n" "على علم بالإجراء الذي تقوم به.\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "غير مسموح بإجراء العملية على القرص %{device}.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6013,8 +5860,8 @@ "تنسيقها وتعيين نقاط توصيل إليها، ولكن لا يمكنك إضافة \n" "الأقسام من هذا القرص هنا أو تغيير حجمها أو إزالتها.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6026,8 +5873,7 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"تعذرت قراءة التقسيم على القرص %{device} بواسطة أداة التقسيم parted المستخدمة " -"لتغيير\n" +"تعذرت قراءة التقسيم على القرص %{device} بواسطة أداة التقسيم parted المستخدمة لتغيير\n" "جدول الأقسام أو أن التقسيم \n" "غير مدعم بواسطة هذه الأداة.\n" " \n" @@ -6035,8 +5881,8 @@ "تنسيقها وتعيين نقاط توصيل إليها، ولكن لا يمكنك إضافة \n" "الأقسام من ذلك القرص هنا أو تحريرها أو تغيير حجمها أو إزالتها.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6056,8 +5902,8 @@ "تنسيقه وتعيين نقطة توصيل إليه، ولكن لا يمكنك تغيير حجم\n" "القسم أو إزالته من ذلك القرص هنا.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6071,8 +5917,8 @@ "خبير عن طريق تحديد \"خبير\"->\"إنشاء جدول الأقسام \"، \n" "ولكن سيؤدي ذلك إلى فقد كافة البيانات الموجودة على تقسيمات هذا القرص.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6084,26 +5930,26 @@ " يمكنك تجاهل هذه الرسالة بكل أمان إذا لم تكن لديك حاجة لاستخدام \n" " هذا القرص أثناء التثبيت.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "تغيير الحجم غير ممكن:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6115,8 +5961,8 @@ " \n" "كلمة مرور التشفير التي تم إدخالها قد تكون غير صحيحة.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6126,8 +5972,8 @@ "مع الثانية.‏\n" "حاول مرة أخرى." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6137,26 +5983,26 @@ "0..9، a..z، وأي من \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "حاول مرة أخرى." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "أدخل كلمة مرور التشفير:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "توفير كلمة المرور" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "تتوفر بالفعل وحدات التخزين المشفرة التالية." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "تنشيط وحدة تخزين مشفرة" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6168,12 +6014,12 @@ "يجب معرفة كلمات المرور إذا كانت وحدات التخزين ستكون مطلوبة \n" "أثناء تحديث أو إذا كانت تضم وحدة تخزين LVM فعلية." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "هل تريد تقديم كلمات مرور التشفير؟" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6183,71 +6029,70 @@ "الأجهزة في قائمة الأجهزة المؤمنة.\n" "ستتم محاولة كلمة المرور لجميع الأجهزة." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "إدخال كلمة مرور التشفير" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "لا توجد وحدة تخزين مشفرة لإلغاء تأمينها." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "الرجاء إدخال كلمة المرور لأي من الأجهزة التالية:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "الرجاء توفير كلمة المرور للجهاز التالي:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "جارٍ محاولة إلغاء تأمين وحدات تخزين مشفرة..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "كلمة المرور لا تحظر أي وحدة تخزين." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "قرص IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "قرص SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "القرص" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "فشل تثبيت الحزم المطلوبة." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "هل تريد المتابعة بالرغم من الخطأ؟" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "تعذر إنشاء الأقسام نظراً لاستخدام أقسام أخرى على القرص." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6257,7 +6102,7 @@ "تعذر تعديل الجهاز %1 لأنه يحتوي على تبديل تم تنشيطه\n" "وهو مطلوب لتشغيل التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6267,7 +6112,7 @@ "تعذر تعديل الجهاز %1 بسبب احتوائه على بيانات\n" "التثبيت الضرورية لإجراء التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6277,7 +6122,7 @@ "تعذرت إزالة الجهاز %1 بسبب احتوائه على تبديل تم تنشيطه\n" "ضروري لتشغيل التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6287,7 +6132,7 @@ "تعذرت إزالة الجهاز %1 بسبب احتوائه على معلومات التثبيت\n" "الضرورية لتشغيل التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6299,7 +6144,7 @@ "\n" "الجهاز %2 والتي تحتوي على مبادلة نشطة مطلوبة لتشغيل التثبيت.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6309,8 +6154,8 @@ "الجهاز %1 لا يمكن إزالته لأن هذا سيؤدي بشكل غير مباشر إلى تغييرات على \n" "الجهاز %2 والذي يحتوي على البيانات اللازمة لإجراء التثبيت.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6320,114 +6165,114 @@ "لا يمكن إزالة القسم %1 وذلك لاستخدام الأقسام الأخرى الموجودة \n" "على القرص %2.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "لم يتم تعيين أي شيء كنظام ملفات المسؤول!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "ستفشل عملية التثبيت فشلًا ذريعًا!" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "فشلت إضافة الحلول التالية: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "حدث فشل أثناء اتخاذ الإجراء التالي:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "كود خطأ النظام: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "أدخل كلمة المرور للجهاز %1:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "نعم" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "لا" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "التنسيق" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "مشفّر" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "نوع نظام الملفات" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "بداية" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "نهاية" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "مُعرف FS" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "تسمية القرص" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "بيانات التعريف" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "حجم الحد الفعلي" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "إصدار RAID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "خوارزمية المساواة" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "البائع" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "الطراز" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6435,18 +6280,17 @@ "يُظهر معرف BIOS معرف BIOS للقرص\n" "الصلب. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "يُظهر الناقل كيفية اتصال الجهاز\n" -"بالنظام. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا، للأقراص متعددة المسارات على سبيل " -"المثال." +"بالنظام. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا، للأقراص متعددة المسارات على سبيل المثال." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6454,8 +6298,8 @@ "يُظهر الخيار حجم الكتلة حجم الكتلة أجهزة\n" "RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6463,8 +6307,8 @@ "يُظهر حجم الأسطوانة حجم أسطوانات\n" "القرص الصلب." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6472,8 +6316,8 @@ "يُظهر حجم القطاع حجم\n" "قطاعات القرص الصلب." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6481,8 +6325,8 @@ "يُظهر الجهاز اسم kernel\n" "للجهاز." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6490,8 +6334,8 @@ "تُظهر تسمية القرص نوع جدول الأقسام\n" "للقرص، مثل <tt>MSDOS</tt> أو <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6499,8 +6343,8 @@ "يشير الخيار مشفر إلى ما إذا كان الجهاز\n" "مشفرًا." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6508,8 +6352,8 @@ "يُظهر الخيار أسطوانة النهاية أسطوانة النهاية\n" "في القسم." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6517,8 +6361,8 @@ "يُظهر LUN رقم الوحدة المنطقية\n" "أقراص قنوات الألياف الصناعية." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6526,8 +6370,8 @@ "يُظهرمعرف المنفذ معرف المنفذ لأقراص\n" "قنوات الألياف الصناعية." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6535,8 +6379,8 @@ "يُظهر WWPN اسم المنفذ العالمي\n" "لأقراص قنوات الألياف الصناعية." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6544,28 +6388,27 @@ "يُظهر مسار الملف مسار الملف\n" "لأحد أجهزة التسلسل المشفرة." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." msgstr "" -"يترتب على استخدام الخيار تهيئة ظهور بعض الإشارات، يشير الحرف <tt>F</" -"tt>\n" +"يترتب على استخدام الخيار تهيئة ظهور بعض الإشارات، يشير الحرف <tt>F</tt>\n" "أنه تم تحديد الجهاز لإجراء تهيئة له." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "مُعرف FS يظهر معرف نظام الملف." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "يُظهرنوع نظام الملفات نوع النظام." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6573,8 +6416,8 @@ "يُظهر العمود التسمية تسمية\n" "نظام الملفات." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6582,30 +6425,28 @@ "يُظهر العمود بيانات التعريف نوع بيانات تعريف LVM لمجموعات\n" "وحدة التخزين." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "يُظهر الطراز طراز الجهاز." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "التوصيل حسب تشير إلى كيفية إجراء توصيل نظام \n" "الملفات: (النواة) حسب اسم النواة (التسمية) تسمية نظام الملفات، (UUID) \n" "حسب ملف النظام UUID، (المعرف) حسب معرف الجهاز، و(المسار) حسب مسار الجهاز.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "تشير علامة استفهام (؟) إلى \n" @@ -6613,8 +6454,8 @@ "يدويًا أو بواسطة أحد أنظمة التوصيل التلقائي. عند تغيير إعداد حجم هذا \n" "لن يتم تحديث YaST<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6622,20 +6463,18 @@ "يُظهر العمود نقطة التوصيل النقطة التي يتم عندها توصيل\n" "نظام الملفات." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "تشير النجمة (*) الموجودة بعد نقطة التوصيل\n" -"إلى أحد أنظمة الملفات غير الموصل حاليًا (على سبيل المثال، بسبب تعيين الخيار " -"<tt>لا تلقائي</tt> في <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." +"إلى أحد أنظمة الملفات غير الموصل حاليًا (على سبيل المثال، بسبب تعيين الخيار <tt>لا تلقائي</tt> في <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6643,8 +6482,8 @@ "يُظهر عدد الأسطوانات عدد\n" "الأسطوانات التي يحتوي عليها القرص الصلب." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6652,8 +6491,8 @@ "تُظهر خوارزمية المساواة خوارزمية المساواة\n" "لأجهزة RAID بأنواع RAID 5 أو 6 أو 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6661,13 +6500,13 @@ "يُظهر حجم النطاق الفعلي حجم النطاق الفعلي\n" "لمجموعات وحدة تخزين LVM." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "إصدار RAID يظهر إصدار RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6675,13 +6514,13 @@ "يُظهر نوع RAID نوع RAID، المسمى\n" "مستوى RAID، لأجهزة RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "يُظهر الحجم حجم الجهاز." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6689,8 +6528,8 @@ "يُظهر العمود أسطوانة البداية أسطوانة البداية\n" "للقسم." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6698,8 +6537,8 @@ "الأشرطة يظهر عدد أشرطة وحدات التخزين المنطقية \n" "LVM، وإذا كان أكبر من واحد، يتم عرض حجم الشريط بين أقواس.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6707,8 +6546,8 @@ "يعطي النوع نظرة عامة\n" "حول نوع الجهاز." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6716,8 +6555,8 @@ "معرف الجهاز يظهر معرفات الأجهزة \n" "الثابتة. يمكن ترك هذا الحقل فارغًا.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6725,8 +6564,8 @@ "يُظهر مسار الجهاز مسار الجهاز\n" "الثابت. يمكن أن يُترك هذا الحقل فارغًا." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6734,8 +6573,8 @@ "المستخدم بواسطة يظهر إذا كان الجهاز يستخدم بواسطة\n" "RAID أو LVM. إذا كان الجهاز غير مستخدم، يتم ترك هذا العمود فارغًا.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6743,236 +6582,236 @@ "يُظهر UUID المعرف الفريد العمومي\n" "لنظام الملفات." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "يُظهر البائع بائع الجهاز." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "الجهاز: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "الحجم: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "القرص %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "النوع: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "التنسيق: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "مشفر: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "نظام الملفات: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "نقطة التوصيل: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "موصل بواسطة: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "مستخدم بواسطة %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "التسمية: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "مسار الجهاز: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "معرف الجهاز %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "معرف BIOS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "تسمية القرص: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "البائع: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "الطراز: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "الناقل: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "بيانات التعريف: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "حجم النطاق الفعلي: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "الشرائح: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "إصدار RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "نوع RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "حجم الكتلة: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "خوارزمية المساواة: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "عدد الأسطوانات: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "حجم الأسطوانة: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "أسطوانة البداية: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "أسطوانة النهاية: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "حجم القطاع: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "مُعرف FS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "مسار الملف: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "معرف المنفذ: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "يحتوي الجدول على:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "الجهاز:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "نظام الملفات:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "القرص الصلب:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "قناة الألياف الصناعية:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "يحتوي العرض على:" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6980,8 +6819,8 @@ "تم قفل نظام التخزين الفرعي بواسطة تطبيق غير معروف.\n" "يجب إنهاء هذا التطبيق قبل المتابعة." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6989,37 +6828,33 @@ "تم قفل نظام التخزين الفرعي بواسطة التطبيق \"%1\" (%2).\n" "يجب إنهاء هذا التطبيق قبل المتابعة." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"تعذر إعادة تغيير الحجم نتيجة لوجود نظام ملفات غير متناسق. حاول الكشف على " -"نظام ملفات نظام Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "تعذر إعادة تغيير الحجم نتيجة لوجود نظام ملفات غير متناسق. حاول الكشف على نظام ملفات نظام Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "نظام الملفات لقسم الجذر" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "نظام الملفات لقسم Home" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "تكبير الت بديل للتعليق" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "إعدادات الاقتراح" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" @@ -7029,8 +6864,8 @@ "اختراقتراح مستند إلى LVM لـ LVM عادي واقتراح مستند إلى\n" "LVM مشفَّر إذا كنت تريد تشفير النظام." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7039,12 +6874,11 @@ msgstr "" "يمكن تحديد نظام الملفات لقسم الجذر باستخدام مربع\n" "التحرير والسرد المقابل. مع نظام الملفات BtrFS، يتمكن الاقتراح \n" -"من تمكين اللقطات التلقائية باستخدام أداة الالتقاط. وسيؤدي هذا أيضًا إلى " -"زيادة\n" +"من تمكين اللقطات التلقائية باستخدام أداة الالتقاط. وسيؤدي هذا أيضًا إلى زيادة\n" "حجم القسم الجذر." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." @@ -7052,8 +6886,8 @@ "يمكن للاقتراح إنشاء قسم home منفصل. يمكن تحديد نظام الملفات\n" " لقسم home باستخدام مربع التحرير والسرد المقابل." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." @@ -7061,79 +6895,79 @@ "يمكن جعل قسم المبادلة كبيرًا بما يكفي لاستخدامه في تعليق\n" "النظام بالقرص في معظم الحالات." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "أدخل كلمة السر الخاصة بتشفير الاقتراح." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "كلمة السر:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "أعد إدخال كلمة السر من أجل التحقق‏:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "اقتراح مستند إلى قسم" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "اقتراح مستند إلى LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "اقتراح مشفر مستند إلى LVM" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "التوصيل الافتراضي بواسطة:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "نظام الملفات الافتراضي:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "إظهار أجهزة التخزين حسب:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "محاذاة القسم:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "المعلومات المرئية في أجهزة التخزين:" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "نظام الملف الجذر الأول"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97433 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '17

14 Sep '17

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:16:31 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97433 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/caasp.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/caasp.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/caasp.nl.po 2017-09-14 14:15:32 UTC (rev 97432) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/caasp.nl.po 2017-09-14 14:16:31 UTC (rev 97433) @@ -14,34 +14,34 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "Installeren" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" msgstr "" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ "Please, enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -59,29 +59,24 @@ "Would you like to continue with the installation?" msgstr "" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: " -"%{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %{message}" msgstr "" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." msgstr "" -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2017-09-14 14:15:32 UTC (rev 97432) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2017-09-14 14:16:31 UTC (rev 97433) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Toetsenbordconfiguratie." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Overzicht van toetsenbordconfiguratie." -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Hier kunt u nieuwe waarden voor de toetsenbordconfiguratie instellen." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Toont alle beschikbare toetsenbordindelingen." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Nieuwe toetsenbordindeling" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Huidige toetsenbordindeling: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de " -"mogelijke waarden te bekijken." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Toetsenbordindeling" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Toetsenbordindeling" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -79,88 +76,81 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule " -"verfijnen.\n" -"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -"keyboard</tt>.\n" +"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule verfijnen.\n" +"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" "Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Instellingen die hier worden ingesteld, zijn alleen van toepassing op het " -"toetsenbord van de console. Configureer het toetsenbord voor de grafische " -"gebruikersinterface met een ander hulpprogramma.\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Instellingen die hier worden ingesteld, zijn alleen van toepassing op het toetsenbord van de console. Configureer het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface met een ander hulpprogramma.\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Geavanceerde toetsenbordinstellingen" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "Herhalings&snelheid" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "Ver&traging voordat herhaling begint" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Opstartstatussen" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "&Num lock aan" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOS-instellingen" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<Onaangeraakt>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "CapsLock &deactiveren" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Test" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "Geavan&ceerd..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -168,27 +158,25 @@ "\n" "<big>Toetsenbordconfiguratie</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kies de toetsenbordindeling die u wilt gebruiken\n" "voor de installatie en het geïnstalleerde systeem. \n" "Test de indeling in Test.\n" -"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer " -"Geavanceerd.\n" +"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer Geavanceerd.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -198,30 +186,26 @@ "Indien onzeker, gebruik dan de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kies de toetsenbordindeling die u in het systeem wilt gebruiken.\n" -"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteert u " -"Geavanceerd.\n" -"Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw " -"bureaubladomgeving.\n" +"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteert u Geavanceerd.\n" +"Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw bureaubladomgeving.\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Toetsenbordconfiguratie van het systeem" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -229,12 +213,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -244,190 +228,183 @@ "dan er geïnstalleerd is op het te updaten systeem.\n" "Selecteer de layout welke tijdens de update gebruikt moet worden." -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "Kan X11-toetsenbord niet instellen op '%s'." -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Toetsenbordindeling<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Taal<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Lokalisatie-instellingen" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Taal" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Taalconfiguratie." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Overzicht van taalconfiguratie" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Nieuwe waarden voor taal instellen" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Alle beschikbare talen tonen." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Nieuwe waarde voor de taal" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lijst van beschikbare talen (gescheiden door komma's)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "Geen taalspecifieke pakketten installeren" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Taalconfiguratie opslaan" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Taal- en console-instellingen opslaan" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Betrokken pakketten installeren en deïnstalleren" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Vertalingen in bootloadermenu bijwerken" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Taal- en console-instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Betrokken pakketten worden geïnstalleerd en gedeïnstalleerd..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Vertalingen in bootloadermenu worden bijgewerkt..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." -msgstr "" -"De configuratie wordt opgeslagen Even geduld a.u.b... " +msgstr "De configuratie wordt opgeslagen Even geduld a.u.b... " -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Huidige taal: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Aanvullende talen: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke " -"waarden te bekijken." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Taal" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Talen" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Welkom bij Systeemreparatie" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "&Secundaire talen" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "Primaire &taal" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor primaire taal" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en " -"secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer " -"nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n" +"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n" "" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -439,8 +416,8 @@ "installatie en het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -450,8 +427,8 @@ "Klik op Volgende om door te gaan naar de volgende dialoog.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -463,8 +440,8 @@ "instellingen bevestigt in de laatste installatiedialoog.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -476,9 +453,9 @@ "installatieproces af te breken.\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -488,8 +465,8 @@ "Kies de nieuwe taal voor uw systeem.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -499,28 +476,21 @@ "Kies de nieuwe primaire taal voor uw systeem.\n" "\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer de optie Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen om de " -"toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n" -"Selecteer de optie Tijdzone aanpassen om de huidige tijdzone aan te " -"passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al " -"zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk " -"uitgeschakeld.\n" +"Selecteer de optie Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen om de toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n" +"Selecteer de optie Tijdzone aanpassen om de huidige tijdzone aan te passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk uitgeschakeld.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -529,27 +499,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Secundaire talen \n" -"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt " -"gaan gebruiken.\n" +"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt gaan gebruiken.\n" "\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Er zijn onopgeloste pakketafhankelijkheden." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." msgstr "" -"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen " -"installeren.\n" +"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen installeren.\n" "Verwijder enkele talen uit de selectie." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -559,13 +527,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen voor de taal verfijnen.\n" -"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -"language</tt>.\n" +"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" "Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -573,78 +540,67 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Regio-instellingen voor gebruiker 'root'\n" -"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn " -"ingesteld." +"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn ingesteld." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Alleen ctype: de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een " -"normale gebruiker.\n" +"Alleen ctype: de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een normale gebruiker.\n" "Andere waarden zijn niet ingesteld. \n" -"Ja: de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een " -"normale gebruiker. \n" -"Nee: de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen " -"ingesteld.\n" +"Ja: de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een normale gebruiker. \n" +"Nee: de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen ingesteld.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik Gedetailleerde instellingen om een lokaliteit voor de " -"primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De " -"vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit." +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Gebruik Gedetailleerde instellingen om een lokaliteit voor de primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit." -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Taaldetails" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Regio-instellingen voor gebruiker '&root'" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "Alleen ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "&UTF-8 codering gebruiken" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "Ge&detailleerde lokalisatie-instellingen" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "&Toetsenbordindeling aan '%1' aanpassen" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "&Tijdzone aan '%1' aanpassen" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to be used during\n" @@ -652,41 +608,40 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Downloaden van extensie voor de taal van het installatiesysteem..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" "\n" "Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." msgstr "" -"De taal '%{language}' is niet aangetroffen in de lijst van ondersteunde " -"talen\n" +"De taal '%{language}' is niet aangetroffen in de lijst van ondersteunde talen\n" "in %{directory}.\n" "\n" "De terugvaltaal %{fallback} zal worden gebruikt." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Primaire taal: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -694,87 +649,84 @@ "De vertaling van de primaire taal is nog niet voltooid.\n" "Sommige teksten kunnen in het Engels worden weergegeven.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal " -"zal worden\n" -"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het " -"nieuwe systeem." +"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal zal worden\n" +"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het nieuwe systeem." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Tijdzoneconfiguratie." -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Overicht van tijdzoneconfiguratie" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Hier kunt u nieuwe waarden voor de tijdzone instellen." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Alle beschikbare tijdzones tonen" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Nieuwe tijdzone" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"Nieuwe waarde voor hardwareklok. Dit kan 'lokaal', 'utc' of 'UTC' zijn." +msgstr "Nieuwe waarde voor hardwareklok. Dit kan 'lokaal', 'utc' of 'UTC' zijn." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Huidige tijdzone:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Hardware-klok instellen op:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Lokale tijd" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Huidige datum en tijd:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -782,46 +734,40 @@ "De tijd %1 ligt in het verleden.\n" "Stel de juiste tijd in voordat u de installatie start." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Tijdzone" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "&Tijdzone" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij " -"Hardwareklok ingesteld op.\n" -"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben " -"(zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n" +"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij Hardwareklok ingesteld op.\n" +"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben (zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n" "Computers met alleen Linux worden normaliter\n" "ingesteld op Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen " -"van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n" +"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n" "\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -833,24 +779,19 @@ "\n" "Opmerking: De interne systeemklok zoals gebruikt door de Linux-kernel moet\n" "altijd in UTC zijn, omdat dit de referentie is voor de juiste lokale tijd\n" -"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, " -"kijk\n" -"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over " -"neveneffecten.\n" +"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, kijk\n" +"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over neveneffecten.\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -858,78 +799,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te " -"zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" -"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op " -"Annuleren te klikken.\n" +"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" +"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op Annuleren te klikken.\n" "\n" -"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per " -"jaar aanpassen\n" -"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet " -"omschakelt, kunnen\n" -"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, " -"etc.\n" +"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per jaar aanpassen\n" +"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet omschakelt, kunnen\n" +"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, etc.\n" "\n" "Als u UTC gebruikt zal Linux de tijd automatisch aanpassen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u doorgaan met uw keuze (lokale tijd)?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan " -"op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "Klik op Accepteren om uw wijzigingen op te slaan." -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Huidige datum in de opmaak DD-MM-JJJJ" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Huidige tijd in de opmaak UU:MM:SS" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Huidige datum" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Huidige tijd" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Handmatig" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Tijd nu wijzigen" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Met NTP-server synchroniseren" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Datum en tijd wijzigen" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -937,8 +869,8 @@ "Onjuiste tijd (UU:MM:SS) %1\n" "Geef de juiste tijd op.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -946,49 +878,49 @@ "Onjuiste datum (DD-MM-JJJJ) %1\n" "Geef de juiste datum op.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Andere in&stellingen..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Datum en tijd (NTP is ingesteld)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Datum en tijd" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Hardwareklok instellen op UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Regio" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Tijdzone" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Datum en tijd:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -996,356 +928,352 @@ "\n" "<big>Tijdzone- en klokinstellingen</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer eerst de regio om de tijdzone te kiezen die u op uw systeem " -"wilt gebruiken..\n" -"Selecteer vervolgens bij Tijdzone de juiste tijdzone, land of regio " -"uit de lijst.\n" +"Selecteer eerst de regio om de tijdzone te kiezen die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken..\n" +"Selecteer vervolgens bij Tijdzone de juiste tijdzone, land of regio uit de lijst.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op Wijzigen om dit aan " -"te passen.\n" +"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op Wijzigen om dit aan te passen.\n" "" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Configuratie van klok en tijdzone" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Selecteer een geldige tijdzone." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Lokale tijd" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Hardware-klok instellen op" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP-geconfigureerd" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Huidige tijdzone: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Engels (VS)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Engels (UK)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "Duits" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Duits (met dode toetsen)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Duits (Zwitserland)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "Frans" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Frans (Zwitsers)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Frans (Canada)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Canada (meertalig)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Spaans" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Spaans (Latijns-Amerikaans)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Spaans (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiaans" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugees" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugees (Brazilië)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugees (Brazilië -- VS-accenten)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Grieks" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Nederlands" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Deens" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Noors" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Zweeds" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Fins" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tsjechisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Tsjechisch (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slowaaks" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slowaaks (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Sloveens" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Hongaars" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Pools" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Servisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Ests" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litouws" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turks" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Kroatisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japans" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "IJslands" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Oekraïens" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreaans" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabisch" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadzjieks" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Traditioneel Chinees" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Vereenvoudigd Chinees" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Roemeens" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "US internationaal" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Spaans (Asturisch)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2017-09-14 14:15:32 UTC (rev 97432) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2017-09-14 14:16:31 UTC (rev 97433) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -37,60 +37,60 @@ "\n" "Wanneer u ondanks deze waarschuwing toch wilt doorgaan, klik dan op Ja.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Aangepaste partitionering" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiseren..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "Volumes worden gedetecteerd." -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Opslagconfiguratie" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Schijven en partities weergeven" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Schijven weergeven" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Partities weergeven" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Voorgestelde partitionering" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Aanvullende partitioner..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "Partitie-instellingen &maken..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -98,28 +98,27 @@ "Geen automatisch voorstel mogelijk.\n" "Specificeer de aankoppelpunten handmatig in de dialoog 'Partitioneren'." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Voorstelinstellingen bewerken" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" "displayed is proposed for your hard drive." msgstr "" "\n" -"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde " -"partitioneringsvoorstel\n" +"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde partitioneringsvoorstel\n" "voor uw vaste schijf word voorgesteld." -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -133,8 +132,8 @@ "kiest %1 en wijzigt u de instellingen in de\n" "geavanceerde dialoog voor partitioneren.\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -152,31 +151,27 @@ "Deze optie bevat ook andere geavanceerde\n" "instellingen als RAID en versleuteling.\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Het gevraagde voorstel kan niet worden uitgevoerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"Er is niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar om snapshots voor root-volume voor " -"te stellen." +msgstr "Er is niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar om snapshots voor root-volume voor te stellen." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "" -"Er is niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar om afzonderlijke /home voor te " -"stellen." +msgstr "Er is niet voldoende ruimte beschikbaar om afzonderlijke /home voor te stellen." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "Niets aangewezen als hoofdbestandssysteem. Kan niet doorgaan." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -184,22 +179,22 @@ "Door het berekenen van dit voorstel worden de handmatige wijzigingen\n" "overschrijven. Toch doorgaan met berekenen?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Schijven voorbereiden ..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -209,9 +204,9 @@ "gebruikt\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -221,9 +216,9 @@ "vrij\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -231,25 +226,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows vrij (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -259,9 +254,9 @@ "Kies de nieuwe grootte voor uw windowspartitie.\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -277,9 +272,9 @@ "moment blijft uw Windowspartitie ongewijzigd.\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -293,23 +288,23 @@ "aanpassing van uw Windows partitie overslaan.\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Nu" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Na installatie" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -325,9 +320,9 @@ "(na aanpassing van de afmeting van de partitie).\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -341,9 +336,9 @@ "beide invoervelden om de voorgestelde waarde aan te passen.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -357,29 +352,29 @@ "benodigde partities automatisch worden aangemaakt.\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows gebruik" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "vrij" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -393,9 +388,9 @@ "worden aangemaakt.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -404,13 +399,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows-gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw " -"Windowspartitie.\n" +"Windows-gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw Windowspartitie.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -422,13 +416,13 @@ "installatie) op de partitie.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Afmeting Windows partitie aanpassen" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -454,9 +448,9 @@ "het Windows-apparaat, inclusief de Windows-werkruimte en de\n" "ruimte voor %2.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -473,8 +467,8 @@ "\n" "Even geduld aub.\n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -496,14 +490,14 @@ "Als het probleem de volgende keer zich weer voordoet zult u\n" "uw windowspartitie op een andere manier moeten verkleinen.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "Voor een installatie is de beschikbare ruimte ontoereikend." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -523,17 +517,15 @@ "\t Windowspartitie op een andere manier.\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste " -"partitionering." +msgstr "Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste partitionering." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -554,10 +546,10 @@ "Kies een andere schijf of breek de installatie af om\n" "uw Windows partitie op een andere manier te verkleinen.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -575,10 +567,10 @@ "Kies aub een andere schijf of breek de installatie af om\n" "uw Windows partitie op een andere manier te verkleinen.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -606,14 +598,14 @@ "\n" "Weet u zeker dat u uw Windows partitie wilt verkleinen?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "&Windows verkleinen" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -627,13 +619,13 @@ "\n" "Weet u zeker dat u uw Windowspartitie wilt verwijderen?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "Windows &verwijderen" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -645,41 +637,38 @@ "Voor de installatie van Linux moet u meer partities \n" "selecteren om een grotere schijf te verwijderen of selecteren." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "Beschikbare &schijfs" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "&Aangepaste partitionering (voor experts)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Vaste schijf" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Geen schijfs gevonden. Gebruik de update-CD - voor zover beschikbaar - voor " -"installatie." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Geen schijfs gevonden. Gebruik de update-CD - voor zover beschikbaar - voor installatie." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -687,25 +676,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U ziet hier alle vaste schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn " -"gevonden.\n" +"U ziet hier alle vaste schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn gevonden.\n" "Selecteer de vaste schijf waar &product; op geïnstalleerd moet worden.\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U kunt later het deel van uw vaste schijf selecteren wat voor &product; " -"gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"U kunt later het deel van uw vaste schijf selecteren wat voor &product; gebruikt moet worden.\n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -717,33 +704,31 @@ "\n" "\n" "Voor ervaren gebruikers bestaat de optie Aangepaste partitionering\n" -"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde " -"schijven\n" -"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie " -"van &product;.\n" +"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde schijven\n" +"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie van &product;.\n" "\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Harde schijf voorbereiden" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Selecteer één van de opties om verder te gaan." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "Schijf %1 wordt gebruikt door %2" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -754,65 +739,64 @@ "Dit is alleen voor experts.\n" "Mogelijk raakt u uw ondersteuning kwijt als u deze functie gebruikt.\n" "\n" -"Raadpleeg de handleiding om te controleren of uw aangepaste partitionering " -"voldoet aan de vereisten van dit product." +"Raadpleeg de handleiding om te controleren of uw aangepaste partitionering voldoet aan de vereisten van dit product." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "Multipad activeren?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -820,44 +804,43 @@ "Geen momentopnamen mogelijk.\n" "Gebruik een grotere hoofdpartitie." -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "De /home-partitie zal niet worden geformatteerd. Controleer na installatie\n" -"of de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn " -"ingesteld." +"of de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn ingesteld." -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Aangepast" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Standaard" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionering" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&Partitionering" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Bestandsysteemconfiguratie opslaan..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -865,15 +848,15 @@ "De huidige selectie is ongeldig:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, niet toegewezen" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -881,16 +864,16 @@ "Schijfgebieden om te gebruiken\n" "voor het installeren van %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "&Gehele harde schijf gebruiken" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -898,8 +881,8 @@ "Er zijn geen partities op deze schijf gevonden.\n" "De gehele schijf zal voor %1 gebruikt gaan worden." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -907,18 +890,18 @@ "Het lijkt er op dat deze schijf door Windows wordt gebruikt.\n" "Er is niet genoeg ruimte voor de installatie van Linux." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Windows geheel verwij&deren" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "Window&spartitie verkleinen" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -928,8 +911,8 @@ "Selecteer waar &product; op uw vaste schijf geïnstalleerd moet worden.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -937,13 +920,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven " -"partities\n" +"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven partities\n" "of vrije gebieden.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -957,8 +939,8 @@ "Dit kan ook effect hebben op andere besturingssystemen.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -966,22 +948,20 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich " -"bevindende \n" -"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet " -"mogelijk.\n" +"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich bevindende \n" +"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet mogelijk.\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Installatie op:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -990,15 +970,13 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De geselecteerde vaste schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er " -"is\n" -"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel " -"verwijderen\n" +"De geselecteerde vaste schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er is\n" +"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel verwijderen\n" "of de ruimte verkleinen om zo genoeg ruimte te krijgen.\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -1011,32 +989,31 @@ "Als u Windows verwijderd, zal alle data op deze partitie onherroepelijk\n" "verloren gaan tijdens het installeren. Bij het verkleinen van Windows\n" "raden we u sterk aan om een reservekopie te maken, dit omdat de data\n" -"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel " -"eens.\n" +"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel eens.\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Aparte &home-partitie voorstellen" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM-gebaseerd voorstel aanmaken" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Volumegroep versleutelen" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Voorsteltype" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1050,8 +1027,8 @@ "\n" "Echt deze instelling gebruiken?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1060,15 +1037,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "U wilt een FAT-partitie aankoppelen op één van de volgende\n" -"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk " -"problemen\n" -"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze koppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals " -"ext3 of ext4.\n" +"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk problemen\n" +"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze koppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1077,14 +1052,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "U wilt een FAT-partitie koppelen aan \n" -"koppelpunt /opstarten. Dit zal hoogst waarschijnlijk problemen veroorzaken. " -"Gebruik voor\n" +"koppelpunt /opstarten. Dit zal hoogst waarschijnlijk problemen veroorzaken. Gebruik voor\n" "dit koppelpunt een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1099,9 +1073,9 @@ "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1117,8 +1091,8 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1138,8 +1112,8 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze instellingen echt gebruiken?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1153,8 +1127,8 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze grootte voor de opstartpositie behouden?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1163,17 +1137,15 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Waarschuwing: er is geen partitie van het type bios_grub aanwezig.\n" -"Een dergelijke partitie wordt aanbevolen (vereist met Btrfs) wanneer Grub2 " -"wordt\n" -"geïnstalleerd in de MBR van een GPT-schijf. Deze moet ongeformatteerd zijn " -"en\n" +"Een dergelijke partitie wordt aanbevolen (vereist met Btrfs) wanneer Grub2 wordt\n" +"geïnstalleerd in de MBR van een GPT-schijf. Deze moet ongeformatteerd zijn en\n" "ongeveer 1 MB groot zijn.\n" "Wilt u deze installatie werkelijk gebruiken?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1191,8 +1163,8 @@ "\n" "Wilt u de instelling zonder /boot-partitie echt gebruiken?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1212,21 +1184,20 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" "%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Waarschuwing: een aantal subvolumes van het hoofdbestandssysteem is " -"geschaduwd door\n" +"Waarschuwing: een aantal subvolumes van het hoofdbestandssysteem is geschaduwd door\n" "koppelpunten van een ander bestandssysteem. Dit kan problemen veroorzaken.\n" "%s\n" "Weet u zeker dat u deze instellingen wilt gebruiken?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1242,8 +1213,8 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1267,8 +1238,8 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1292,20 +1263,19 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze instelling gebruiken?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1321,8 +1291,8 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze instelling zonder wisselgeheugen gebruiken?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1334,8 +1304,8 @@ "zal worden. YaST kan niet garanderen dat uw installatie goed zal\n" "verlopen, met name in alle volgende gevallen:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1347,32 +1317,30 @@ "overschreven zal worden\n" "- wanneer deze partitie nog geen bestandssysteem bevat\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Bij twijfel kunt u beter teruggaan en deze partitie markeren om\n" "geformatteerd te worden, vooral als het is toegewezen aan één\n" "van de standaard koppelpunten zoals /, /boot, /opt of /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Als u besluit om de partitie te formatteren, zullen alle gegevens ervan " -"verloren gaan.\n" +"Als u besluit om de partitie te formatteren, zullen alle gegevens ervan verloren gaan.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de partitie niet geformatteerd laten?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1380,8 +1348,8 @@ "Het geselecteerde apparaat hoort bij RAID (%1).\n" "Verwijdere het apparaat uit de RAID voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1389,8 +1357,8 @@ "Het geselecteerde apparaat behoort bij volumegroep (%1).\n" "Verwijder het apparaat ui de volumegroep voordat u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1398,8 +1366,8 @@ "Het geselecteerde apparaat hoort bij volume (%1).\n" "Verwijder het volume voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1407,8 +1375,8 @@ "Het apparaat (%2) behoort bij RAID (%1).\n" "Verwijder het apparaat uit de RAID voor u het verwijderd.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1416,40 +1384,35 @@ "Het apparaat (%2) is in gebruik bij %1.\n" "Verwijder %1 voordat u het apparaat verwijdertverwijdert.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Kan niet verwijderd worden terwijl deze is gekoppeld." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische " -"partitie \n" +"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische partitie \n" "is en er een andere logische partitie met een hoger nummer in gebruik is.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die " -"aangekoppeld zijn:\n" +"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te ontkoppelen voordat u de " -"uitgebreide\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te ontkoppelen voordat u de uitgebreide\n" "partitie gaat verwijderen.\n" "Kies Annuleren tenzij u heel zeker weet waarmee u bezig bent.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1463,8 +1426,8 @@ "partities van hun respectievelijke volume groepen voordat\n" "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1478,8 +1441,8 @@ "partities van hun respectievelijke RAID systemen ongedaan voordat\n" "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1491,8 +1454,8 @@ "die in gebruik is. Verwijder de gebruikte partitie voordat u\n" "de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijdert.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1509,31 +1472,31 @@ "\n" "Wilt u de huidige instellingen behouden?\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Geef uw wachtwoord op voor het gecodeerde bestandssysteem." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Vergeet niet wat u hier hebt ingevuld!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Een leeg wachtwoord is toegestaan." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor versleuteld bestandssysteem op %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1541,38 +1504,38 @@ "Voer uw wachtwoord voor versleuteling van apparaat\n" "%1 aangekoppeld op %2 in.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Voer uw wachtwoord in voor het versleutelde bestandssysteem" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Voer een wachtwoord in voor uw bestandssysteem:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Herhaal het wachtwoord ter &controle:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Overslaan" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1582,10 +1545,10 @@ "het wachtwoord zijn niet gelijk!\n" "Probeer het nog eens.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1593,10 +1556,10 @@ "U heeft geen wachtwoord opgegeven.\n" "Probeer het nog eens aub.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1604,17 +1567,17 @@ "Het wachtwoord moet uit tenminste %1 karakters bestaan.\n" "Probeer het nog eens.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Geen drijvendekomma-getal." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Bestandssysteem opties:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1622,15 +1585,14 @@ "Het letterteken '/' is niet langer toegestaan in een volumelabel.\n" "Wijzig uw volumelabel en verwijder dit letterteken.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" @@ -1638,64 +1600,61 @@ "apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan worden gewijzigd, zodat\n" "het te koppelen bestandssysteem kan worden gevonden door te zoeken\n" "naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen worden\n" -"gekoppeld via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, is " -"dit\n" +"gekoppeld via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, is dit\n" "verder niet mogelijk.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" -"De naam die in dit veld wordt opgegeven, wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit " -"heeft gewoonlijk alleen betekenis\n" +"De naam die in dit veld wordt opgegeven, wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft gewoonlijk alleen betekenis\n" "als u de optie voor koppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" "Een volumelabel kan geen /-teken of spaties bevatten.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Gemount in /etc/fstab door" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Apparaatnaam" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "Volume &label" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "Apparaat-&ID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Apparaat-&pad" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab-opties:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1705,70 +1664,70 @@ "De maximale lengte van een volumelabel voor het geselecteerde\n" "bestandssysteem is %1. Uw volumelabel is afgekapt op deze afmeting.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Geef een volumelabel op om via een label te kunnen mounten." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Dit volumelabel is al in gebruik. Kies een andere aub." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "Bestands&systeem" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "O&pties..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Momentopnamen inschakelen" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "Apparaat v&ersleutelen" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "Bestandssysteem &ID:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formatteren" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&Niet formatteren" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatteren" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fs&tab opties" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Mountpunt" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1792,8 +1751,8 @@ "\n" "Doorgaan?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1801,80 +1760,69 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Het bestandssysteem op de partitie kan niet door YaST2 worden verkleind.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " -"bestandssysteem toe." +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de het logische volume kan niet door YaST2 worden " -"verkleind.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " -"bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de het logische volume kan niet door YaST2 worden verkleind.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." -msgstr "" -"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." +msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "" -"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische " -"volume." +msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische volume." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Doorgaan?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 worden " -"uitgebreid.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " -"bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 worden uitgebreid.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 " -"worden uitgebreid.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " -"bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 worden uitgebreid.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Doorgaan met vergroten/verkleinen?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "U hebt een partitie met daarop een reiser-bestandssysteem verkleind." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser-bestandssysteem verkleind." +msgstr "U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser-bestandssysteem verkleind." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1883,30 +1831,26 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om een reiser-bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is " -"echter\n" -"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw " -"gegevens te maken.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om een reiser-bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is echter\n" +"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw gegevens te maken.\n" "\n" "Bestandssysteem nu verkleinen?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Het geselecteerde apparaat bevat partities die momenteel aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst te ontkoppelen voordat u de " -"partitietabel verwijderd.\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst te ontkoppelen voordat u de partitietabel verwijderd.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1920,8 +1864,8 @@ "partities uit hun respectievelijke volumegroepen\n" "voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1935,8 +1879,8 @@ "van de partities aan hun respectievelijke RAID-systemen\n" "ongedaan voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1948,51 +1892,49 @@ "die in gebruik is bij een ander volume. Verwijder eerst het volume\n" "voordat u het apparaat verwijdert.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "Maak en verwijder subvolumes van een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Schakel automatisch momentopnamen voor een Btrfs-bestandssysteem met " -"Snapper in." +msgstr "Schakel automatisch momentopnamen voor een Btrfs-bestandssysteem met Snapper in." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Bestaande subvolumes:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nieuw subvolume" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Nieuwe toevoegen" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Behandelen van subvolumes" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Lege naam van subvolume is niet toegestaan." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -2000,17 +1942,16 @@ "Alleen namen van subvolumes die met \"%1\" beginnen zijn toegestaan!\n" "Automatisch \"%1\" voor de naam van het subvolume zetten." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Naam %1 van subvolume bestaat al." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." -msgstr "" -"De wijzigingen die in dit dialoogvenster zijn ingevoerd, gaan verloren." +msgstr "De wijzigingen die in dit dialoogvenster zijn ingevoerd, gaan verloren." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2020,8 +1961,8 @@ "Een versleuteld bestandssysteem aanmaken.\n" "\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2031,8 +1972,8 @@ "Een versleuteld bestandssysteem benaderen.\n" "\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2046,69 +1987,63 @@ "is het net zo veilig als elk ander Linux bestandssysteem.\n" "\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp " -"of /var/tmp.\n" +"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n" "Als u het wachtwoord voor versleuteling leeg laat, zal het systeem een \n" "willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem maken.\n" "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n" "gaan wanneer het systeem wordt afgesloten.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van " -"uw bestandssysteem.\n" +"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van uw bestandssysteem.\n" "Het is belangrijk dat u uw wachtwoord zorgvuldig uitkiest. Een combinatie\n" "van cijfers en letters wordt aanbevolen. Om er zeker van te kunnen zijn dat\n" "het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven moet u het tweemaal opgeven.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "U moet onderscheidt maken tussen grote en kleine letters. Een wachtwoord\n" -"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale " -"karakters\n" +"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale karakters\n" "bevatten (bijv: letters met accent tekens of umlauts).\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2122,10 +2057,10 @@ "letters (<tt>A-Za-z</tt>) en de cijfers <tt>0</tt> tot en met <tt>9</tt>.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2135,8 +2070,8 @@ "Vergeet dit wachtwoord niet!\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2146,25 +2081,22 @@ "U moet uw wachtwoord voor versleuteling opgeven.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als het versleutelde bestandsysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom " -"niet\n" -" nodig is voor de update, kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat geval " -"wordt er \n" +"Als het versleutelde bestandsysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom niet\n" +" nodig is voor de update, kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat geval wordt er \n" " geen toegang verkregen tot het bestandsysteem tijdens de update.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2179,13 +2111,12 @@ "met uw installatie tijdens het opstarten, omdat de schijf waarop \n" "uw partitie /boot zich bevindt, geen GPT-schijflabel bevat.\n" "\n" -"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te " -"starten.\n" +"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te starten.\n" "\n" "Als u deze schijf moet gebruiken voor de installatie, moet u het \n" "schijflabel met de geavanceerde partitionering vernietigen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2199,18 +2130,18 @@ "\n" "U moet alle partities op deze schijf markeren voor verwijdering.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "U kunt het aankoppelpunt \"%1\" niet voor LVM gebruiken.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "U kunt het aankoppelpunt %1 niet voor RAID gebruiken." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2219,16 +2150,15 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het " -"besturingssysteem\n" +"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het besturingssysteem\n" "nodig heeft tijdens het opstarten, niet automatisch aan te koppelen.\n" "\n" "Dit kan problemen veroorzaken.\n" " \n" "Wilt u dit echt doen?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2245,49 +2175,46 @@ " \n" "Wilt u dit echt doen?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Mountpunt mag niet leeg zijn." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Swapapparaten moeten 'swap' als mountpunt hebben." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Alleen swapapparaten mogen 'swap' als mountpoint hebben." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Dit aankoppelpunt is al in gebruik. Kies een ander aankoppelpunt aub." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /" -"var, /home).\n" +"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Dat is niet mogelijk." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Ongeldig teken in mountpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een mountpunt." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Ongeldig teken in mountpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een mountpunt." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2297,13 +2224,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "en var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Uw aankoppelpunt moet beginnen met een \"/\" " -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2311,10 +2238,10 @@ "De koppelpuntswap mag niet worden toegewezen\n" "aan een apparaat zonder wisselbestandssysteem." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2324,8 +2251,8 @@ "De grootte die u hebt ingevoerd (na afronding omhoog) is %2.\n" "De minimumgrootte voor dit bestandssysteem is %3.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2334,8 +2261,8 @@ "toe te wijzen aan een apparaat met een niet-bestaand\n" "of onbekend bestandssysteem." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2357,30 +2284,29 @@ "\n" "Wilt u dit bestandssysteem gebruiken?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Het bestandssysteem is nu gekoppeld op %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu proberen het te ontkoppelen, doorgaan zonder ontkoppelen of " -"annuleren.\n" +"U kunt nu proberen het te ontkoppelen, doorgaan zonder ontkoppelen of annuleren.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Afkoppelen" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2388,88 +2314,82 @@ "U kunt nu proberen het te ontkoppelen of annuleren.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het " -"is gekoppeld." +msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het is gekoppeld." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is " -"gekoppeld." +msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is gekoppeld." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen " -"terwijl het is gekoppeld." +msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen terwijl het is gekoppeld." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Apparaten opnieuw scannen" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Mountpunten importeren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Gecodeerde &wachtwoorden opgeven..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "&iSCSI instellen..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "&FCoE configureren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Configureer &multipad..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Configureer &DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Configureer &zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Configureer &XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Configureren…" -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Beschikbare opslag op %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "Dit beeld toont alle beschikbare opslagapparaten." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2479,8 +2399,8 @@ "het beeld gaan om gedetailleerde informatie over het\n" "apparaat te krijgen.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2488,8 +2408,8 @@ "Door een tabelelement te selecteren kunt u\n" "door het beeld heen met gedetailleerde informatie over het apparaat." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2497,8 +2417,8 @@ "Het opnieuw scannen van schijven annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" "Echt de schijven opnieuw scannen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2506,30 +2426,28 @@ "Het aanroepen van de iSCSI-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de iSCSI-configuratie toch aanroepen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Als u de FCoE-configuratie aanroept, worden alle huidige wijzigingen " -"geannuleerd.\n" +"Als u de FCoE-configuratie aanroept, worden alle huidige wijzigingen geannuleerd.\n" "Weet u zeker dat u de FCoE-configuratie wilt aanroepen?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige " -"wijzigingen.\n" +"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de multipad-configuratie toch aanroepen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2537,8 +2455,8 @@ "Het aanroepen van de DASD-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de DASD-configuratie toch aanroepen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2546,8 +2464,8 @@ "Het aanroepen van de zFCP-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de zFCP-configuratie toch aanroepen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2555,50 +2473,50 @@ "Het aanroepen van de XPRAM-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de XPRAM-configuratie toch aanroepen?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "Btrfs %1 bewerken" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Selecteer minstens één apparaat." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "Wijzig de apparaten die worden gebruikt door het Btrfs-volume." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Ongebruikte apparaten:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Geselecteerde apparaten:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Grootte wijzigen van Btrfs-volume %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "Geen Btrfs-apparaat geselecteerd." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2606,178 +2524,174 @@ "Btrfs %1 is in gebruik en kan niet bewerkt\n" "worden. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, mag deze niet in gebruik zijn." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Het verwijderen van sommige fysieke apparaten is mislukt." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerken" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Btrfs-volumes" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Bewerken..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Verwijderen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "In dit overzicht ziet u alle Btrfs-volumes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2785,8 +2699,8 @@ "Dit overzicht toont gedetailleerde informatie over het\n" "geselecteerde Btrfs-volume.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2794,74 +2708,72 @@ "Dit overzicht toont alle apparaten die in gebruik zijn door het\n" "geselecteerde Btrfs-volume.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Btrfs-apparaat: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Overzicht" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "Gebr&uikte apparaten" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "Rol van het apparaat kiezen." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "EFI-bootpartitie" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Besturingssysteem" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Gegevens en ISV-toepassingen" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Wisselen" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Onbewerkt volume (niet-opgemaakt)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Rol" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2869,21 +2781,19 @@ "Selecteer eerst of de partitie geformatteerd moet worden en\n" "geef het gewenste type bestandssysteem aan." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Als u alle gegevens op een volume wilt versleutelen,\n" -"kiest u Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een " -"bestaand\n" +"kiest u Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een bestaand\n" "volume zal alle gegevens erop verwijderen.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." @@ -2891,49 +2801,48 @@ "Geef daarna aan of de partitie gekoppeld moet worden en\n" "geef het koppelpunt op (/, /boot, /home, /var , etc.)." -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Opties voor formattering" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Formatteer de partitie" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Formatteer de partitie niet" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Partitie niet koppelen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Koppelopties" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Koppel de partitie aan" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Mountpunt" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab opties..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Crypt-bestanden moeten versleuteld zijn." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2945,18 +2854,18 @@ "\n" "Selecteer tevens de formatteeroptie.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Crypt-bestanden vereisen een mountpoint." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs vereist een koppelpunt." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2970,8 +2879,8 @@ "elk ander Linux-bestandssysteem.\n" "" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2985,21 +2894,21 @@ "slaapstand (slaapstand naar schijf).\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Alle opgeslagen gegevens op het volume zullen verloren gaan!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "WACHTWOORD" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Schalen wordt niet ondersteund door onderliggend apparaat." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -3009,7 +2918,7 @@ "U kunt de afmeting van de geselecteerde partitie niet aanpassen\n" "omdat het bestandssysteem op deze partitie dit niet ondersteund.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -3017,8 +2926,8 @@ "Het is niet mogelijk om te controleren of een NTFS\n" "van grootte kan wijzigen terwijl het is gekoppeld." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -3026,79 +2935,79 @@ "De grootte van partitie %1 kan niet worden aangepast\n" "omdat het bestandssysteem inconsistent blijkt te zijn.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Grootte wijzigen van partitie %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Grootte wijzigen van logisch volume %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Huidige grootte: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Nu in gebruik: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Grootte" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Maximum grootte (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Minimum grootte (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Aangepaste grootte" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Kies de nieuwe grootte." -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "De opgegeven grootte is ongeldig. Geef een grootte tussen %1 en %2 op." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3107,32 +3016,31 @@ msgstr "" "U bent een gekoppeld bestandsysteem met %1 Gigabyte aan het uitbreiden. \n" "Dit kan behoorlijk langzaam gaan en uren kosten. U zou kunnen overwegen om \n" -"het bestandssysteem te ontkoppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van " -"grootte \n" +"het bestandssysteem te ontkoppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van grootte \n" "veranderen heel wat kan laten toenemen." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Uitvoer van %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Opnieuw scannen van schijven..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "Bewerk DM %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "Geen DM-apparaat geselecteerd." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3140,26 +3048,24 @@ "De DM %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet bewerkt\n" "worden. Om %1 te bewerken, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Device mapper (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit overzicht toont alle apparaten in de apparaatmapper behalve de " -"apparaten \n" -"die reeds in een ander overzicht te zien zijn. Daarom zijn multipad-" -"schijven,\n" +"Dit overzicht toont alle apparaten in de apparaatmapper behalve de apparaten \n" +"die reeds in een ander overzicht te zien zijn. Daarom zijn multipad-schijven,\n" "BIOS RAID's en LVM logische volumes hier niet te zien.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3167,8 +3073,8 @@ "In dit beeld wordt gedetailleerde informatie over het\n" "geselecteerde device mapper-apparaat weergegeven." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3176,185 +3082,185 @@ "Dit beeld toont alle apparaten die gebruikt worden door het\n" "geselecteerde device mapper-apparaat." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "DM-apparaat: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "RAID toevoegen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Volumegroep toevoegen" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Apparaatgrafiek" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Apparaatgrafiek opslaan..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "In dit overzicht ziet u een apparaatgrafiek." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Grafiek opslaan is mislukt." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Koppelgrafiek" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Grafiek van gekoppelden opslaan..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "In dit overzicht ziet u een grafiek van koppelpunten." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "Kies het partitietype voor de nieuwe partitie." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "&Primaire partitie" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "&Uitgebreide partitie" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "&Logische partitie" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Nieuw partitietype" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "Kies de grootte voor de nieuwe partitie." -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Nieuwe partitiegrootte" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Aangepaste regio" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Startcilinder" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Eindcilinder" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "De opgegeven regio is ongeldig." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Partitie toevoegen aan %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Partition %1 wijzigen" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Er is geen ruimte om de partitie %1 te verplaatsen." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "De partitie '%1' voorwaarts verplaatsen?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "De partitie '%1' achterwaarts verplaatsen?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Partitie %1 verplaatsen?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Vooruit" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Achterwaarts" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Verwijdering van alle partities bevestigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3362,98 +3268,96 @@ "De schijf \"%1\" bevat minstens één partitie.\n" "Als u doorgaat, zullen de volgende partities worden verwijderd:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Wilt u echt alle partities van \"%1\" verwijderen?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Geen vaste schijf geselecteerd." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "Kan geen partitietabel maken op LDL-geformatteerde DASD." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "De schijf is in gebruik en kan niet gewijzigd worden." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Selecteer een nieuwe partitietabeltype voor %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"Echt een nieuwe partitietabel op %1 maken? Hierdoor worden alle gegevens op " -"%1\n" +"Echt een nieuwe partitietabel op %1 maken? Hierdoor worden alle gegevens op %1\n" "verwijderd en alle RAID- en volumegroepen die partities op %1 gebruiken." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Geen schijf geselecteerd." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "Wilt u BIOS RAID %1 verwijderen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Wilt u gepartitioneerde RAID %1 echt verwijderen?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "Er zijn geen te verwijderen partities op deze schijf." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Kan geen partitie aanmaken op %1 " -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Geen partitie geselecteerd." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De partitie %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet worden\n" -"bewerkt. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in " -"gebruik is." +"bewerkt. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in gebruik is." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Een uitgebreide partitie kan niet worden bewerkt." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3461,28 +3365,27 @@ "De partitie %1 is al gemaakt op schijf\n" "en kan niet worden verplaatst." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Een uitgebreide partitie kan niet worden verplaatst." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De partitie %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte worden\n" -"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in " -"gebruik is." +"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Een uitgebreide partitie kan niet worden vergroot/verkleind." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3498,7 +3401,7 @@ "meer partities. Na klonen zullen deze\n" "partities zijn verwijderd.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3506,11 +3409,11 @@ "De volgende partities worden verwijderd\n" "waardoor alle gegevens daarop verloren gaan:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Wilt u deze partities verwijderen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3520,7 +3423,7 @@ "schijf moet echter minstens één partitie bevatten).\n" "Maak partities alvorens de schijf te klonen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3528,20 +3431,20 @@ "Deze schijf kan niet worden gekloond. Er zijn geen geschikte\n" "schijven die dezelfde partitie-indeling kunnen hebben." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Partitielay-out van %1 klonen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Beschikbare doelschijven:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Selecteer een doelschijf voor het maken van een kloon" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3549,8 +3452,8 @@ "Het uitvoeren van dasdfmt verwijdert alle gegevens van schijf.\n" "Wilt u werkelijk dasdfrmt uitvoeren op schijf %1?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3562,58 +3465,58 @@ "De op de schijf aanwezige partities worden weer\n" "getoond.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Partitie toevoegen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Verplaatsen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Grootte aanpassen" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Verplaatsen..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Grootte aanpassen..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3621,8 +3524,8 @@ "Harde schijven, BIOS RAID's en multipad-\n" "apparaten kunnen worden verplaatst." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3630,19 +3533,19 @@ "Harde schijven, BIOS RAID's en multipad-\n" "apparaten kunnen niet in grootte veranderen." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Vaste schijven" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Partitie toevoegen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" @@ -3650,18 +3553,18 @@ "Dit overzicht toont alle harde schijven inclusief\n" "iSCSI-schijven, BIOS RAID's en multipad-schijven en hun partities.\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Gezondheidstest (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Eigenschappen (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3669,84 +3572,82 @@ "Dit beeld toont gedetailleerde informatie over de\n" "geselecteerde vaste schijf." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART is voor deze schijf niet beschikbaar." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm is niet beschikbaar voor deze schijf." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Nieuwe partitietabel maken" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Deze schijf klonen" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "dasd&fmt op het DASD apparaat uitvoeren" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Toevoegen..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Expert..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Dit overzicht toont alle partities van de geselecteerde\n" -"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf wordt gebruikt door bijvoorbeeld BIOS RAID " -"of multipad,\n" +"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf wordt gebruikt door bijvoorbeeld BIOS RAID of multipad,\n" "worden hier geen partities getoond.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Dit overzicht toont alle apparaten die worden gebruikt door de\n" -"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het overzicht is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS " -"RAID's,\n" +"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het overzicht is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS RAID's,\n" "gepartitioneerde software-RAID's en multipadschijven.\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Partities" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Vaste schijf: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Partitie: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3754,20 +3655,19 @@ "Dit beeld toont gedetailleerde informatie over de\n" "geselecteerde partitie." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST2 heeft een scan gemaakt van uw harde schijven en een of meer \n" -"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude " -"aankoppelpunten\n" +"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude aankoppelpunten\n" "worden getoond in de tabel.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3775,52 +3675,51 @@ msgstr "" "U kunt kiezen of de bestaande systeemvolumes,\n" "bijv. / and /usr, zullen worden geformatteerd tijdens de\n" -"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden " -"geformatteerd." +"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden geformatteerd." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "Er is geen bestaand systeem met aankoppelpunten gevonden." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "&Vorige bekijken" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "&Volgende bekijken" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Importeer aankoppelpunten uit een bestaande systeem:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "Systeemvolumes formatteren" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Importeren" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "/etc/fstab gevonden op %1 bevat:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Fout wachtwoord ingegeven." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Bevestig het verwijderen van de partitie die door LVM wordt gebruikt" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3830,15 +3729,15 @@ "Om het systeem consistent te houden, worden de volumegroep en \n" "zijn logische volumes verwijderd:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Wilt u partitie \"%1\" en volumegroep \"%2\" nu verwijderen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Bevestig het verwijderen van de partitie die door RAID wordt gebruikt" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3848,24 +3747,24 @@ "Om het systeem consistent te houden, wordt het volgende\n" "RAID-apparaat verwijderd:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Partitie \"%1\" en RAID \"%2\" nu verwijderen?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Wilt u echt alle partities van %1 verwijderen?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "Wilt u %1 echt verwijderen?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3873,61 +3772,58 @@ "\n" "Moet het loop bestand %1 ook verwijderd worden?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Niet-gepartitioneerd" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Niet-toegekend" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Geen veranderingen in partitionering." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Wijzigingen in partitionering:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Geen wijzigingen in de opslaginstellingen." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Opslaginstellingen:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "Pakketten die moeten worden geïnstalleerd:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "Er hoeven geen pakketten te worden geïnstalleerd." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar " -"het bestand\n" -"zijn dat de gegevens voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat." -"\n" +"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar het bestand\n" +"zijn dat de gegevens voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3935,27 +3831,23 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Loop-bestand maken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand " -"aangemaakt\n" -"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: " -"Wanneer \n" -"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende gegevens verloren " -"gaan.\n" +"Loop-bestand maken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand aangemaakt\n" +"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: Wanneer \n" +"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende gegevens verloren gaan.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het " -"bestandssysteem\n" +"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het bestandssysteem\n" "dat is gemaakt in het versleutelde loop-apparaat, heeft deze grootte.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3964,31 +3856,28 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op " -"consistentie\n" -"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem " -"dan niet\n" -"toegankelijk is. Het bestandssysteem wordt aan het einde van de installatie " -"gemaakt. Wees voorzichtig \n" +"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op consistentie\n" +"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem dan niet\n" +"toegankelijk is. Het bestandssysteem wordt aan het einde van de installatie gemaakt. Wees voorzichtig \n" "met het opgeven van de grootte en de padnaam.\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Padnaam van loop-bestand" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Bladeren..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Loop-bestand maken" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3996,13 +3885,13 @@ "De bestandsnaam \"%1\" is ongeldig.\n" "Gebruik een absolute padnaam.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "De opgegeven grootte is ongeldig. Geef een grootte minstens %1 op." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -4012,47 +3901,47 @@ "en de markering is uitgeschakeld. Gebruik of een\n" "bestaand bestand of activeer de markering." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Crypt-bestand toevoegen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Crypt-bestand %1 bewerken" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "Geen crypt-bestand geselecteerd." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4060,30 +3949,30 @@ "Het crypt-bestand %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet bewerkt worden. Zorg\n" "er voor dat %1 niet in gebruik is om het te bewerken." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Crypt-bestanden" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Crypt-bestand toevoegen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "In dit overzicht ziet u alle crypt-bestanden." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Crypt-bestand: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -4091,38 +3980,37 @@ "Dit overzicht toont gedetailleerde informatie van het\n" "geselecteerde crypt-bestand." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Geef een naam op voor de volumegroep." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "De naam voor de volumegroep is langer dan 128 lettertekens." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "De naam van de volumegroep mag niet beginnen met een \"-\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. " -"Toegestaan\n" +"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. Toegestaan\n" "zijn alfanumerieke tekens, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" en \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "De volumegroep \"%1\" bestaat al." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4130,13 +4018,13 @@ "De volumegroepnaam \"%1\" botst\n" "met een andere naam in de directory /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Bevestig het verwijderen van volumegroep" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4146,35 +4034,32 @@ "Als u doorgaat, worden de volgende volumes afgekoppeld (indien\n" "gekoppeld) en verwijderd:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt " -"verwijderen?" +msgstr "Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt verwijderen?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"U heeft ongeldige gegevens opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte " -"opgeven\n" +"U heeft ongeldige gegevens opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte opgeven\n" "groter dan %1 in machten van 2, bijv: \"%2\" of \"%3\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Voer een naam in voor het logische volume." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "De naam voor het logische volume mag niet langer zijn dan 128 tekens." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4182,8 +4067,8 @@ "De naam voor het logische volume bevat ongeldige tekens. Toegestaan\n" "zijn alfanumerieke tekens, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" en \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4191,61 +4076,56 @@ "Een logisch volume genaamd \"%1\" bestaat al\n" "in volumegroep \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." -"" +msgstr "Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." +msgstr "Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Volumegroepsnaam" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "&Fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Beschikbare fysieke volumes:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Geselecteerde fysieke volumes:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "Wijzig de apparaten die worden gebruikt voor de volumegroep." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Voer de grootte in evenals het aantal en de grootte\n" -"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan " -"niet hoger zijn\n" +"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan niet hoger zijn\n" "dan het aantal fysieke volumes van de volumegroep." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4262,39 +4142,38 @@ "om aan deze vraag om ruimte te voldoen.\n" "Thin-volumes kunnen geen Stripe-count hebben." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Stripes" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Aantal" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Logisch volume %1 op %2 toevoegen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Geef de volumegroep %1 een nieuwe grootte" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "Voer de naam in voor het nieuwe logische volume." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume als een Normaal volume declareren.\n" @@ -4302,125 +4181,118 @@ "waren voordat de mogelijkheid van Thin-provisioning bestond.\n" "Indien in twijfel dan is dit het meest waarschijnlijk de juiste keuze" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-pool\n" -"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit " -"zo'n pool toekennen." +"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit zo'n pool toekennen." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-volume.\n" -"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit " -"een Thin-pool." +"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit een Thin-pool." -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Logisch volume" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Normaal volume" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Thin-pool" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Thin-volume" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Gebruikte pool" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Logisch volume op %1 toevoegen" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Logisch volume %1 op %2 bewerken" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan " -"te maken.\n" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan te maken.\n" "\n" -"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type " -"0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" +"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type 0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" "een ongebruikt RAID-apparaat. Wijzig uw partitietabel overeenkomstig." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "Geen volumegroep geselecteerd." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" echt verwijderen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Verwijderen van volumegroep \"%1\" is mislukt." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Geen logisch volume geselecteerd." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "Geen vrije ruimte beschikbaar in de huidige volumegroep \"%1\"." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4428,8 +4300,8 @@ "Het volume %1 is een thin-pool.\n" "Het kan niet bewerkt worden." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4437,46 +4309,46 @@ "Het volume %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet bewerkt\n" "worden. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, mag het niet in gebruik zijn." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Logisch volume toevoegen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Volumegroep" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Volumebeheer" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4484,8 +4356,8 @@ "Dit overzicht toont alle LVM-volumegroepen en\n" "hun logische volumes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4493,8 +4365,8 @@ "Dit overzicht toont gedetailleerde informatie over de\n" "geselecteerde volumegroep." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4502,8 +4374,8 @@ "<Dit overzicht toont alle logische volumes van de\n" "geselecteerde volumegroep." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4511,28 +4383,28 @@ "Dit overzicht toont alle fysieke volumes die in gebruik zijn bij\n" "de geselecteerde volumegroep." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "Volume groep: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "&Logische volumes" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "&Fysieke volumes" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "Logisch volume: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4540,98 +4412,93 @@ "Dit overzicht toont gedetailleerde informatie over het\n" "geselecteerde logische volume." -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Device mapper" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Ongebruikte apparaten" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installatieoverzicht" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Instellingen" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze " -"veranderingen\n" +"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze veranderingen\n" "zullen verloren gaan bij het afsluiten van de partitiedialoog met %1.\n" "Weet u zeker dat u wilt afsluiten?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Hier kunt u een overzicht van de partitionering bekijken." -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Samenvatting" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "Systeemoverzicht" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"NFS-configuratie is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van yast2-" -"nfs-client." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "NFS-configuratie is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "Network File System (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4639,90 +4506,73 @@ "Testkoppeling van NFS-share '%1' is mislukt.\n" "Toch opslaan?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Voor %1, selecteer minstens %2 apparaat." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "Selecteer het RAID-type voor de nieuwe RAID." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Dit niveau vergroot uw schijfprestaties.\n" -"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is " -"gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" +"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met " -"twee of\n" -"meerdere schijfs worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van " -"alle data op\n" -"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data " -"verloren gaan.\n" -"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte " -"hebben.\n" +"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met twee of\n" +"meerdere schijfs worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van alle data op\n" +"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data verloren gaan.\n" +"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte hebben.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal " -"schijfs en biedt ook nog\n" -"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere " -"schijfs. Bij het falen van\n" -"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee " -"schijfs gaat alle data verloren\n" +"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal schijfs en biedt ook nog\n" +"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere schijfs. Bij het falen van\n" +"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee schijfs gaat alle data verloren\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Met Naam van RAID kunt u een duidelijke \n" -"naam opgeven voor de RAID. Dit is optioneel. Als u een naam opgeeft, is het " -"apparaat\n" +"naam opgeven voor de RAID. Dit is optioneel. Als u een naam opgeeft, is het apparaat\n" "beschikbaar als <tt>/dev/md/<naam></tt>.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Partities toevoegen aan uw RAID. Afhankelijk van uw RAID-type\n" "is de bruikbare schijfgrootte de som van deze partities (RAID0), de grootte\n" -"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4730,87 +4580,80 @@ "In het algemeen moeten de partities op verschillende stations\n" "staan om de redundantie en prestatie te krijgen die u wilt hebben.\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID-type" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (Mirroring en striping)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Naam van RAID (optioneel)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Beschikbare apparaten:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid gegevens " -"die op apparaten\n" -"kunnen worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, " -"voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" -"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig " -"effect op de array.\n" +"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid gegevens die op apparaten\n" +"kunnen worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" +"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig effect op de array.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Pariteit-algoritme:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Het pariteit-algoritme dat gebruikt wordt bij RAID5/6.\n" -"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende " -"platen.\n" +"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende platen.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4818,66 +4661,66 @@ "Voor verdere details met betrekking tot het pariteit-algoritme\n" "kijkt u op de manpagina van mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Chunk-grootte" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "Pariteit-&algoritme" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "RAID-opties" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "Wijzig de apparaten die worden gebruikt voor de RAID." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 toevoegen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 vergroten/verkleinen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 bewerken" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4885,68 +4728,63 @@ "for the raid to be usable.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raid %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat deze zich in een inactieve toestand " -"bevindt.\n" +"Raid %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat deze zich in een inactieve toestand bevindt.\n" "Normaal gesproken betekent dit dat de subset\n" " van de raid-apparaten zo klein is dat de raid niet bruikbaar is.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." +msgstr "Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "Geen RAID geselecteerd." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "RAID %1 is in gebruik. Deze kan niet bewerkt\n" -"worden. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in " -"gebruik is." +"worden. Als u %1 wilt bewerken, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in gebruik is." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" -"RAID %1 is reeds op de schijf aangemaakt en kan niet worden vergroot/" -"verkleind. Als u %1 wilt vergroten/verkleinen,\n" +"RAID %1 is reeds op de schijf aangemaakt en kan niet worden vergroot/verkleind. Als u %1 wilt vergroten/verkleinen,\n" "dient u deze eerst te verwijderen en vervolgens weer aan te maken." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "RAID %1 is in gebruik. Deze kan niet vergroot/verkleind\n" -"worden. Als u %1 wilt vergroten/verkleinen, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze " -"niet in gebruik is." +"worden. Als u %1 wilt vergroten/verkleinen, moet u ervoor zorgen dat deze niet in gebruik is." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "RAID toevoegen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." msgstr "Dit overzicht toont alle RAID's behalve de BIOS RAID's." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4954,8 +4792,8 @@ "Dit overzicht toont gedetailleerde informatie over de\n" "geselecteerde RAID." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4963,130 +4801,123 @@ "Dit overzicht toont alle apparaten die in gebruik zijn door de\n" "geselecteerde RAID." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Gekoppeld op" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Gebruikt door" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS-ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Cilinderinformatie" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Fibre Channel-informatie" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Versleuteling" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Apparaatnaam" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Volumelabel" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Device ID" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Device Path" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Optimaal" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Cilinder" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Standaard aangekoppeld op" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Standaard bestandssysteem" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Nieuwe partities uitlijnen" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Toon opslagapparaten per" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Zichtbare informatie over opslagapparaten" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -5094,31 +4925,25 @@ "Dit overzicht toont algemene\n" "opslaginstellingen:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Standaard aangekoppeld door geeft de aankoppelmethode\n" -"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de " -"apparaatnaam\n" -"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad</" -"i>\n" -"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. " -"Deze zouden\n" -"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID</" -"i> en\n" +"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de apparaatnaam\n" +"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad\n" +"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. Deze zouden\n" +"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID en\n" "Volumelabel use the file systems UUID and label.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5126,36 +4951,30 @@ "Standaardbestandssysteem geeft het type\n" "bestandssysteem voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Uitlijning van nieuw aangemaakte partities\n" -"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. Cilinder is de " -"traditionele uitlijning op cilindergrenzen van de schijf. Optimaal " -"lijnt de \n" -"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-" -"kernel \n" +"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. Cilinder is de traditionele uitlijning op cilindergrenzen van de schijf. Optimaal lijnt de \n" +"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-kernel \n" "of probeert compatibel met Windows Vista en Win 7 te zijn.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" "Toon opslagapparaten per controleert\n" -"de naam die weergegeven wordt voor vaste schijven in de " -"navigatieboomstructuur." +"de naam die weergegeven wordt voor vaste schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5163,23 +4982,23 @@ "Zichtbare informatie over opslagapparaten\n" "staat toe om informatie te verbergen in de tabellen en overzichten." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "In dit overzicht ziet u de installatiesamenvatting." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "tmpfs-aankoppelpunt toevoegen" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "Geen tmpfs-apparaat geselecteerd." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5187,18 +5006,18 @@ "\n" "Wilt u tmpfs, gekoppeld op %1, verwijderen?" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "tmpfs-volumes" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "In dit overzicht ziet u alle tmpfs-volumes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5206,18 +5025,18 @@ "Dit overzicht toont gedetailleerde informatie over het\n" "geselecteerde tmpfs-volume.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs aangekoppeld op %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Opnieuw zoeken" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5227,40 +5046,39 @@ "schijven die niet gepartitioneerd zijn en volumegroepen die\n" "geen logische volumes bevatten." -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Wanneer opnieuw wordt gezocht naar\n" -"ongebruikte apparaten, worden alle huidige wijzigingen geannuleerd. Wilt u " -"echt opnieuw zoeken naar ongebruikte apparaten?" +"ongebruikte apparaten, worden alle huidige wijzigingen geannuleerd. Wilt u echt opnieuw zoeken naar ongebruikte apparaten?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5268,17 +5086,17 @@ "Een logisch volume met de gevraagde afmeting\n" "kon niet worden aangemaakt.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Probeer om de stripe count van het volume te verminderen." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "U kunt alleen logische volumes verwijderen." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5286,8 +5104,8 @@ "Er is minstens één momentopname actief voor dit volume.\n" "Eerst de momentopname verwijderen." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5295,100 +5113,100 @@ "Er is minstens één thin-volume die deze pool gebruikt.\n" "Het thin-volume eerst verwijderen." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "Logische %1 volume verwijderen?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Totale grootte: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Resulterende grootte: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Klasse" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "Bovenkant" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Omhoog" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Omlaag" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "Onderkant" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Classificeren" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Toevoegen" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Alles toevoegen" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Alles verwijderen" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "Bestand %1 is geen gewoon bestand!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "Bestand %1 is te groot!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5400,50 +5218,43 @@ "Het bestand moet regels bevatten met per regel een reguliere expressie en\n" "een naam van een klasse. Bijvoorbeeld:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "De volgende regels met patronen zijn gedetecteerd:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "OK om apparaten overeen te laten komen met klassen met deze patronen?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Deze dialoog is voor het definiëren van klassen voor de RAID-apparaten\n" "in de RAID. Beschikbare klassen zijn A, B, C, D en E maar in veel gevallen\n" "zijn minder klassen nodig (bijv. alleen A en B). " -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "U kunt een apparaat in een klasse stoppen door rechts te klikken op het\n" -"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op " -"de \n" -"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken, kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en " -"deze in een\n" -"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot " -"\"%2\" gebruiken\n" +"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op de \n" +"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken, kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en deze in een\n" +"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot \"%2\" gebruiken\n" "om momenteel geselecteerde apparaten in deze klasse te stoppen." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5451,8 +5262,8 @@ "Na het kiezen van klassen voor apparaten kunt u de apparaten\n" "ordenen door op een van de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" of \"%2\" te drukken." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5460,209 +5271,180 @@ "Gesorteerd plaatst alle apparaten in klasse A voor alle apparaten\n" "in klasse B enzovoort." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het " -"eerste \n" -"apparaat van klasse B en vervolgens alle volgende klassen met toegewezen " -"apparaten. Daarna komt \n" +"Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het eerste \n" +"apparaat van klasse B en vervolgens alle volgende klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna komt \n" "het tweede apparaat van klasse A, het tweede apparaat van klasse B enzovoort." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst " -"met \n" -"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat, wordt de huidige volgorde van de " -"apparaten \n" +"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst met \n" +"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat, wordt de huidige volgorde van de apparaten \n" "gebruikt als volgorde van apparaten in de aan te maken RAID." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken, kunt u een bestand selecteren dat " -"regels\n" -"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* " -"A\").\n" -"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de " -"klasse op\n" -"deze regel worden geplaatst. De reguliere expressie wordt uitgevoerd tegen " -"de naam in\n" +"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken, kunt u een bestand selecteren dat regels\n" +"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* A\").\n" +"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de klasse op\n" +"deze regel worden geplaatst. De reguliere expressie wordt uitgevoerd tegen de naam in\n" "de kernel (bijv. /dev/sda1), de padnaam van udev (bijv.\n" -"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id " -"(bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste " -"overeenkomst bepaalt\n" -"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt " -"met de\n" +"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id (bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste overeenkomst bepaalt\n" +"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt met de\n" "reguliere expressie." -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Apparaat" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Bestand met patroon" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Tmpfs-&grootte" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruik een getal gevolgd door K, M, G or " -"%.\n" +"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruik een getal gevolgd door K, M, G or %.\n" "De waarde moet boven 100k of tussen 1% en 200% liggen. Probeer het opnieuw." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "De waarde moet tussen 1% en 200% liggen. Probeer het opnieuw." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tmpfs-grootte:\n" -"Grootte mag worden ingevoerd als een getal, gevolgd door K,M,G voor Kilo-, " -"Mega- of Gigabyte\n" -"of als een getal, gevolgd door een procentteken, wat het percentage van het " -"geheugen betekent." +"Grootte mag worden ingevoerd als een getal, gevolgd door K,M,G voor Kilo-, Mega- of Gigabyte\n" +"of als een getal, gevolgd door een procentteken, wat het percentage van het geheugen betekent." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Swap &prioriteit" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "De waarde moet tussen 0 en 32767 liggen. Probeer het nog eens." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Swap prioriteit:\n" -"Geef de swap prioriteit op. Hogere nummers geven een hogere prioriteit aan.</" -"p>\n" +"Geef de swap prioriteit op. Hogere nummers geven een hogere prioriteit aan.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Als &alleen-lezen aankoppelen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Als alleen-lezen koppelen:\n" "Schrijven naar het bestandssysteem is niet mogelijk. Standaard onwaar. Bij\n" "installatie is het bestandssysteem altijd lezen-schrijven gekoppeld." -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Geen &toegangstijd" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Geen toegangstijd:\n" -"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen, worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. " -"Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen, worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. Standaard onwaar.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Te koppelen door gebruiker" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Door gebruiker te mounten:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. " -"Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. Standaard onwaar.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Niet mounten tijdens systeem &opstart" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Niet tijdens opstarten van systeem aankoppelen:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het " -"systeem aangekoppeld.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het systeem aangekoppeld.\n" "Er wordt een regel in /etc/fstab gemaakt en het bestandssysteem zal\n" -"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <" -"aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" -"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem " -"is aangekoppeld).\n" +"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" +"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem is aangekoppeld).\n" "Standaard onwaar.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Ondersteuning voor &quota activeren" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5672,44 +5454,37 @@ "Het bestandssysteem is gekoppeld en de gebruikersquota geactiveerd.\n" "Standaard onwaar.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Data &journaal modus" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Gegevens-journaling-modus:\n" "Specificeert de journalingmodus voor bestandsgegevens.\n" -"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd " -"voordat\n" -"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste " -"prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem " -"zelf\n" -"geschreven voordat de metagegevens aan het journaal worden toevertrouwd. " -"Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen " -"prestatieverlies\n" +"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd voordat\n" +"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem zelf\n" +"geschreven voordat de metagegevens aan het journaal worden toevertrouwd. Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen prestatieverlies\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&Toegangscontrole lijsten (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5717,13 +5492,13 @@ "Toegangscontrole lijsten (ACL):\n" "Dit staat toegangscontrole lijsten op het bestandssysteem toe.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&Uitgebreide gebruikersattributen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5731,25 +5506,20 @@ "Uitgebreide gebruikersattributen:\n" "Dit staat uitgebreide gebruikersattributen op het bestandssysteem toe.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Willekeurige optie-&waarde" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties " -"of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Aanvullende opties:\n" @@ -5757,84 +5527,74 @@ "vierde veld van /etc/fstab. Meerdere opties scheidt u van elkaar door\n" " komma's.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Karakter&set voor bestandsnamen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Karakterset voor bestandsnamen:\n" -"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows " -"partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Code&pagina voor korte FAT namen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Codepagina voor korte FAT namen:\n" -"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters " -"op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" +"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Aantal &FAT's" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Aantal FAT's:\n" -"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. " -"De standaard is 2." +"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. De standaard is 2." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT-&grootte" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT-grootte:\n" -"Specificeert het type bestandsallocatietabel dat wordt gebruikt (12-, 16- of " -"32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, selecteert YaST automatisch " -"die waarde die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" +"Specificeert het type bestandsallocatietabel dat wordt gebruikt (12-, 16- of 32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, selecteert YaST automatisch die waarde die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Hoof&dmapitems" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." +msgstr "De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5842,70 +5602,58 @@ "Hoofdmapitems:\n" "Selecteer het aantal beschikbare items in de hoofdmap.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Hash-&functie" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash-functie:\n" -"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash-functie die wordt gebruikt om de " -"bestandsnamen in mappen te sorteren.\n" +"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash-functie die wordt gebruikt om de bestandsnamen in mappen te sorteren.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "FS-&revisie" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "FS-revisie:\n" -"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs-formaat dat gebruikt moet " -"worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x " -"series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen worden gebruikt met " -"kernelversies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" +"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs-formaat dat gebruikt moet worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen worden gebruikt met kernelversies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Blok&grootte in bytes" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgroottewaarden zijn 512, " -"1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is " -"geselecteerd, wordt de standaardblokgrootte 4096 gebruikt.\n" +"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgroottewaarden zijn 512, 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is geselecteerd, wordt de standaardblokgrootte 4096 gebruikt.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Inode grootte" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5913,50 +5661,45 @@ "Inode grootte:\n" "Deze optie specificeert de inode grootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Percentage voor inode-ruimte" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentage voor inode-ruimte:\n" -"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximumpercentage " -"aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.\n" +"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximumpercentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode &aaneengesloten" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode aaneengesloten:\n" -"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een " -"inode allocatie\n" +"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een inode allocatie\n" "al dan niet aaneengesloten is. Standaard zijn de inodes aaneengesloten.\n" -"Aaneengesloten inodetoegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet " -"aaneengesloten toegang.\n" +"Aaneengesloten inodetoegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet aaneengesloten toegang.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Loggrootte in megabytes" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5964,30 +5707,28 @@ "De waarde van \"Loggrootte\" is onjuist.\n" "Voer een waarde in die groter is dan nul.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Loggrootte\n" -"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat " -"doen, is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" +"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Aanroep Bad Blocks List &programma" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Stride-&lengte in blokken" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5995,8 +5736,8 @@ "De waarde van \"Stride-lengte in blokken\" is ongeldig.\n" "Selecteer een waarde groter dan 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6008,27 +5749,22 @@ "Op het moment is 'stride' het enige ondersteunde argument dat het\n" "aantal blokken in een RAID stripe als z'n argument neemt.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en " -"4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte " -"bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te " -"verwachten gebruik ervan.\n" +"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te verwachten gebruik ervan.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bytes per &inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -6036,59 +5772,45 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per inode:\n" -"Specificeert de bytes-tot-inodes-verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor " -"elke\n" +"Specificeert de bytes-tot-inodes-verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor elke\n" "<bytes-per-inode> bytes schijfruimte. Hoe groter de verhouding\n" "bytes-per-inode, des te minder inodes er worden aangemaakt. In het algemeen\n" -"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het " -"bestandssysteem.\n" +"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" "Anders worden er te veel inodes gemaakt. Het is niet mogelijk\n" -"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het " -"bestandssysteem is gemaakt.\n" +"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het bestandssysteem is gemaakt.\n" "Zorg dus dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Percentage ge&reserveerde blokken voor root" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" "De waarde voor \"Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root\" is onjuist.\n" -"Toegestaan is een drijvendekomma-getal dat niet groter is dan 99. (bijv. " -"0.5)\n" +"Toegestaan is een drijvendekomma-getal dat niet groter is dan 99. (bijv. 0.5)\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het voor " -"de systeembeheerder gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt " -"normaal berekend zodat 1 GB wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het " -"standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en de ondergrens voor het standaard " -"gereserveerde is 0.1." +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het voor de systeembeheerder gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt normaal berekend zodat 1 GB wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en de ondergrens voor het standaard gereserveerde is 0.1." -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Regelmatige controles uitschakelen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -6096,13 +5818,13 @@ "Regelmatige controles uitschakelen:\n" "Schakel regelmatige systeemcontroles uit bij opstarten\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Functie voor &directoryindex" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" @@ -6111,31 +5833,29 @@ "Activeer het gebruik van hach-b-trees om het zoeken in grote directory's\n" "te versnellen.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "Gee&n journaal" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Geen journaal:\n" -"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit " -"alleen wanneer\n" +"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit alleen wanneer\n" "u echt weet wat u doet.\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Bewerking niet toegestaan op schijf %{device}.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6147,18 +5867,16 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dit wordt niet ondersteund door het partitioneerprogramma 'parted' dat " -"wordt\n" +"Dit wordt niet ondersteund door het partitioneerprogramma 'parted' dat wordt\n" "gebruikt om de partitietabel op uw schijf %{device} te wijzigen\n" "(de schijf is LDL-geformatteerd).\n" "\n" "U kunt de partities op schijf %{device} gebruiken zoals ze nu zijn\n" "of ze formatteren en aankoppelpunten toewijzen, maar u kunt hier\n" -"geen partities toevoegen, van grootte wijzigen of van deze schijf " -"verwijderen.\n" +"geen partities toevoegen, van grootte wijzigen of van deze schijf verwijderen.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6176,12 +5894,11 @@ "\n" "U kunt de partities op schijf %{device} gebruiken zoals ze nu zijn\n" "of ze formatteren en aankoppelpunten toewijzen, maar u kunt hier\n" -"geen partities toevoegen, bewerken, van grootte wijzigen of van deze schijf " -"verwijderen.\n" +"geen partities toevoegen, bewerken, van grootte wijzigen of van deze schijf verwijderen.\n" "\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6198,12 +5915,11 @@ "partitie gegenereerd voor compatibiliteit die bijna de gehele schijf omvat.\n" "\n" "U kunt de partitie op schijf %{device} gebruiken als zodanig of\n" -"deze formatteren en een koppelpunt toewijzen, maar u kunt hier het formaat " -"van de partitie niet wijzigen\n" +"deze formatteren en een koppelpunt toewijzen, maar u kunt hier het formaat van de partitie niet wijzigen\n" "of de partitie van deze schijf verwijderen.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6215,12 +5931,11 @@ "\n" "U kunt de partitietabel van de schijf naar een gezonde status initialiseren\n" "met behulp van de geavanceerde partitionering door\n" -"\"Expert\"->\"Nieuwe partitietabel maken\" te selecteren. De gegevens op " -"alle\n" +"\"Expert\"->\"Nieuwe partitietabel maken\" te selecteren. De gegevens op alle\n" "partities van deze schijf zullen daarmee echter verloren gaan.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6232,26 +5947,26 @@ "Dit bericht kunt u veilig negeren als u niet van plan bent\n" "om deze schijf tijdens de installatie te gaan gebruiken.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Grootte aanpassing niet mogelijk:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6263,8 +5978,8 @@ "\n" "Mogelijk is het opgegeven wachtwoord voor versleuteling onjuist.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6274,8 +5989,8 @@ "het wachtwoord komen niet overeen!\n" "Probeer het opnieuw." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6285,26 +6000,26 @@ "0..9, a..z, A..Z en de tekens \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Probeer het nog eens." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Wachtwoord voor versleuteling invo&eren:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Wachtwoord opgeven" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "De volgende gecodeerde volumes zijn al beschikbaar." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Gecodeerd volume inschakelen" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6316,12 +6031,12 @@ "De wachtwoorden moeten bekend zijn als de volumes nodig zijn ofwel \n" "gedurende het bijwerken of als deze een fysiek gecodeerd LVM-volume bevatten." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Wilt u de wachtwoorden voor versleuteling leveren?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6331,84 +6046,80 @@ "apparaten in de lijst met geblokkeerde apparaten.\n" "Wachtwoord zal worden geprobeerd voor alle apparaten." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Voer het coderingswachtwoord in" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Er zijn geen gecodeerde volumes om te ontgrendelen." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor een van de volgende apparaten:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor het volgende apparaat:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Poging om de blokkering op te heffen van gecodeerde volumes..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Met dit wachtwoord is van geen enkel volume de blokkering opgeheven." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Schijf" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM-RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD-RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "De installatie van de benodigde pakketten is mislukt." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Wilt u doorgaan ondanks de fout?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"Er kunnen geen partities worden gemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf " -"worden gebruikt." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "Er kunnen geen partities worden gemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf worden gebruikt." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd " -"wisselgeheugen bevat\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen bevat\n" "dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6418,18 +6129,17 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd " -"wisselgeheugen\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen\n" "bevat dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6439,7 +6149,7 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6448,11 +6158,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat dit indirect apparaat\n" -"%2 zou wijzigen. Dit apparaat bevat het geactiveerde wisselgeheugen (swap) " -"dat\n" +"%2 zou wijzigen. Dit apparaat bevat het geactiveerde wisselgeheugen (swap) dat\n" "nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6462,8 +6171,8 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat dit indirect apparaat\n" "%2 zou wijzigen, dat de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6473,114 +6182,114 @@ "Partitie %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat andere partities op de\n" "schijf %2 in gebruik zijn.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Niets toegevoegd aan het hoofdbestandssysteem!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Installatie zal hoogst waarschijnlijk totaal mislukken!" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Toevoegen van de volgende oplosbaren is mislukt: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de volgende handeling:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Systeemfoutcode: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "Vo&er wachtwoord in voor apparaat %1:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "Nee" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Enc" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "FS-type" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Begin" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Einde" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "FS-ID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Schijflabel" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metagegevens" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "PE-grootte" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "RAID-versie" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Pariteit-algoritme" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Leverancier" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Model" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6588,8 +6297,8 @@ "BIOS-ID toont het BIOS-ID van de vaste\n" "schijf. Dit veld kan leeg zijn." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6597,8 +6306,8 @@ "Bus geeft weer hoe het apparaat is verbonden met\n" "het systeem. Dit veld kan leeg zijn, b.v. voor multipad-schijven." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6606,8 +6315,8 @@ "Chunk-grootte geeft de chunk-grootte weer voor RAID-\n" "apparaten." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6615,8 +6324,8 @@ "Cilindergrootte geeft de grootte weer van de\n" "cilinders van de vaste schijf." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6624,8 +6333,8 @@ "Sectorgrootte toont de grootte van de\n" "sectoren op de harde schijf." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6633,8 +6342,8 @@ "Apparaat geeft de kernelnaam weer van het\n" "apparaat." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6642,8 +6351,8 @@ "Schijflabel geeft het type partitietabel\n" "van de schijf weer, b.v <tt>MSDOS</tt> of <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6651,8 +6360,8 @@ "Versleuteld geeft weer of het apparaat\n" "versleuteld is." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6660,8 +6369,8 @@ "Eindcilinder geeft de eindcilinder weer van\n" "de partitie." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6669,8 +6378,8 @@ "LUN geeft het Logical Unit Number weer voor\n" "Fibre Channel-schijven." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6678,8 +6387,8 @@ "Poort-ID geeft de poort-ID weer voor Fibre\n" "Channel'-schijven." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6687,8 +6396,8 @@ "WWPN geeft de World Wide Port Name weer voor\n" "Fibre Channel-schijven." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6696,8 +6405,8 @@ "Bestandspad geeft het pad weer van het bestand voor\n" "een versleuteld loop-apparaat." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6706,18 +6415,18 @@ "betekent dat het apparaat is geselecteerd\n" "om te worden geformatteerd." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "FS-ID toont het bestandssysteem-id." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "FS-type geeft het type bestandssysteem weer." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6725,8 +6434,8 @@ "Label geeft het label van het\n" "bestandssysteem weer." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6734,41 +6443,37 @@ "Metagegevens geeft het type LVM-metagegevens voor\n" "volumegroepen weer." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "Model geeft het apparaatmodel weer." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Gekoppeld op geeft aan hoe het bestandssysteem\n" -"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, " -"(UUID)\n" +"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, (UUID)\n" "op bestandssysteem-UUID, (ID) op apparaat-ID, en (Path) op apparaatpad.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Een vraagteken (?) geeft aan dat\n" "het bestandssysteem niet vermeld staat in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Het is ofwel\n" -"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een automatisch aankoppelsysteem. Bij het " -"wijzigen van\n" +"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een automatisch aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen van\n" "de instellingen van dit volume zal YaST <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> niet bijwerken.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6776,20 +6481,19 @@ "Mountpunt geeft weer waar het bestandssysteem\n" "is gekoppeld." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Een sterretje (*) achter het mountpunt geeft aan dat het bestandssysteem\n" "momenteel niet is aangekoppeld (bijvoorbeeld omdat de optie <tt>noauto</tt>\n" "is ingeschakeld in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6797,8 +6501,8 @@ "Aantal cilinders geeft weer hoeveel\n" "cilinders de vaste schijf heeft." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6806,8 +6510,8 @@ "Pariteitalgoritme toont het pariteitalgoritme\n" "voor RAID-apparaten met RAID-type 5, 6 of 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6815,13 +6519,13 @@ "PE-grootte toont de fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte\n" "voor LVM-volumegroepen." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "RAID-versie toont de RAID-versie." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6829,13 +6533,13 @@ "RAID-type geeft het RAID-type, ook\n" "RAID-niveau genoemd, weer voor RAID-apparaten." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "Grootte geeft de grootte van het apparaat weer." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6843,18 +6547,17 @@ "Startcilinder geeft de startcilinder\n" "van de partitie weer." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Stripes toont het aantal stripes voor LVM\n" -"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-" -"grootte.\n" +"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-grootte.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6862,8 +6565,8 @@ "Type geeft een algemeen overzicht van de\n" "typen apparaten." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6871,8 +6574,8 @@ "Apparaat-id toont de blijvende apparaat-id's.\n" "Dit veld kan leeg zijn.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6880,8 +6583,8 @@ "Apparaatpad toont het blijvende\n" "apparaatpad. Dit veld kan leeg zijn." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6889,8 +6592,8 @@ "Gebruikt door toont of een apparaat gebruikt wordt door\n" "bijv. RAID of LVM. Zo niet, dan is is de kolom leeg.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6898,236 +6601,236 @@ "UUID geeft de Universally Unique\n" "Identifier van het bestandssysteem weer." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "Leverancier geeft de leverancier van het apparaat weer." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Apparaat: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Grootte: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "SCHIJF %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Type: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Indeling: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Versleuteld: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Bestandssysteem: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Mountpunt: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Aangekoppeld op: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Gebruikt door %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Label: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Apparaatpad: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "Apparaat-ID %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS-ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Schijflabel: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Leverancier: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Model: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Bus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Metagegevens: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "PE-grootte: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Stripes: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "RAID-versie: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "RAID-type: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Chunk-grootte: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Pariteit-algoritme: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Aantal cilinders: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Cilindergrootte: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Startcilinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Eindcilinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Sectorgrootte: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "FS-ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Bestandspad: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "Poort-ID: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "Inhoud van de tabel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Apparaat:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Bestandssysteem:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Vaste schijf: " -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fibre Channel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "Inhoud van het overzicht:" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7135,8 +6838,8 @@ "Het opslagsubsysteem is vergrendeld door een onbekende toepassing.\n" "U moet die toepassing sluiten alvorens u kunt doorgaan." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7144,49 +6847,44 @@ "Het opslagsubsysteem is vergrendeld door de toepassing \"%1\" (%2).\n" "U moet die toepassing afsluiten alvorens u kunt doorgaan." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent " -"bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Bestandssysteem voor hoofdpartitie" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Bestandssysteem voor basispartitie" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Vergroten &Swap voor onderbreken" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Voorstelinstellingen" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" "Kies Partitiegebaseerd voorstel als u LVM niet wilt gebruiken.\n" -"Kies LVM-gebaseerd voorstel voor enkel LVM en Gecodeerd LVM-" -"gebaseerd\n" +"Kies LVM-gebaseerd voorstel voor enkel LVM en Gecodeerd LVM-gebaseerd\n" "voorstel als u wilt dat uw systeem wordt gecodeerd." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7194,25 +6892,21 @@ "size for the root partition." msgstr "" "Het bestandssysteem voor de hoofdpartitie kan worden geselecteerd met de\n" -"bijbehorende keuzelijst met invoervak. In het bestandssysteem BtrFS kunnen " -"automatische\n" -"momentopnamen met Snapper worden ingeschakeld via het voorstel. Hierdoor " -"neemt ook de\n" +"bijbehorende keuzelijst met invoervak. In het bestandssysteem BtrFS kunnen automatische\n" +"momentopnamen met Snapper worden ingeschakeld via het voorstel. Hierdoor neemt ook de\n" "grootte van de hoofdpartitie toe." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"Met het voorstel kan een afzonderlijke basispartitie worden gemaakt. Het " -"bestandsyssteem voor\n" -"de basispartitie kan worden geselecteerd met de bijbehorende keuzelijst met " -"invoervak." +"Met het voorstel kan een afzonderlijke basispartitie worden gemaakt. Het bestandsyssteem voor\n" +"de basispartitie kan worden geselecteerd met de bijbehorende keuzelijst met invoervak." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." @@ -7220,79 +6914,79 @@ "De wisselpartitie kan in de meeste gevallen zo groot worden gemaakt\n" "dat deze kan worden gebruikt om het systeem over te zetten op schijf." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Geef uw wachtwoord op voor de versleuteling van het voorstel." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Wachtwoord:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Herhaal het wachtwoord ter controle:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Partitiegebaseerd voorstel" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM-gebaseerd voorstel" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "V&ersleuteld LVM-gebaseerd voorstel" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Standaard gekoppeld op:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Standaardbestandssysteem:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Opslagapparaten weergeven per:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Uitlijnen van partities:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Zichtbare informatie over opslagapparaten:" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "eerste hoofdbestandssysteem"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r97432 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ja/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '17

14 Sep '17

Author: keichwa Date: 2017-09-14 14:15:32 +0000 (Thu, 14 Sep 2017) New Revision: 97432 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ja/po/caasp.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ja/po/caasp.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ja/po/caasp.ja.po 2017-09-14 14:14:30 UTC (rev 97431) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ja/po/caasp.ja.po 2017-09-14 14:15:32 UTC (rev 97432) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Title for installation overview dialog -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 +#. Title for installation overview dialog +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:76 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "インストールの概要" -#. Button label: start the installation -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 +#. Button label: start the installation +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:78 msgid "Install" msgstr "インストールする" -#. %s is a problem description -#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 +#. %s is a problem description +#: src/lib/y2caasp/clients/inst_casp_overview.rb:102 msgid "" "Software proposal failed. Cannot proceed with installation.\n" "%s" @@ -33,17 +33,17 @@ "ソフトウェアの提案が失敗しました。インストールを続行できません。\n" "%s" -#. @return [String] Widget's label -#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 +#. @return [String] Widget's label +#. Check if the user wants to intentionally skip the NTP server configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if user wants to skip it; false otherwise. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:51 +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:98 msgid "NTP Servers" msgstr "NTPサーバ" -#. Initializes the widget's value -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 +#. Initializes the widget's value +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:65 msgid "" "Not valid location for the NTP servers:\n" "%{servers}\n" @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "有効なIPまたはホスト名を入力してください" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid ntp server name/address +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/ntp_server.rb:100 msgid "" "You have not configured an NTP server. This may lead to\n" "your cluster not functioning properly or at all.\n" @@ -70,35 +70,24 @@ "\n" "インストールを続行しますか?" -#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: " -"%{message}" -msgstr "" -"%{client} を提案する際に問題が見つかりました: 重大度: %{severity} メッ" -"セージ: %{message}" +#. by default widget_id is the class name; must differentiate instances +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:72 +msgid "Problem found when proposing %{client}: Severity: %{severity} Message: %{message}" +msgstr "%{client} を提案する際に問題が見つかりました: 重大度: %{severity} メッセージ: %{message}" -#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 -msgid "" -"%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." -msgstr "" -"%s によってインストールがブロックされています。問題を解決してから操作を続行し" -"てください。" +#. %s is a heading of a problematic section, like "Partitioning" or "Network" +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/overview.rb:110 +msgid "%s blocks the installation. Please solve the problem there before proceeding." +msgstr "%s によってインストールがブロックされています。問題を解決してから操作を続行してください。" -#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location -#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. -#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 +#. This widget is responsible of validate and store the introduced location +#. which must be a valid IP or FQDN. +#. bsc#1032057: old name: Controller Node, new name: Administration Node. +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:43 msgid "Administration Node" msgstr "管理ノード" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location -#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 -msgid "" -"Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or " -"Hostname" -msgstr "" -"管理ノードに有効な場所ではありません。有効なIPまたはホスト名を入力してくださ" -"い" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message for invalid administration node location +#: src/lib/y2caasp/widgets/system_role.rb:67 +msgid "Not valid location for the administration node, please enter a valid IP or Hostname" +msgstr "管理ノードに有効な場所ではありません。有効なIPまたはホスト名を入力してください" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2017-09-14 14:14:30 UTC (rev 97431) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2017-09-14 14:15:32 UTC (rev 97432) @@ -14,63 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "キーボードの環境設定です。" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "キーボードの環境設定の概要です。" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "キーボードの環境設定の新しい値を設定します。" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "利用可能なすべてのキーボード配列を一覧にします。" -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "新しいキーボード配列です" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "現在のキーボード配列: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"キーボード配列「%1」は無効です。「list」コマンドを使用して、使用可能な値を確" -"認してください。" +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "キーボード配列「%1」は無効です。「list」コマンドを使用して、使用可能な値を確認してください。" -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "キーボード配列" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. widget label -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:42 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "キーボード配列(&K)" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -84,80 +81,76 @@ " 確かでない場合には、すでに選択されているデフォルト値を使用してください。\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"ここでの設定は、コンソールキーボードにのみ適用されます。グラフィカルユーザ" -"インタフェースのキーボードは別のツールで設定します。\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "ここでの設定は、コンソールキーボードにのみ適用されます。グラフィカルユーザインタフェースのキーボードは別のツールで設定します。\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "キーボードのエキスパート設定" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "リピートの速さ(&R)" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "リピートが始まるまでの待ち時間(&L)" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "起動時の状態" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "Num Lockオン(&N)" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOSの設定" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<無変更>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "Caps Lockを無効にする(&I)" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "テスト(&T)" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "エキスパート設定(&X)..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -165,27 +158,25 @@ "\n" "<big>キーボード設定</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "インストール中およびインストールしたシステムで使用する\n" "キーボード配列を選択します。 \n" "Testのレイアウトをテストします。\n" -"リピートの速さや待ち時間などの高度なオプションを設定するには、［エキスパート" -"設定］を選択します。\n" +"リピートの速さや待ち時間などの高度なオプションを設定するには、［エキスパート設定］を選択します。\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -195,31 +186,26 @@ "設定に詳しくない場合は、デフォルト値のままにしてください。\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"システムで利用するキーボードレイアウトを、［キーボードレイアウト］から" -"選択します。\n" -"表示の間隔や表示までの待ち時間など、より細かい設定は［エキスパート設定</" -"b>］にあります。\n" -"他のオプションについては、お使いのデスクトップ環境のキーボードレイアウト" -"ツールを確認してください。\n" +"システムで利用するキーボードレイアウトを、［キーボードレイアウト］から選択します。\n" +"表示の間隔や表示までの待ち時間など、より細かい設定は［エキスパート設定］にあります。\n" +"他のオプションについては、お使いのデスクトップ環境のキーボードレイアウトツールを確認してください。\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "システムキーボード設定" -#. help text for keyboard selection widget -#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -231,204 +217,197 @@ "キーボードレイアウトを選択してください。\n" "\n" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" "Select the layout to use during update:" msgstr "" -"現在、アップデートシステムで使用されているキーボードとは異なるものが使用され" -"ています。\n" +"現在、アップデートシステムで使用されているキーボードとは異なるものが使用されています。\n" " アップデート中に使用するレイアウトを選択してください。" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "X11キーボードを「%s」に設定できませんでした" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>キーボードレイアウト<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>言語<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "ロケール設定" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#. Widget label -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#. Widget label +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:48 msgid "&Language" msgstr "言語(&L)" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "言語の環境設定" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "言語の環境設定の概要" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "言語の新しい値を設定します" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "利用可能なすべての言語を一覧にします。" -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "言語の新しい値です" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "第二言語のリスト(カンマ区切り)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "言語固有のパッケージをインストールしません" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "言語の環境設定の保存" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "言語およびコンソールの設定を保存します" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "影響を受けるパッケージをインストールおよびアンインストールします" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "ブートローダのメニューの翻訳をアップデートします" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "言語およびコンソールの設定を保存しています..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." -msgstr "" -"影響を受けるパッケージをインストールおよびアンインストールしています..." +msgstr "影響を受けるパッケージをインストールおよびアンインストールしています..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "ブートローダのメニューの翻訳をアップデートしています..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "設定を保存しています しばらくお待ちください..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "現在の言語: %1(%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "追加言語: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 は有効な言語ではありません。リストコマンドを使用して、使用できる値を表示" -"してください。" +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 は有効な言語ではありません。リストコマンドを使用して、使用できる値を表示してください。" -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "言語" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "言語サポート" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "システム修復へようこそ" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "詳細(&D)" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "第二言語(&S)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "第一言語(&L)" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "第一言語の設定" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"選択された第一言語と第二言語のサポートを含む追加パッケージをインストールしま" -"す。必要がないパッケージは削除されます。\n" +"選択された第一言語と第二言語のサポートを含む追加パッケージをインストールします。必要がないパッケージは削除されます。\n" "" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -436,12 +415,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"インストール中およびインストールしたシステムで使用する言語を選択しま" -"す。\n" +"インストール中およびインストールしたシステムで使用する言語を選択します。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -451,8 +429,8 @@ "[次へ]をクリックし、次のダイアログに進みます。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -464,8 +442,8 @@ "コンピュータには何も起こりません。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -477,9 +455,9 @@ "中止することができます。\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -489,8 +467,8 @@ "システムで使用する新しい言語を選択します。\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -500,27 +478,21 @@ "システムで使用する新しい第一言語を選択します。\n" "\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"［キーボードレイアウトを適用する］を選択すると、キーボードのレイアウ" -"トを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。\n" -"［タイムゾーンを適用する］を選択すると、タイムゾーンを第一言語のものに" -"合わせることができます。キーボードレイアウトやタイムゾーンがすでにデフォルト" -"の言語設定に合わせてある場合は、それぞれのオプションは無効になります。\n" +"［キーボードレイアウトを適用する］を選択すると、キーボードのレイアウトを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。\n" +"［タイムゾーンを適用する］を選択すると、タイムゾーンを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。キーボードレイアウトやタイムゾーンがすでにデフォルトの言語設定に合わせてある場合は、それぞれのオプションは無効になります。\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -532,13 +504,13 @@ "この選択ボックスでは、システムで使用する追加言語を指定します。\n" "\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "未解決のパッケージ依存関係があります。" -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -546,8 +518,8 @@ "追加のパッケージをインストールするために必要な空き領域がありません。\n" "選択肢から一部の言語を削除してください。" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -558,12 +530,11 @@ "\n" "ここでは、さらに詳細な言語設定を行います。\n" "ここでの設定はファイル /etc/sysconfig/languageに書き込まれます。\n" -"どう設定すべきか確信がない場合は、すでに選択されているデフォルト値をそのまま" -"使用してください。\n" +"どう設定すべきか確信がない場合は、すでに選択されているデフォルト値をそのまま使用してください。\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -573,72 +544,65 @@ "［rootユーザのロケール設定］では、\n" "ルートユーザに対するロケール変数(LC_*)の設定方法を指定します" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"ctypeのみ: rootユーザには標準のユーザと同じLC_CTYPEが設定されま" -"す。\n" +"ctypeのみ: rootユーザには標準のユーザと同じLC_CTYPEが設定されます。\n" "その他の値は設定されません。 \n" "はい: rootユーザのロケール設定は標準のユーザと同じになります。 \n" "いいえ: rootユーザにはどのロケール変数も設定されません。\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"［詳細なロケール設定］では、第一言語の中でさらに絞り込んだロケールを設定し" -"ます。ここで選択するロケールには、翻訳が用意されていない場合があります。" +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "［詳細なロケール設定］では、第一言語の中でさらに絞り込んだロケールを設定します。ここで選択するロケールには、翻訳が用意されていない場合があります。" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "言語の詳細" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "rootユーザのロケール設定(&R)" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "ctypeのみ" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "UTF-8エンコーディングを使用(&U)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "詳細なロケール設定(&D)" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "%1 のキーボード配列を適用する(&K)" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "%1 のタイムゾーンを適用する(&T)" -#. Widget help text -#. -#. @return [String] -#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 +#. Widget help text +#. +#. @return [String] +#: language/src/lib/y2country/widgets/language_selection.rb:67 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to be used during\n" @@ -650,41 +614,40 @@ "言語を選択してください。\n" "\n" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "インストールシステムの言語拡張をダウンロードしています..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" "\n" "Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." msgstr "" -"%{directory} で利用可能なサポートされている言語のリスト内に、言語" -"「%{language}」が\n" +"%{directory} で利用可能なサポートされている言語のリスト内に、言語「%{language}」が\n" "見つかりませんでした。\n" "\n" "フォールバック言語 %{fallback} が使用されます。" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "第一言語: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "パッケージをインストール中..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -692,90 +655,85 @@ "第一言語の変換が完了していません。\n" "一部のテキストは英語で表示されます。\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "このメディアには、選択した言語の最小限のサポートのみが含まれています。\n" -"この言語の適切なサポートを入手するため、後でオンラインリポジトリを有効にし" -"て\n" +"この言語の適切なサポートを入手するため、後でオンラインリポジトリを有効にして\n" "ください。\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." -msgstr "" -"選択した言語は、テキストボードで使用できません。英語は、インストールのために" -"使用されますが、選択した言語が新しいシステムに使用されます。" +msgstr "選択した言語は、テキストボードで使用できません。英語は、インストールのために使用されますが、選択した言語が新しいシステムに使用されます。" -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "タイムゾーンの環境設定です" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "タイムゾーンの環境設定の概要です" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "タイムゾーンの環境設定の新しい値を設定します" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "利用可能なすべてのタイムゾーンを一覧にします" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "新しいタイムゾーンです" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"ハードウェアクロックの新しい値です。「local」、「utc」または「UTC」にできま" -"す。" +msgstr "ハードウェアクロックの新しい値です。「local」、「utc」または「UTC」にできます。" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "現在のタイムゾーン:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "ハードウェアの時刻設定:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "世界協定時間(UTC)" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "ローカルタイム" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "現在の時刻と日付:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -783,47 +741,42 @@ "時刻 %1 はすでに過ぎています。\n" "インストールを始める前に正しい時刻を設定してください。" -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "時間帯" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "タイムゾーン(&T)" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"[ハードウェアの時刻設定]で、マシンが現在ローカル時間またはUTCのどちら" -"に設定されているかを指定します。\n" +"[ハードウェアの時刻設定]で、マシンが現在ローカル時間またはUTCのどちらに設定されているかを指定します。\n" "\n" -"他のオペレーティングシステム(Microsoft Windowsなど)も同時にインストールされて" -"いるPCでは、そのほとんどでローカル時間が設定されています。\n" +"他のオペレーティングシステム(Microsoft Windowsなど)も同時にインストールされているPCでは、そのほとんどでローカル時間が設定されています。\n" "Linuxのみがインストールされているマシンでは、通常\n" "協定世界時(UTC)が設定されています。\n" "ハードウェアクロックがUTCに設定されていれば、システムは、標準時間と\n" "夏時間の切り替えを自動で行えます。\n" "\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -839,18 +792,15 @@ "ユーザマニュアルで、副次的影響に関する背景情報を参照してください。\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -858,79 +808,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"ローカル時刻を選択しましたが、システムにはLinuxしかインストールされていない可" -"能性が\n" -"あります。このような場合は、［キャンセル］ボタンをクリックしてUTCを使用するこ" -"とを強くお勧めします。\n" +"ローカル時刻を選択しましたが、システムにはLinuxしかインストールされていない可能性が\n" +"あります。このような場合は、［キャンセル］ボタンをクリックしてUTCを使用することを強くお勧めします。\n" "\n" -"ローカル時刻をそのまま使用する場合、夏時間(サマータイム)が適用される地域で開" -"始時と終了時の年に2回、\n" -"CMOSクロックを切り替える必要があります。クロックを調整し忘れると、バックアッ" -"プが失敗\n" -"する場合があるほか、電子メールシステムが電子メールを喪失する場合もありま" -"す。\n" +"ローカル時刻をそのまま使用する場合、夏時間(サマータイム)が適用される地域で開始時と終了時の年に2回、\n" +"CMOSクロックを切り替える必要があります。クロックを調整し忘れると、バックアップが失敗\n" +"する場合があるほか、電子メールシステムが電子メールを喪失する場合もあります。\n" "\n" "UTCを使用すると、時刻はLinux側で自動的に調整されます。\n" "\n" "現在の選択内容(ローカル時刻)で続行しますか?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"現在のシステムの時刻および日付が表示されます。必要であれば、これらの値を正" -"しい値に手動で変更するか、ネットワークタイムプロトコル(NTP)を使用してくださ" -"い。" +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "現在のシステムの時刻および日付が表示されます。必要であれば、これらの値を正しい値に手動で変更するか、ネットワークタイムプロトコル(NTP)を使用してください。" -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "設定を保存するには、［了解］をクリックします。" -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "現在の日付(DD-MM-YYYY)" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "現在の時刻(HH:MM:SS)" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "現在の日付" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "現在の時刻" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手動" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "今すぐ時刻を変更(&H)" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "NTP サーバと同期" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "システムの日付と時刻の変更" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -938,8 +878,8 @@ "時刻(HH:MM:SS) %1 は無効です。\n" "正しい時刻を入力してください。\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -947,49 +887,49 @@ "日付(DD-MM-YYYY) %1 は無効です。\n" "正しい日付を入力してください。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "その他の設定(&S)..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "日付と時刻(NTP設定済み)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "日付と時刻" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "ハードウェアの時刻をUTCに設定する(&H)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "地域(&R)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "タイムゾーン(&T)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "日付と時刻:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -997,12 +937,11 @@ "\n" "<big>タイムゾーンと時計の設定</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" @@ -1013,8 +952,8 @@ "選択します。\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -1024,327 +963,327 @@ "現在の時刻が正しくない場合は、[変更]を使用して時刻を調整します。\n" "" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "時計とタイムゾーン" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "有効なタイムゾーンの選択" -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "ローカルタイム" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "ハードウェアの時刻設定" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP 設定済み" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "現在のタイムゾーン: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "英語(米国)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "英語(英国)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "ドイツ語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "ドイツ語(デッドキー付き)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "ドイツ語(スイス)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "フランス語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "フランス語(スイス)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "フランス語(カナダ)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "カナダ(多言語)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "スペイン語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "スペイン語(ラテンアメリカ)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "スペイン語(CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "イタリア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "ポルトガル語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "ポルトガル語(ブラジル)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "ポルトガル語(ブラジル-米国アクセント)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "ギリシャ語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "オランダ語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "デンマーク語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "ノルウェー語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "スウェーデン語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "フィンランド語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "チェコ語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "チェコ語(qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "スロバキア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "スロバキア語(qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "スロベニア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "ハンガリー語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "ポーランド語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "ロシア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "セルビア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "エストニア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "リトアニア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "トルコ語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "クロアチア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "日本語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "ベルギー語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "アイスランド語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "ウクライナ語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "クメール語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "韓国語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "アラビア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "タジク語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "繁体字中国語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "簡体字中国語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "ルーマニア語" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "米国(国際)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "スペイン語(アストゥリアス地方の方言)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2017-09-14 14:14:30 UTC (rev 97431) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2017-09-14 14:15:32 UTC (rev 97432) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -26,73 +26,69 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"このプログラムを利用するにはハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する知識が" -"必要です。\n" +"このプログラムを利用するにはハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する知識が必要です。\n" "\n" -"何らかの特別な事情がない限りは、どのような形であれ、マウントしていたりスワッ" -"プとして\n" -"使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわな" -"いでください。\n" -"もしも使用中のディスクに対してパーティション操作を行なうと、パーティション" -"テーブルがカーネル側で\n" +"何らかの特別な事情がない限りは、どのような形であれ、マウントしていたりスワップとして\n" +"使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわないでください。\n" +"もしも使用中のディスクに対してパーティション操作を行なうと、パーティションテーブルがカーネル側で\n" "検知されず、ほとんどの場合データ破壊を引き起こします。\n" "\n" "この警告を理解した上で続行するには、［はい］を押してください。\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "エキスパートパーティショナ" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "ボリュームを検出しています。" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "ストレージの設定" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "ディスクとパーティションのリストを表示します" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "ディスクのリストを表示します" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "パーティションのリストを表示します" -#. Title for dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "推奨されたパーティション分割" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "エキスパートパーティショナ(&E)..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "パーティション設定の作成(&C)..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -100,15 +96,15 @@ "自動的な提案は使用できません。\n" "パーティショナのダイアログで、マウントポイントを手動で指定してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") -#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings") +#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml. +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "推奨設定の編集" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -118,9 +114,9 @@ "ハードディスクはチェック済みです。表示されるパーティション設定は、\n" "ハードディスクドライブの推奨設定です。" -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -133,8 +129,8 @@ "場合は［%1］を選び、熟練者向けパーティション設定の\n" "ダイアログ内で変更を行なってください。\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -152,28 +148,27 @@ "この選択は RAID や暗号化など、高度なオプション\n" "機能を選択する場合にも使用します。\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "要求した提案を作成することができません。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"ルートボリュームのスナップショットを提案するための空き領域が不足しています。" +msgstr "ルートボリュームのスナップショットを提案するための空き領域が不足しています。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "独立した/homeを作成するための空き領域が不足しています。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "ルートファイルシステムの割り当てがありません。続行できません。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -181,22 +176,22 @@ "提案を作成すると、今までに設定した手動の設定が失われます。\n" "提案の作成を続けてよろしいですか？" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:68 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "ディスクを準備しています..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -206,9 +201,9 @@ "使用領域\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -218,9 +213,9 @@ "空き領域\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -228,25 +223,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windowsの空き領域(%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -256,9 +251,9 @@ "Windowsパーティションの新規サイズを指定してください。\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -269,15 +264,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"実際のサイズ変更は、最後のダイアログでインストール作業全体の確認を行なってか" -"ら\n" +"実際のサイズ変更は、最後のダイアログでインストール作業全体の確認を行なってから\n" "になります。それまでの間であれば、お使いの Windows パーティションには\n" "何も書き込みません。\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -291,23 +285,23 @@ "［戻る］をクリックしてください。\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "現状" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "インストール完了後" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -323,9 +317,9 @@ "つまりパーティションのリサイズが完了した後の状況を示します。\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -339,9 +333,9 @@ "いずれかの入力項目に値を入力します。\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -355,29 +349,29 @@ "作成されます。\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windowsの使用領域" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "空き" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -391,9 +385,9 @@ "自動的に作成されます。\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -402,13 +396,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"［Windows の使用領域］は Windows パーティションの使用領域のサイズで" -"す。\n" +"［Windows の使用領域］は Windows パーティションの使用領域のサイズです。\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -416,19 +409,18 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"［空き領域］は、パーティションの現在の空き領域(Linuxをインストールする前)" -"が\n" +"［空き領域］は、パーティションの現在の空き領域(Linuxをインストールする前)が\n" "表示されています。\n" "\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Windowsパーティションをリサイズする" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -454,9 +446,9 @@ "Windows パーティションには少なくとも %1 MB の空き容量が\n" "必要です。\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -472,8 +464,8 @@ "および使用されるスペースの大きさによって、しばらく時間がかかります。\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -495,14 +487,14 @@ "同じ問題が再度発生する場合は、別の方法を使用して\n" "Windowsパーティションをリサイズしてください。\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "インストールするには、使用可能な領域が十分ではありません。" -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -523,17 +515,15 @@ "\t Windowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"ご使用のシステムは、カスタムパーティション分割オプションを使用した場合に限" -"り、設定できます。" +msgstr "ご使用のシステムは、カスタムパーティション分割オプションを使用した場合に限り、設定できます。" -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -552,10 +542,10 @@ "別のディスクを選択するか、インストールを中止し、別の方法で\n" "Windowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -571,10 +561,10 @@ "別のディスクを選択するか、インストールを中止し、別の方法で\n" "Windowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -603,14 +593,14 @@ "\n" "Windowsパーティションを縮小しますか?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "Windowsを縮小(&S)" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -624,13 +614,13 @@ "\n" "Windowsパーティションを削除しますか?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "Windowsを削除(&D)" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -639,45 +629,41 @@ msgstr "" "削除のマークが付けられたパーティションが\n" "少なすぎるか、\n" -"ディスクが小さすぎます。Linuxをインストールするには、削除するパーティションの" -"数を増やすか、\n" +"ディスクが小さすぎます。Linuxをインストールするには、削除するパーティションの数を増やすか、\n" "より大きなディスクを選択してください。" -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "使用可能なディスク(&D)" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "カスタムパーティション(&C) - エキスパート用" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスク" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"ディスクが見つかりません。利用できる場合は、インストール用のアップデートCDを" -"使用してください。" +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "ディスクが見つかりません。利用できる場合は、インストール用のアップデートCDを使用してください。" -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -689,8 +675,8 @@ "表示されます。&product;をインストールするハードディスクを選択してください。\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -700,8 +686,8 @@ "&product;に使用するディスクの部分については、後で選択することもできます。\n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -717,27 +703,27 @@ "およびマウントポイントの割り当てを完全に制御できるようにします。\n" "\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクの準備" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "続行するには、オプションを1つ選択してください。" -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "ディスク %1 は %2 が使用中です" -#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 +#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352 msgid "" "This is for experts only.\n" "You might lose support if you use this!\n" @@ -749,65 +735,64 @@ "これを使用した場合、サポートを受けられなくなる場合があります。\n" "\n" "マニュアルを参照して、\n" -"カスタムパーティション設定がこの製品の要件を満たしていることを確認してくださ" -"い。" +"カスタムパーティション設定がこの製品の要件を満たしていることを確認してください。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "multipathを有効にしますか？" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "No snapshots possible.\n" "Please use larger root partition." @@ -815,7 +800,7 @@ "スナップショットを作成できません。\n" "より大きいルートパーティションを使用してください。" -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -823,35 +808,35 @@ "/homeパーティションはフォーマットされません。インストール後、\n" "ホームディレクトリの所有権が正しく設定されているかどうか、ご確認ください。" -#. A custom configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 +#. A custom configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Custom" msgstr "カスタム設定" -#. A standard configuration -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 +#. A standard configuration +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Standard" msgstr "標準" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "パーティション分割" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "パーティション分割(&P)" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "ファイルシステムの環境設定の保存中..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -859,15 +844,15 @@ "現在の選択は無効です: \n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2、未割り当て" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -875,16 +860,16 @@ "%1 のインストールに使用する\n" "ディスク領域\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスク全体を使用する(&E)" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -892,8 +877,8 @@ "このディスク上には、まだパーティションはありません。\n" "ディスク全体が %1 に使用されます。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -901,18 +886,18 @@ "このディスクは、Windowsによって使用されているようです。\n" "Linuxをインストールするための十分な領域がありません。" -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Windows を完全に削除する(&D)" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "Windows パーティションを縮小する(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -922,8 +907,8 @@ "ハードディスク上で&product;のインストール先を選択してください。\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -935,8 +920,8 @@ "未使用領域を使うことができます。\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -945,14 +930,12 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"注意: 「空き領域」と表示されていない区域を選択した場合、ハードディスク上の" -"データが\n" -"失われる可能性があります。これは他のオペレーティングシステムにも影響を与える" -"可能性があります。\n" +"注意: 「空き領域」と表示されていない区域を選択した場合、ハードディスク上のデータが\n" +"失われる可能性があります。これは他のオペレーティングシステムにも影響を与える可能性があります。\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -964,16 +947,16 @@ "すべて失われます。ここで削除したデータを回復する方法はありません。\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "インストール先: " -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -982,14 +965,13 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"選択したハードディスクは、Windowsが使用中である可能性があります。&product;用" -"の領域が\n" +"選択したハードディスクは、Windowsが使用中である可能性があります。&product;用の領域が\n" "十分にありません。十分な空き領域を確保するために、Windowsを完全に削除したり\n" "Windowsパーティションを縮小できます。\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -999,35 +981,34 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Windowsを削除すると、パーティション上にあるすべてのデータは完全に失われ、復旧" -"することができなくなります。\n" +"Windowsを削除すると、パーティション上にあるすべてのデータは完全に失われ、復旧することができなくなります。\n" "Windowsを縮小する場合は、データが再編成されるため、\n" "データをバックアップしてください。\n" "稀ではありますが、データの再編成に失敗する場合があります。\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "ホームパーティションの分離の提案(&H)" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "LVMベース提案の作成(&L)" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの暗号化" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "提案タイプ" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1036,14 +1017,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "インストールの際に必要となるルートパーティションの\n" -"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。パーティションにルートマウン" -"トポイント「/」\n" +"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。パーティションにルートマウントポイント「/」\n" "を割り当ててください。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1052,15 +1032,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "次のマウントポイントのいずれかにFATパーティションを利用しようとしています: \n" -"/、/usr、/home、/opt、または/var。この設定では問題を起こす可能性がありま" -"す。\n" -"これらのマウントポイントに対しては、ext3、ext4などのLinux用ファイルシステムを" -"設定してください。\n" +"/、/usr、/home、/opt、または/var。この設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。\n" +"これらのマウントポイントに対しては、ext3、ext4などのLinux用ファイルシステムを設定してください。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1074,8 +1052,8 @@ "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1089,9 +1067,9 @@ "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1107,8 +1085,8 @@ "\n" "この設定を使用しますか?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1128,8 +1106,8 @@ "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1143,8 +1121,8 @@ "\n" "本当にブートパーティションのこのサイズを保持しますか?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1158,10 +1136,10 @@ "約1MBの大きさである必要があります。\n" "本当にこの設定を使用しますか?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1179,8 +1157,8 @@ "\n" "/bootパーティションなしの設定を使用しますか?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1192,31 +1170,28 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "警告:現在の設定ではルートパーティション(/)からマシンを起動するよう\n" -"指定されていますが、残念ながらそのパーティションは %1 シリンダを越えた位置" -"に\n" -"終了位置が設定されています。お使いのコンピュータのBIOSはおそらく %1 シリンダ" -"を\n" +"指定されていますが、残念ながらそのパーティションは %1 シリンダを越えた位置に\n" +"終了位置が設定されています。お使いのコンピュータのBIOSはおそらく %1 シリンダを\n" "越えた位置で終わるパーティションからの起動が行えません。\n" "従って、%2 のインストールを行っても直接起動することはできません。\n" "\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" "%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"警告: ルートファイルシステムの一部のサブボリュームが、他のファイルシステムの" -"マウントポイントによって\n" +"警告: ルートファイルシステムの一部のサブボリュームが、他のファイルシステムのマウントポイントによって\n" "シャドーイングされています。場合によっては、問題が起きる可能性があります。\n" "%s\n" "この設定のまま使用しますか?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1228,13 +1203,12 @@ "警告:現在の設定では「/boot」ディレクトリ以下のファイルが\n" "ソフトウエアRAIDデバイス上に存在するため、%1 をインストール\n" "しても直接起動できないかもしれません。\n" -"この環境設定ではブートローダの設定の際にもエラーが発生する可能性がありま" -"す。\n" +"この環境設定ではブートローダの設定の際にもエラーが発生する可能性があります。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1258,8 +1232,8 @@ "\n" "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1283,20 +1257,19 @@ "\n" "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1304,16 +1277,14 @@ "\n" "現在の設定ではスワップパーティションの割り当てがありません。多くの場合、\n" "スワップパーティションを作成して割り当てておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" -"お使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウ" -"インドウ内に\n" -"表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが " -"\"swap\" に\n" +"お使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウインドウ内に\n" +"表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが \"swap\" に\n" "なっています。もし必要であれば 2 つ以上のスワップを設定することも可能です。\n" "\n" "スワップパーティションを設定しないままでよろしいですか？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1322,12 +1293,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "既存のパーティションに対して、フォーマットすることなくインストールするよう\n" -"設定を行なっています。YaST では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証する" -"ことができません。\n" +"設定を行なっています。YaST では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証することができません。\n" "特に以下の場合で失敗する可能性があります:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1339,22 +1309,19 @@ "ある場合\n" "- このパーティションに、まだファイルシステムが作成されていない場合\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"心配な場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し" -"直してください。\n" -"特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである/、/boot、/opt、ま" -"たは/varの\n" +"心配な場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し直してください。\n" +"特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである/、/boot、/opt、または/varの\n" "いずれかである場合は、注意してください。\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1364,8 +1331,8 @@ "\n" "フォーマットしないままでよろしいですか?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1373,8 +1340,8 @@ "選択したデバイスはRAID(%1)に属します。\n" "このデバイスを編集する場合は、先にRAIDから削除してください。\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1382,8 +1349,8 @@ "選択したデバイスはボリュームグループ(%1)に属します。\n" "このデバイスを編集する場合は、先にボリュームグループから削除してください。\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1391,8 +1358,8 @@ "選択したデバイスはボリューム(%1)で使用されています。\n" "このデバイスを編集する場合は、先にボリュームから削除してください。\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1400,8 +1367,8 @@ "デバイス(%2)はRAID(%1)に属します。\n" "このデバイスを削除する場合は、先にRAIDから削除してください。\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1409,12 +1376,12 @@ "デバイス(%2)は %1 で使用されています。\n" "このデバイスを削除する場合は、先に %1 を削除してください。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "マウントされている場合は削除することができません。" -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1423,25 +1390,21 @@ "それより大きい番号を持つ論理パーティションが\n" "使用中であるため、削除できません。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあ" -"ります:\n" +"選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあります:\n" "%1\n" -"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *" -"強く* お勧めします。\n" +"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" "何らかの特別な事情がない限り、［キャンセル］を押してください。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1450,14 +1413,13 @@ "before deleting the extended partition.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"選択したパーティションには、ボリュームグループに割り当てられたLVMパーティショ" -"ンが\n" +"選択したパーティションには、ボリュームグループに割り当てられたLVMパーティションが\n" "1つ以上含まれています。すべてのパーティションを、\n" "該当するボリュームから削除した後、拡張パーティションを\n" "削除してください。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1471,8 +1433,8 @@ "パーティションを割り当て解除した後、\n" "拡張パーティションを削除してください。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1484,8 +1446,8 @@ "含まれています。使用されているボリュームを削除してから、\n" "拡張パーティションを削除してください。\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "\n" @@ -1503,31 +1465,31 @@ "\n" "本当に現在の設定を保持しますか?\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "暗号化ファイルシステムのパスワードを入力してください。" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "ここで入力した内容を忘れないようにしてください。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "パスワードを指定しなくてもかまいません。" -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "%1の暗号化ファイルシステムのパスワード" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1535,38 +1497,38 @@ "%2 にマウントされているデバイス %1 \n" "の暗号化パスワードを入力してください。\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "暗号化ファイルシステムに対するパスワードの入力" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "ファイルシステムのパスワードを入力してください(&E):" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4005 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "確認のため、再度パスワードを入力してください(&V):" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "スキップ(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1576,10 +1538,10 @@ "再入力したパスワードが異なります。\n" "もう一度入力してください。\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3961 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1587,10 +1549,10 @@ "パスワードが入力されていません。\n" "もう一度入力してください。\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3969 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1598,17 +1560,17 @@ "パスワードは %1 文字以上必要です。\n" "もう一度入力してください。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "浮動小数点は指定できません。" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "ファイルシステムオプション: " -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1616,79 +1578,75 @@ "文字「/」はボリュームラベルには使用できません。\n" "この文字が含まれないようにボリュームラベルを変更してください。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "/etc/fstab のマウント方法:\n" "通常、マウントするファイルシステムは、デバイス名を利用して /etc/fstab に\n" "指定しますが、UUID やボリュームラベルを利用して検索し、ファイルシステムを\n" "マウントするように設定を変更することもできます。\n" -"一部のファイルシステムは UUID やボリュームラベルではマウントできません。この" -"オプションが無効になっている\n" +"一部のファイルシステムは UUID やボリュームラベルではマウントできません。このオプションが無効になっている\n" "場合は、これを実行することはできません。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "ボリュームラベル:\n" -"このフィールドに入力された名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。これは" -"通常、\n" +"このフィールドに入力された名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。これは通常、\n" "ボリュームラベルでマウントするオプションを有効にしたときのみ使用されます。\n" "ボリュームラベルには、「/」文字またはスペースは使用できません。\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "/etc/fstabへのマウント方法" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名(&D)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "ボリュームラベル(&L)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "UUID(&U)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "デバイスID(&I)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "デバイスパス(&P)" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "fstab オプション:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1698,71 +1656,70 @@ "選択したファイルシステムでは、ボリュームラベルの最大長は\n" "%1 です。ボリュームラベルをこのサイズに切りつめました。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "ラベルでマウントするボリュームラベルを指定してください。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." -msgstr "" -"このボリュームラベルはすでに使用されています。別の値を選択してください。" +msgstr "このボリュームラベルはすでに使用されています。別の値を選択してください。" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "ファイルシステム(&S)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "オプション(&P)..." -#. Translators: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 +#. Translators: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "スナップショットを有効にする" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "デバイスの暗号化(&E)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "ファイルシステムID(&I): " -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Format" msgstr "フォーマット" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "フォーマットしない(&N)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211 msgid "&Format" msgstr "フォーマット(&F)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fstabオプション(&T)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイント(&M)" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1777,8 +1734,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "選択したパーティション (%1) は現在 %2 にマウントされています。\n" -"ここでパラメータ (マウントポイントやファイルシステム種類など) の変更を行なう" -"と、\n" +"ここでパラメータ (マウントポイントやファイルシステム種類など) の変更を行なうと、\n" "インストール済みの Linux を壊してしまう可能性があります。\n" "\n" "可能であれば先にパーティションのマウントを解除してください。また、特別な\n" @@ -1787,8 +1743,8 @@ "\n" "続行しますか？\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1796,11 +1752,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2では、このパーティションのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\n" -"YaST2で縮小できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステ" -"ムだけです。" +"YaST2で縮小できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1808,25 +1763,24 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2では、この論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\n" -"YaST2で縮小できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステ" -"ムだけです。" +"YaST2で縮小できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "このパーティションを縮小するとデータを損失してしまう危険があります。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "この論理ボリュームを縮小するとデータを損失してしまう危険があります。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "続行しますか?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1834,11 +1788,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2では選択したパーティションのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" -"YaST2で拡張できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシ" -"ステムだけです。" +"YaST2で拡張できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1846,27 +1799,22 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2では選択した論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" -"YaST2で拡張できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシ" -"ステムだけです。" +"YaST2で拡張できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "サイズ変更を続行しますか？" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されているパーティションを縮小しようとしていま" -"す。" +msgstr "reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されているパーティションを縮小しようとしています。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されている論理ボリュームを縮小しようとしていま" -"す。" +msgstr "reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されている論理ボリュームを縮小しようとしています。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1875,29 +1823,26 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"reiserfs のサイズ縮小を行うことは可能ですが、完全なテストが完了していませ" -"ん。\n" +"reiserfs のサイズ縮小を行うことは可能ですが、完全なテストが完了していません。\n" "事前のデータバックアップをお勧めします。\n" "\n" "今すぐサイズを縮小しますか？" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "選択したデバイスには、現在マウント中のパーティションが含まれています:\n" "%1\n" -"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除" -"しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" +"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" "また、特別な事情がない限り、［キャンセル］を押してください。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1911,8 +1856,8 @@ "該当するボリュームグループからそれらのパーティションを\n" "取り除いてください。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1926,8 +1871,8 @@ "該当する RAID システムからそれらのパーティションを\n" "取り除いてください。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1939,52 +1884,49 @@ "あります。デバイスを削除する前に、\n" "ボリュームを削除してください。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"btrfsファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成および削除します。\n" +msgstr "btrfsファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成および削除します。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"snapperを使用したbtrfsファイルシステムの自動スナップショットを有効にしま" -"す。" +msgstr "snapperを使用したbtrfsファイルシステムの自動スナップショットを有効にします。" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "既存のサブボリューム:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "新しいサブボリューム" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589 msgid "Add new" msgstr "新規追加" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "削除" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "サブボリュームの処理" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "サブボリューム名を空白にはできません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1992,16 +1934,16 @@ "現時点では、サブボリューム名は「%1」で始まるもののみが許されます。\n" "サブボリューム名の頭には、自動的に「%1」が付けられます。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "サブボリューム名 %1 はすでに存在します。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "このダイアログ内での変更点は失われてしまいます。" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2011,8 +1953,8 @@ "暗号化ファイルシステムを作成します。\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -2022,8 +1964,8 @@ "暗号化ファイルシステムにアクセスします。\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2037,69 +1979,61 @@ "Linuxファイルシステム\n" "と同様のセキュリティとなります。 \n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイルシステムに相当" -"するものです。\n" -"暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側" -"で\n" -"ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にあ" -"る全ての\n" +"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイルシステムに相当するものです。\n" +"暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側で\n" +"ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にある全ての\n" "データは、シャットダウン時に失われることになります。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"パスワードを忘れると、ファイルシステム上にあるデータにアクセスできなくなりま" -"す。\n" +"パスワードを忘れると、ファイルシステム上にあるデータにアクセスできなくなります。\n" "パスワードの設定は慎重に行ってください。文字と数値の組み合せを\n" "お勧めします。パスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、\n" "2度入力します。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "大文字と小文字が区別されます。パスワードには少なくとも %1 文字\n" -"必要です。特殊文字(アクセント記号やウムラウト記号付きの文字など)は使用できま" -"せん。\n" +"必要です。特殊文字(アクセント記号やウムラウト記号付きの文字など)は使用できません。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2113,10 +2047,10 @@ " (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>)、数字 <tt>0</tt> から <tt>9</tt>\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2126,8 +2060,8 @@ "このパスワードを覚えておいてください!\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2137,12 +2071,11 @@ "暗号化に使用するパスワードを入力する必要があります。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2153,7 +2086,7 @@ "ファイルシステムは更新中にアクセスされることはありません。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2173,7 +2106,7 @@ "このディスクをインストールに使用する場合は、熟練者向けパーティション設定で\n" "ディスクラベルを消去してください。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2183,24 +2116,22 @@ msgstr "" "警告: システムにより、EFIブートのセットアップが必要\n" "であることが通知されています。選択したディスクには\n" -"GPTディスクラベルが含まれないため、YaSTはこのディスクにGPTラベルを作成しま" -"す。\n" +"GPTディスクラベルが含まれないため、YaSTはこのディスクにGPTラベルを作成します。\n" "\n" -"このディスク上のすべてのパーティションに削除対象マークを付ける必要がありま" -"す。\n" +"このディスク上のすべてのパーティションに削除対象マークを付ける必要があります。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "LVMにマウントポイント「%1」は使用できません。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "RAIDにマウントポイント %1 は使用できません。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2216,8 +2147,8 @@ "\n" "この設定を行なってもよろしいですか？\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2233,52 +2164,46 @@ "\n" "この設定を行なってもよろしいですか？\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "マウントポイントを指定する必要があります。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "スワップデバイスのマウントポイントはswapでなければなりません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"スワップデバイスに対してのみマウントポイントをswapに設定することができます。" +msgstr "スワップデバイスに対してのみマウントポイントをswapに設定することができます。" -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." -msgstr "" -"このマウントポイントはすでに使用されています。別の値を選択してください。" +msgstr "このマウントポイントはすでに使用されています。別の値を選択してください。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"システムマウントポイント(/、/usr、/opt、/var、/home)に、FATファイルシステムが" -"指定されました。\n" +"システムマウントポイント(/、/usr、/opt、/var、/home)に、FATファイルシステムが指定されました。\n" "この処理は実行できません。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#" -"\" を使用しないでください。" +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#\" を使用しないでください。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2288,13 +2213,13 @@ "/bin、/dev、/etc、/lib、/lib64、/lost+found、/mnt、/proc、/sbin、/sys、\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "マウントポイントは必ず「/」で開始しなければなりません。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2302,10 +2227,10 @@ "swapファイルシステムのないデバイスに\n" "マウントポイントswapを割り当てることはできません。" -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) -#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB) +#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" @@ -2315,8 +2240,8 @@ "入力されたサイズ(四捨五入後)は %2 です。\n" "このファイルシステムの最小サイズは %3 です。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2324,8 +2249,8 @@ "マウントポイントを、存在しないファイルシステムや未知のファイルシステム\n" "のあるデバイスに割り当てることは許されていません。" -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2347,113 +2272,105 @@ "\n" "このファイルシステムを使用してよろしいですか？\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "ファイルシステムは現在、%1 にマウントされています。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" "今すぐにマウントを解除しようとすることもできますし、アンマウントせずに\n" -"続行することも、キャンセルすることもできます。特別な事情がある場合を除き、こ" -"こでは［キャンセル］をクリックしてください。" +"続行することも、キャンセルすることもできます。特別な事情がある場合を除き、ここでは［キャンセル］をクリックしてください。" -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "マウント解除" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"今すぐにアンマウントしようとすることもできますし、キャンセルすることもできま" -"す。\n" +"今すぐにアンマウントしようとすることもできますし、キャンセルすることもできます。\n" "特別な事情がある場合を除き、ここでは［キャンセル］をクリックしてください。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを縮小すること" -"はできません。" +msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを縮小することはできません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを拡張すること" -"はできません。" +msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムを拡張することはできません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更" -"することはできません。" +msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更することはできません。" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "デバイスの再検出" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "マウントポイントのインポート..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "暗号化パスワードの設定(&P)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "iSCSIの設定(&I)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "FCoEの設定(&F)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "マルチパスの設定(&M)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "DASD の設定(&D)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "zFCP の設定(&Z)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "XPRAM の設定(&X)..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "設定..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "%1 で利用可能なストレージ" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2461,8 +2378,8 @@ "ここには利用可能な全てのストレージデバイスが\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2472,8 +2389,8 @@ "デバイスに関する詳細情報を見ることができます。\n" "\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2481,28 +2398,26 @@ "表内の項目を選択すると、\n" "デバイスに関する詳細情報を見ることができます。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" -"ディスクの再検出を行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"ディスクの再検出を行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "再検出を行ってよろしいですか？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" -"iSCSI 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"iSCSI 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "iSCSI 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2510,92 +2425,88 @@ "FCoE設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在の変更はすべてキャンセルされます。\n" "FCoE設定を呼び出してよろしいですか?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"マルチパス設定の呼び出しを行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセル" -"されます。\n" +"マルチパス設定の呼び出しを行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "マルチパス設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" -"DASD 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"DASD 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "DASD 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" -"zFCP 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"zFCP 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "zFCP 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" msgstr "" -"XPRAM 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされま" -"す。\n" +"XPRAM 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" "XPRAM 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "btrfs %1 の編集" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "少なくとも 1 つのデバイスを選択してください。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "btrfs ボリュームで使用するデバイスを変更します。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "未使用のデバイス:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "選択したデバイス:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "btrfsボリューム %1 のサイズ変更" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "brtfs デバイスを選択していません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2603,178 +2514,174 @@ "btrfs %1 は使用中です。編集できません。\n" "%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "いくつかの物理ボリュームの削除に失敗しました。" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "btrfs ボリューム" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "編集..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "削除..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "このビューには、全ての btrfs ボリュームが表示されています。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2782,8 +2689,8 @@ "このビューには、選択した btrfs ボリュームに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2791,74 +2698,72 @@ "このビューには、選択した btrfs ボリュームで\n" "使用されている全てのデバイスが表示されています。\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "btrfsデバイス: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "概要(&O)" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "使用済みデバイス(&U)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "デバイスの役割を選択します。" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "EFIブートパーティション" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "オペレーティングシステム" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "データおよびISVアプリケーション" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "スワップ" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "RAWボリューム(未フォーマット)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "役割" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2866,72 +2771,68 @@ "まずはパーティションをフォーマットするかどうかを\n" "選択してから、ファイルシステムを選択してください。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "ボリューム上の全てのデータを暗号化したい場合は、\n" -"［デバイスの暗号化］を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化" -"方法を変更すると、\n" +"［デバイスの暗号化］を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化方法を変更すると、\n" "そのボリュームに存在した全てのデータが削除されます。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" "その後、パーティションをマウントするかどうかを\n" -"選択してからマウントポイントを入力してください(/、/boot、/home、/varなど)。</" -"p>" +"選択してからマウントポイントを入力してください(/、/boot、/home、/varなど)。" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "フォーマットのオプション" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "パーティションをフォーマットする" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "パーティションをフォーマットしない" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "パーティションをマウントしない" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "マウントのオプション" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "パーティションをマウントする" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイント" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "fstabオプション(&T) ..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "暗号ファイルは暗号化しなければなりません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2943,18 +2844,18 @@ "\n" "フォーマットオプションについても確認してください。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "暗号ファイルにはマウントポイントを設定してください。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "tmpfsにはマウントポイントが必要です。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2968,8 +2869,8 @@ "同じくらいのセキュリティになります。\n" "" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2978,28 +2879,26 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このボリュームに対して使用されているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パス" -"ワードを\n" -"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 " -"(ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" +"このボリュームに対して使用されているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パスワードを\n" +"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 (ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" "使用することができなくなります。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "ボリューム上に存在している全てのデータが失われます！" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "下層のデバイスでサイズ変更がサポートされていません。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -3009,7 +2908,7 @@ "このパーティションのファイルシステムでリサイズをサポートしていないため、\n" "選択したパーティションをリサイズできません。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -3017,8 +2916,8 @@ "マウント中の場合、NTFSのサイズを変更できるかどうか\n" "を判断することはできません。" -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -3026,115 +2925,112 @@ "ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているのため、\n" "パーティション %1 はサイズ変更できません。\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "%1 パーティションのサイズ変更" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "%1 論理ボリュームのサイズ変更" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "現在のサイズ: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "現在使用中: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "サイズ" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "最大サイズ (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "最小サイズ(%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "カスタムサイズ" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "新しいサイズを選択してください。" -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"指定したサイズは正しくありません。サイズは %1 から %2 の間で指定してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "指定したサイズは正しくありません。サイズは %1 から %2 の間で指定してください。" -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" "to consider umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \n" "resize task a lot." msgstr "" -"マウント済みのファイルシステムに対して、%1 ギガバイトだけ拡張しようとしていま" -"す。\n" +"マウント済みのファイルシステムに対して、%1 ギガバイトだけ拡張しようとしています。\n" "この処理は非常に遅く、時間も長くかかります。ファイルシステムを\n" "アンマウントすれば、サイズ変更の速度を速く、かつかかる時間を短くする\n" "ことができるため、そちらをお勧めします。" -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "%1 の出力" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "ディスクを再検出しています..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "DM %1 の編集" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "DM デバイスを選択していません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3142,25 +3038,24 @@ "DM %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" "%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "デバイスマッパー (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" "このビューには、他のビューで既に含められているものを除いた\n" -"全てのデバイスマッパーデバイスが表示されています。従ってマルチパスディスク" -"や\n" +"全てのデバイスマッパーデバイスが表示されています。従ってマルチパスディスクや\n" " BIOS RAID ディスク、LVM 論理ボリュームはここには表示されません。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3168,8 +3063,8 @@ "ここには選択したデバイスマッパーデバイスに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3177,185 +3072,185 @@ "ここには選択したデバイスマッパーデバイスによって\n" "使用されている全てのデバイスが表示されています。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "DM デバイス: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "RAIDの追加" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの追加" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "デバイスグラフ" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "デバイスグラフの保存..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "このビューにはデバイスがグラフ表示されています。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "グラフファイルの保存に失敗しました。" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "マウントグラフ" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "マウントグラフの保存..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "このビューにはマウントポイントがグラフ表示されています。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "新しいパーティションの種類を指定してください。" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "プライマリパーティション(&P)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "拡張パーティション(&E)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "論理パーティション(&L)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "新しいパーティションの種類" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "新しいパーティションのサイズを指定してください。" -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "新しいパーティションのサイズ" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "カスタム地域" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "開始シリンダ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "終了シリンダ" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "入力した地域は不正です。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "%1 にパーティションを追加" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "パーティション %1 を編集" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "パーティション %1 を移動する領域がありません。" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "パーティション %1 を前に移動しますか?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "パーティション %1 を後ろに移動しますか?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "パーティション %1 を移動しますか?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "転送" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "後ろ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "すべてのパーティションの削除を確認" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3363,84 +3258,82 @@ "ディスク「%1」には1つ以上のパーティションが存在しています。\n" "続行すると、以下のパーティションは削除されます:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "「%1」にあるすべてのパーティションを削除してよろしいですか?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "ハードディスクが選択されていません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "LDL形式のDASDにはパーティションテーブルを作成できません。" -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5234 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "ディスクは現在使用中であるため、変更できません。" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "%1 のパーティションテーブル種類を選択してください。" -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行う" -"と、\n" -" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 を使用していた RAID やボリュームグルー" -"プも削除されます。" +"%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行うと、\n" +" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 を使用していた RAID やボリュームグループも削除されます。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "ディスクが選択されていません。" -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "BIOS RAID %1 を本当に削除してよろしいですか？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "パーティション分割されたRAID %1 を削除しますか?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "このディスクには削除するパーティションがありません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "%1 にはパーティションを作成できません。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "パーティションが選択されていません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3448,13 +3341,13 @@ "パーティション %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" "%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "拡張パーティションは編集できません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3462,13 +3355,13 @@ "パーティション %1 はディスク上に作成済みで、\n" "移動できません。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "拡張パーティションは移動できません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3476,13 +3369,13 @@ "パーティション %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" "%1 のサイズを変更するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "拡張パーティションはサイズ変更はできません。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3497,7 +3390,7 @@ "1 つ以上のパーティションが含まれています。複製を行なうと、\n" "これらのパーティションは削除されます。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3505,11 +3398,11 @@ "次のパーティションが削除され、\n" "そのデータがすべて失われます。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "これらのパーティションを本当に削除しますか？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3519,7 +3412,7 @@ "複製するディスクには、少なくとも 1 つのパーティションが必要です。\n" "ディスクを複製する前に、いくつかのパーティションを作成してください。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3527,20 +3420,20 @@ "このディスクは複製できません。同じパーティション配置に\n" "できる、適切なディスクがありません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "%1 のパーティションレイアウトのクローンの作成" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "使用可能なターゲットディスク:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "複製先のディスクを選択してください" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3548,8 +3441,8 @@ "dasdfmtを実行すると、ディスク上のすべてのデータが削除されます。\n" "ディスク %1 でdasdfmtを実行しますか?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3561,58 +3454,58 @@ " このディスクに現在存在しているパーティションが\n" "再び表示されます。\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "パーティションの追加" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "移動" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "サイズ変更" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "移動..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "サイズ変更..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3620,8 +3513,8 @@ "ハードディスク、BIOS RAID、マルチパス\n" "デバイスの移動はできません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3629,39 +3522,38 @@ "ハードディスク、BIOS RAID 、マルチパス\n" "デバイスのサイズ変更はできません。" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "ハードディスク" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "パーティションの追加..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" -"このビューには、iSCSI ディスクや BIOS RAID ディスク、マルチパスディスク" -"を\n" +"このビューには、iSCSI ディスクや BIOS RAID ディスク、マルチパスディスクを\n" "含む全てのハードディスクと、それらのパーティションが表示されています。\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "ヘルステスト(SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "プロパティ(hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3669,84 +3561,82 @@ "ここには選択したハードディスクに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "このディスクではSMARTが利用できません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "このディスクではhdparmが利用できません。" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "新しいパーティションテーブルの作成" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "このディスクを複製する" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "DASDデバイス上でdasdfmtを実行(&F)" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "追加..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "熟練者向け機能..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "このビューには、選択したハードディスク内に存在する\n" -"全てのパーティションが表示されています。ハードディスクが BIOS RAID ディスクや" -"マルチパス\n" +"全てのパーティションが表示されています。ハードディスクが BIOS RAID ディスクやマルチパス\n" "で使用されている場合、ここには表示されません。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "このビューには、選択したハードディスクで使用されている\n" -"全てのデバイスが表示されています。このビューは、BIOS RAID やパーティション設" -"定済みの\n" +"全てのデバイスが表示されています。このビューは、BIOS RAID やパーティション設定済みの\n" "ソフトウエア RAID、マルチパスディスクの場合にのみ利用できます。\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "パーティション(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "ハードディスク: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "パーティション: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3754,73 +3644,71 @@ "ここには選択したパーティションに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST はお使いのハードディスクを検索し、1 つまたは複数の\n" -"既存の Linux システムとマウントポイントを発見しました。古いマウントポイント" -"は\n" +"既存の Linux システムとマウントポイントを発見しました。古いマウントポイントは\n" "一覧内に表示されています。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" "installation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted." msgstr "" -"ここから既存のシステムボリューム(たとえば /、/usr など)をインストール時" -"に\n" +"ここから既存のシステムボリューム(たとえば /、/usr など)をインストール時に\n" "フォーマットするかどうかを選択することができます。\n" "システム以外のボリューム(たとえば/homeなど)はフォーマットされません。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "マウントポイントがある既存のシステムは検出されませんでした。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "前を表示(&P)" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "次を表示(&N)" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "既存のシステムからマウントポイントを取り込む:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "システムボリュームのフォーマット" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "インポート" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "%1 内にある/etc/fstabに含まれるもの:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "間違ったパスワードを指定しています。" -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "LVMで使用されているパーティションの削除を確認" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3830,15 +3718,15 @@ "システムを矛盾のない状態に保つため、下記のボリュームグループと\n" "その論理ボリュームを削除します:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "パーティション「%1」とボリュームグループ「%2」を今すぐ削除しますか?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "RAIDで使用されているパーティションの削除を確認" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3847,24 +3735,24 @@ "選択したパーティションは、RAID \"%1\" に属しています。\n" "システムを矛盾のない状態に保つため、下記の RAID デバイスを削除します:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "パーティション「%1」とRAID「%2」を今すぐ削除しますか?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "%1 のすべてのパーティションを削除しますか?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "%1 を削除しますか?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3872,60 +3760,58 @@ "\n" "ループファイル %1 も削除しますか?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "パーティション未設定" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "未割り当て" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "<h1>パーティションは何も変更していません。</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "<h1>パーティション設定の変更:</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "ストレージ設定は何も変更していません。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "ストレージ設定:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "インストールするパッケージ:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "インストールする必要のあるパッケージはありません。" -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ループファイルのパス名: ここでは、設定する暗号化ループデバイス" -"のデータを含むファイルへの\n" +"ループファイルのパス名: ここでは、設定する暗号化ループデバイスのデータを含むファイルへの\n" "絶対パスを指定してください。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3934,12 +3820,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ループファイルの作成: この項目が選択されている場合は、\n" -"次の項目で指定しているサイズでファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが" -"既に存在している場合、\n" +"次の項目で指定しているサイズでファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが既に存在している場合、\n" "ファイルに含まれるデータはすべて失われます。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3950,8 +3835,8 @@ "暗号化ループデバイス内に作成されるファイルシステムの\n" "サイズが、この値と等しくなります。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3960,29 +3845,28 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"注意: インストールしている間はファイルシステムにアクセスできないた" -"め、\n" +"注意: インストールしている間はファイルシステムにアクセスできないため、\n" "ファイルサイズやパス名に関する整合性チェックを行なうことができません。\n" "作成はインストールの最後の段階で行なわれます。\n" "サイズとパス名の指定が正しいことを確認してください。\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "ループファイルのパス名" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "参照..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "ループファイルの作成" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3990,15 +3874,13 @@ "ファイル名 \"%1\" は正しくありません。\n" "絶対パス名を使用してください。\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"指定したサイズが正しくありません。サイズには少なくとも %1 を指定してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "指定したサイズが正しくありません。サイズには少なくとも %1 を指定してください。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -4008,47 +3890,47 @@ "作成フラグも設定されていません。既存のファイルを選択するか、作成フラグを\n" "設定してください。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "暗号ファイルの追加" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "暗号ファイル %1 の編集" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "暗号ファイルが選択されていません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4056,30 +3938,30 @@ "暗号ファイル %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" "%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "暗号ファイル" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "暗号ファイルの追加..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "ここには全ての暗号ファイルが表示されています。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "暗号ファイル: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -4087,23 +3969,23 @@ "ここには選択した暗号化ファイルに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "ボリュームグループの名前を入力してください。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "ボリュームグループの名前が 128 文字より長くなっています。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "ボリュームグループの名前は \"-\" で始まってはいけません。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4111,13 +3993,13 @@ "ボリュームグループの名前に正しくない文字が含まれています。使用できる\n" "文字は半角英数字のほか、 \".\"、\"_\"、\"-\"、\"+\" です。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "ボリュームグループ \"%1\" は既に存在しています。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4125,52 +4007,48 @@ "ボリュームグループ名「%1」が\n" "/devディレクトリの別のエントリと競合しています。\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの削除を確認" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" "and deleted:" msgstr "" "ボリュームグループ「%1」には1つ以上の論理ボリュームが含まれています。\n" -"続行すると、下記のボリュームのマウントは解除され(もしマウントされている場" -"合)、\n" +"続行すると、下記のボリュームのマウントは解除され(もしマウントされている場合)、\n" "削除されます:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"ボリュームグループ「%1」と関連するすべての論理ボリュームを削除してよろしいで" -"すか?" +msgstr "ボリュームグループ「%1」と関連するすべての論理ボリュームを削除してよろしいですか?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" "指定したデータは正しくありません。\n" -"\"%2\" や \"%3\" のように、 %1 以上で 2 の累乗の物理エクステントサイズを入力" -"してください。" +"\"%2\" や \"%3\" のように、 %1 以上で 2 の累乗の物理エクステントサイズを入力してください。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "論理ボリュームの名前を入力してください。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "論理ボリュームの名前が 128 文字より長くなっています。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4178,8 +4056,8 @@ "論理ボリュームの名前に正しくない文字が含まれています。使用できる\n" "文字は半角英数字のほか、 \".\"、\"_\"、\"-\"、\"+\" です。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4187,60 +4065,56 @@ "\"%1\" という名前の論理ボリュームは\n" "ボリュームグループ \"%2\" に既に存在しています。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"新しいボリュームグループに対する名前と物理エクステントサイズを入力してくだ" -"さい。" +msgstr "新しいボリュームグループに対する名前と物理エクステントサイズを入力してください。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." msgstr "ボリュームグループが含むべき物理ボリュームを選択してください。" -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "ボリュームグループ名" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "PEサイズ(&P)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "利用可能な物理ボリューム:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "選択した物理ボリューム:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "ボリュームグループに使用されるデバイスを変更します。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "新しい論理ボリュームについて、サイズと\n" -"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数" -"は、ボリュームグループの\n" +"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数は、ボリュームグループの\n" "物理ボリューム数より多い値を指定することはできません。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4250,171 +4124,155 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Thin ボリュームと呼ばれるボリュームを、任意のボリュームサイズで\n" -"作成することができます。必要となる容量は、割り当てられた Thin プールか" -"らの要件に応じて決まります。そのため、Thin プールよりも大きいサイズの Thin ボ" -"リュームを作成することもできます。もちろん Thin ボリュームに対して書き込むべ" -"きデータ量に応じて、割り当てる Thin プールも大きくしなければなりません。な" -"お、Thin ボリュームではストライプ数を設定することはできません。" +"作成することができます。必要となる容量は、割り当てられた Thin プールからの要件に応じて決まります。そのため、Thin プールよりも大きいサイズの Thin ボリュームを作成することもできます。もちろん Thin ボリュームに対して書き込むべきデータ量に応じて、割り当てる Thin プールも大きくしなければなりません。なお、Thin ボリュームではストライプ数を設定することはできません。" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "ストライプ" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "トラック番号" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "論理ボリューム %1 を %2 に追加" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "ボリュームグループ %1 のサイズ変更" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "新しい論理ボリュームの名前を入力してください。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "論理ボリュームを通常ボリュームとして設定することもできます。\n" -"これは既定の設定であり、シン・プロビジョニングの機能を使用する前の " -"LVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合" -"は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。" +"これは既定の設定であり、シン・プロビジョニングの機能を使用する前の LVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "また、論理ボリュームを Thin プールとして設定することもできます。\n" -"これは Thin ボリュームが必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを意味" -"します。" +"これは Thin ボリュームが必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを意味します。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." -msgstr "" -"さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリュームとして設定することもで" -"きます。これは、Thin プールから必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリューム" -"を意味します。" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +msgstr "さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリュームとして設定することもできます。これは、Thin プールから必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュームを意味します。" -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "論理ボリューム" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "通常ボリューム" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Thin プール" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Thin ボリューム" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "使用済みプール" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "論理ボリュームを %1 に追加" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "%2 にある論理ボリューム %1 を編集" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "ボリュームグループを作成するのに十分な未使用デバイスがありません。\n" "\n" -"LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっ" -"ている\n" -"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パー" -"ティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" +"LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっている\n" +"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パーティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "ボリュームグループが選択されていません。" -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "ボリュームグループ \"%1\" を削除してよろしいですか？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "ボリュームグループ「%1」の削除に失敗しました。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "論理ボリュームが選択されていません。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "ボリュームグループ \"%1\" 内に空き容量がありません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4422,8 +4280,8 @@ "ボリューム %1 は Thin プールです。\n" "編集することができません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4431,46 +4289,46 @@ "ボリューム %1 は使用中です。編集できません。\n" "%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "論理ボリュームの追加" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループ" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "ボリューム管理" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4478,8 +4336,8 @@ "ここには全ての LVM ボリュームグループと\n" "それに属する論理ボリュームが表示されています。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4487,8 +4345,8 @@ "ここには選択したボリュームグループに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4496,8 +4354,8 @@ "ここには選択したボリュームグループに属する\n" "全ての論理ボリュームが表示されています。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4505,28 +4363,28 @@ "ここには選択したボリュームグループに属する\n" "全ての物理ボリュームが表示されています。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "ボリュームグループ: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "論理ボリューム(&L)" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "物理ボリューム(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "論理ボリューム: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4534,98 +4392,93 @@ "ここには選択した論理ボリュームに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "デバイスマッパー" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "未使用デバイス" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "インストールの概要" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "設定" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"パーティション設定またはストレージ設定を変更しています。パーティション設定を " -"%1 で\n" +"パーティション設定またはストレージ設定を変更しています。パーティション設定を %1 で\n" "終了してしまうと、これらの変更点が失われます。\n" "終了してよろしいですか?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "パーティション概要がここに表示されます。" -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": サマリ" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "システムビュー" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされてい" -"るか確認してください。" +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされているか確認してください。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "ネットワークファイルシステム (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4633,61 +4486,51 @@ "NFS共有「%1」のテストマウントに失敗しました。\n" "保存しますか?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "%1 には少なくとも %2 個のデバイスを選択する必要があります。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "新しい RAID に設定する RAID 種類を選択してください。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: このレベルは、ディスクのパフォーマンスを向上させます。\n" -"このモードには冗長性はありません。デバイスのうち、1台でもクラッシュす" -"ると、データを復旧することはできません。\n" +"このモードには冗長性はありません。デバイスのうち、1台でもクラッシュすると、データを復旧することはできません。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: このモードの冗長設定が最良です。2つ、または\n" "3つのディスクと共に使用することができます。このモードは全ディスクの\n" -"すべてのデータを完全にコピーし、保持します。最低1つのディスクが機能している限" -"り、データの損失はありません。RAIDの、このタイプに使用するパーティション" -"は、\n" +"すべてのデータを完全にコピーし、保持します。最低1つのディスクが機能している限り、データの損失はありません。RAIDの、このタイプに使用するパーティションは、\n" "いずれもほぼ同じサイズを使用するのが適切です。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: このモードは、多数のディスクを管理し、同時にある程度の" -"冗長設定も\n" +"RAID 5: このモードは、多数のディスクを管理し、同時にある程度の冗長設定も\n" "備えています。このモードは3つ以上のディスクで使用することができます。\n" -"1つのディスクが損傷した場合でも、すべてのデータは失われません。同時に2つの" -"ディスクが破損した場合、すべてのデータが失われます。\n" +"1つのディスクが損傷した場合でも、すべてのデータは失われません。同時に2つのディスクが破損した場合、すべてのデータが失われます。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" @@ -4697,112 +4540,100 @@ "これはオプションです。名前が指定されると、デバイスは\n" "<tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>として使用できます。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" " RAID アレイにパーティションを追加します。\n" -" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全て" -"のパーティションの合計容量、\n" -" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さい" -"パーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になりま" -"す。 \n" +" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全てのパーティションの合計容量、\n" +" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になります。 \n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" msgstr "" -"一般的に、期待する冗長性とパフォーマンスを得るには、異なるデバイス上にあ" -"る\n" +"一般的に、期待する冗長性とパフォーマンスを得るには、異なるデバイス上にある\n" "パーティションを使用します。\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID 種類" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID 0(&0) (ストライピング)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID 1(&1) (ミラーリング)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 5(&5) (冗長ストライピング)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (デュアル冗長ストライピング)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (ミラーリングとストライピング)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "RAID名(&N) (オプション)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "使用可能なデバイス:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "チャンクサイズ: デバイスに書き込むことができるデータの\n" -"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は " -"32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" -"なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しませ" -"ん。\n" +"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は 32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" +"なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しません。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "パリティアルゴリズム:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "RAID5/6 で使用されるパリティアルゴリズム (計算方法) を指定します。\n" -"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、\"left-symmetric\" (左対" -"称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" +"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、\"left-symmetric\" (左対称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4810,66 +4641,66 @@ "パリティアルゴリズムについて、詳しい情報は\n" "mdadm のマニュアルページ (man mdadm) をお読みください。\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "チャンクサイズ" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "パリティアルゴリズム(&A)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "RAID オプション" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "RAIDに使用されるデバイスを変更します。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 の追加" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 のサイズ変更" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 の編集" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4881,22 +4712,22 @@ "これは通常、RAIDデバイスのサブセットが小さすぎるためRAIDを使用できない\n" "ことを意味します。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." msgstr "RAID を作成するのに十分な未使用デバイスがありません。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "RAID が選択されていません。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4904,19 +4735,18 @@ "RAID %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" "%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "RAID アレイ %1 は既にディスク上に作成されています。\n" -"作成済みの RAID アレイをサイズ変更することはできません。 %1 のサイズを変更す" -"るには、\n" +"作成済みの RAID アレイをサイズ変更することはできません。 %1 のサイズを変更するには、\n" "いったん削除してから作成し直してください。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4924,19 +4754,18 @@ "RAID %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" "%1 のサイズを変更するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "RAID の追加..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." -msgstr "" -"このビューには、BIOS RAID を除く全ての RAID が表示されています。" +msgstr "このビューには、BIOS RAID を除く全ての RAID が表示されています。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4944,8 +4773,8 @@ "ここには選択した RAID に関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4953,130 +4782,123 @@ "ここには選択した RAID で使用されている\n" "全てのデバイスが表示されています。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "ラベル" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "マウント方法" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "使用元" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "シリンダ情報" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "ファイバチャネル情報" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "暗号化" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "ボリュームラベル" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "デバイスID" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "デバイスパス" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "最適" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "シリンダ" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "既定のマウント方法" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "既定のファイルシステム" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "新しく作成するパーティションの配置" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "ストレージデバイスの表示方法" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "ストレージデバイス上の閲覧可能な情報:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -5084,32 +4906,25 @@ "ここには一般的なストレージ設定が表示されています\n" ":" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "［既定のマウント方法］では、新しく作成する\n" -"パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。［デバイス名］はカー" -"ネルが\n" -"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。［デバイス ID</" -"i>］と［デバイスパス］は、\n" -"ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これ" -"らはいずれも\n" -"永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。［UUID</" -"i>］と\n" -"［ボリュームラベル］は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID または" -"ラベルを利用してマウントする方法です。\n" +"パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。［デバイス名］はカーネルが\n" +"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。［デバイス ID］と［デバイスパス］は、\n" +"ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これらはいずれも\n" +"永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。［UUID］と\n" +"［ボリュームラベル］は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラベルを利用してマウントする方法です。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5117,36 +4932,30 @@ "［既定のファイルシステム］では、新たに作成するファイルシステムの\n" "種類を指定します。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "［新しく作成するパーティションの配置］\n" -"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。［シリンダ］" -"は、ディスクのシリンダ境界を元に割り当てる従来からの方法です。［最適］" -"は\n" -"Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当て" -"るか、\n" +"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。［シリンダ］は、ディスクのシリンダ境界を元に割り当てる従来からの方法です。［最適］は\n" +"Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当てるか、\n" "もしくは Windows Vista や Windows 7 と互換性があるように割り当てます。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" "ストレージデバイスの表示方法 では、\n" -"表示されているツリー内でのハードディスクの名前を表示する方法を指定します。</" -"p>" +"表示されているツリー内でのハードディスクの名前を表示する方法を指定します。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5154,23 +4963,23 @@ "ストレージデバイスの情報表示\n" " では、表内と概要で情報を隠すかどうかを指定します。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "このビューには、インストール概要が表示されています。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "tmpfs マウントの追加" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "tmpfs デバイスを選択していません。" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5178,18 +4987,18 @@ "\n" "%1 にマウントされているtmpfsを削除してよろしいですか?" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "tmpfs ボリューム" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "このビューには、全ての tmpfs ボリュームが表示されています。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5197,18 +5006,18 @@ "このビューには、選択した tmpfs ボリュームに関する\n" "詳細情報が表示されています。\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "%1 にマウントされている tmpfs" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "再検出" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5218,8 +5027,8 @@ "されていないディスク、論理ボリュームのないボリュームグループを持たない\n" "デバイスを示しています。" -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5227,30 +5036,30 @@ "未使用デバイスの再検出を行うと、現在の変更内容がすべてキャンセルされます。\n" "本当に未使用デバイスの再検出を行ってよろしいですか?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5258,17 +5067,17 @@ "要求されたサイズで論理ボリュームを作成\n" "できませんでした。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "ボリュームのストライプ数を減らしてみてください。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "削除できるのは論理ボリュームのみです。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5276,8 +5085,8 @@ "このボリュームに対して、1 つ以上の有効なスナップショットが存在しています。\n" "スナップショットを先に削除してください。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5285,100 +5094,100 @@ "このプールを使用する Thin ボリュームが 1 つ以上存在しています。\n" "Thin ボリュームを先に削除してください。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "論理ボリューム %1 を削除しますか?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "合計サイズ: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "結果サイズ: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "分類" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "最初" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "上" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "下" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "最後" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "分類" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "全てを追加" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "全てを削除" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "ファイル %1 は通常のファイルではありません。" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "ファイル %1 は大きすぎます。" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5390,51 +5199,42 @@ "このファイルには、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ずつ書かれている必要があります。\n" "たとえば下記のようになります:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "下記のようなパターン行を検出しました:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "デバイスと分類を、これらのパターンで合致させてよろしいですか？" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "このダイアログは、RAID に含まれている RAID デバイスについて、\n" -"その分類を設定するために使用します。利用可能な分類は A、B、C、D、および E で" -"すが、\n" -"多くの場合は、これほど多く使用することはありません (たとえば A および B だ" -"け、など) 。" +"その分類を設定するために使用します。利用可能な分類は A、B、C、D、および E ですが、\n" +"多くの場合は、これほど多く使用することはありません (たとえば A および B だけ、など) 。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "分類にデバイスを追加するには、デバイスを選択してマウスの右ボタンを\n" -"押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。Ctrl や " -"Shift キーを\n" -"押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定すること" -"もできます。\n" -"［%1］から［%2］までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそ" -"れぞれの分類に設定することもできます。" +"押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。Ctrl や Shift キーを\n" +"押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定することもできます。\n" +"［%1］から［%2］までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそれぞれの分類に設定することもできます。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5442,8 +5242,8 @@ "デバイスに対する分類を設定したあとは、［%1］または［%2］\n" "のボタンを利用して、デバイス順序を設定することができます。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5451,120 +5251,100 @@ "［並べ替え］を選択すると、全てのデバイスを分類順に\n" "並べ替えることができます。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"［インターリーブ］を選択すると、分類 A の最初のデバイスのあとに分類 B " -"の\n" -"最初のデバイスが並び、分類が設定されている分だけ続きます。その後には分類 A " -"の\n" +"［インターリーブ］を選択すると、分類 A の最初のデバイスのあとに分類 B の\n" +"最初のデバイスが並び、分類が設定されている分だけ続きます。その後には分類 A の\n" "2 つめのデバイス、分類 B の 2 つめのデバイスが続きます。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"分類の設定されていないデバイスは、デバイス一覧では全て一番最後に割り当てられ" -"ます。\n" +"分類の設定されていないデバイスは、デバイス一覧では全て一番最後に割り当てられます。\n" "このポップアップを終了すると、ここで指定したデバイスの順序をもとに\n" "RAID を作成します。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"［%1］を押すと、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ごとに書かれた (たとえば \"sda." -"* A\")\n" -"ファイルを選択することができます。ここに書かれた正規表現に該当する全てのデバ" -"イスが、\n" -"指定した分類に割り当てられます。正規表現は、カーネル名 (たとえば /dev/sda1) " -"のほか、\n" -"udev のパス名 (たとえば /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) や\n" -"udev の ID (たとえば /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) に対して" -"設定する\n" -"ことができます。デバイス名が複数の正規表現に該当する場合は、最初に該当した分" -"類に\n" +"［%1］を押すと、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ごとに書かれた (たとえば \"sda.* A\")\n" +"ファイルを選択することができます。ここに書かれた正規表現に該当する全てのデバイスが、\n" +"指定した分類に割り当てられます。正規表現は、カーネル名 (たとえば /dev/sda1) のほか、\n" +"udev のパス名 (たとえば /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) や\n" +"udev の ID (たとえば /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) に対して設定する\n" +"ことができます。デバイス名が複数の正規表現に該当する場合は、最初に該当した分類に\n" "割り当てられます。" -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "デバイス" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "パターンファイル" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "tmpfsサイズ(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"サイズの指定が正しくありません。数字に続いて K、M、G、% などを指定してくださ" -"い。\n" -"値は 100k 以上、もしくは 1% ～ 200% の間で指定します。もう一度入力してくださ" -"い。" +"サイズの指定が正しくありません。数字に続いて K、M、G、% などを指定してください。\n" +"値は 100k 以上、もしくは 1% ～ 200% の間で指定します。もう一度入力してください。" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." -msgstr "" -"1% から 200% までの値を指定する必要があります。もう一度入力してください。" +msgstr "1% から 200% までの値を指定する必要があります。もう一度入力してください。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "tmpfs サイズ:\n" -"サイズの指定では、数字の後にK(キロバイト)、M(メガバイト)、G(ギガバイト)を付け" -"ること\n" -"ができます。また、パーセント記号が付いた数字は、メモリの割合を意味します。</" -"p>" +"サイズの指定では、数字の後にK(キロバイト)、M(メガバイト)、G(ギガバイト)を付けること\n" +"ができます。また、パーセント記号が付いた数字は、メモリの割合を意味します。" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "スワップ優先度(&P)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "0～32,767の間で指定してください。もう一度入力してください。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5572,132 +5352,118 @@ "スワップ優先度: \n" "スワップ優先度を入力します。高い数値が、より高い優先度を意味します。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "読み込み専用でマウント(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "読み込み専用でマウント:\n" -"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。デフォルトは「false」 (いい" -"え)です。\n" -"インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされま" -"す。" +"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。デフォルトは「false」 (いいえ)です。\n" +"インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされます。" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "アクセスタイムを使用しない(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "アクセスタイムを使用しない: \n" -"ファイルを読み込むときアクセスタイムを更新しません。既定は 'false' (いいえ) " -"です。\n" +"ファイルを読み込むときアクセスタイムを更新しません。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "ユーザによるマウント可能" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "ユーザによる手動マウント: \n" -"ファイルシステムは、ユーザにより手動でマウントされます。デフォルトはfalseで" -"す。\n" +"ファイルシステムは、ユーザにより手動でマウントされます。デフォルトはfalseです。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "システム起動時にマウントしない(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "システム起動時にマウントしない:\n" "システム起動時に、そのファイルシステムをマウントしません。\n" "/etc/fstab 内の項目については従来通り作成されます。適切なオプション指定\n" -"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <mount point></tt> を実行すると、マウントする" -"ことができます。\n" -"(<mount point> はファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指定しま" -"す)\n" +"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <mount point></tt> を実行すると、マウントすることができます。\n" +"(<mount point> はファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指定します)\n" "既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "クォータサポートを有効にする(&Q)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" "Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "クォータサポートを有効にする:\n" -"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントす" -"ることを指定します。\n" +"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントすることを指定します。\n" "既定ではクォータは無効になっています。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "データジャーナリングモード(&J)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "データジャーナリングモード:\n" "ファイルデータに対するジャーナル方法を指定します。\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- 全てのデータは、ファイルシステム本体に書き込む前に\n" "ジャーナルに書き込みます。パフォーマンスへの影響は最も大きくなります。 \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- 全てのデータは、メタデータをジャーナルに書き込む前に\n" -"ファイルシステム本体に書き込みます。中程度にパフォーマンスへの影響がありま" -"す。 \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響は" -"ありません。\n" +"ファイルシステム本体に書き込みます。中程度にパフォーマンスへの影響があります。 \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響はありません。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "アクセス制御リスト(ACL)(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5705,13 +5471,13 @@ "アクセス制御リスト(ACL): \n" "ファイルシステム上のアクセス制御リストを有効にします。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "拡張ユーザ属性(&E)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5719,110 +5485,94 @@ "拡張ユーザ属性: \n" "ファイルシステム上の拡張ユーザ属性を使用できるようにします。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "その他のオプション値(&V)" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"その他のオプション値に、無効な文字が含まれています。スペースやタブを含めない" -"でください。もう一度実行してください。" +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "その他のオプション値に、無効な文字が含まれています。スペースやタブを含めないでください。もう一度実行してください。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "任意のオプション値:\n" -"このフィールドには、/etc/fstabの4番目のフィールドで使用可能な正規のマウントオ" -"プションを入力します。\n" +"このフィールドには、/etc/fstabの4番目のフィールドで使用可能な正規のマウントオプションを入力します。\n" "オプションを複数指定するには、コンマで区切ります。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "ファイル名のキャラクタセット(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "ファイル名のキャラクタセット:\n" -"Windowsパーティションでファイル名の表示に使用されるキャラクタセットを指定しま" -"す。\n" +"Windowsパーティションでファイル名の表示に使用されるキャラクタセットを指定します。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "FATの短縮ファイル名に使用されるコードページ(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "FATの短縮ファイル名に使用されるコードページ: \n" -"このコードページは、FATファイルシステム用の短縮文字に変換する際に使用される" -"コードページです。\n" +"このコードページは、FATファイルシステム用の短縮文字に変換する際に使用されるコードページです。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "FATの数(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "FATの数: \n" -"ファイルシステムのファイル割り当てテーブルの数を指定します。デフォルトは2で" -"す。" +"ファイルシステムのファイル割り当てテーブルの数を指定します。デフォルトは2です。" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT サイズ(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT サイズ:\n" -"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12、16、または 32 ビット) を指" -"定します。［自動］を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が" -"自動的に選択します。\n" +"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12、16、または 32 ビット) を指定します。［自動］を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的に選択します。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "ルートディレクトリの項目数(&D)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"［ルートディレクトリの項目数］の最小サイズは 112 です。再度入力してください。" +msgstr "［ルートディレクトリの項目数］の最小サイズは 112 です。再度入力してください。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5830,70 +5580,58 @@ "ルートディレクトリの項目数: \n" "ルートディレクトリで利用できるように設定する項目数を指定します。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "ハッシュ関数(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "ハッシュ関数: \n" -"ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用するハッシュ関数の名前を指定し" -"ます。\n" +"ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用するハッシュ関数の名前を指定します。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "ファイルシステムリビジョン(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "ファイルシステムリビジョン:\n" -"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs フォーマットのリビジョンを指定する" -"ことができます。'3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x シリーズ用に互換性を持たせることができ" -"ます。'3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカー" -"ネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。\n" +"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs フォーマットのリビジョンを指定することができます。'3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x シリーズ用に互換性を持たせることができます。'3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "ブロックサイズ (バイト単位)(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512、" -"1024、2048、4096 のいずれかです。［自動］を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイ" -"ズ 4096 を設定します。\n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512、1024、2048、4096 のいずれかです。［自動］を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイズ 4096 を設定します。\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "iノードのサイズ(&I)" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5901,33 +5639,30 @@ "iノードのサイズ: \n" "このオプションは、ファイルシステムのinodeのサイズを指定します。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "inode 領域の割合(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "inode 領域の割合:\n" -"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセン" -"ト単位で指定します。\n" +"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセント単位で指定します。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "inode の整列(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5936,13 +5671,13 @@ "既定では inode の整列を行ないます。整列された inode へのアクセスは\n" "未整列のものよりもより効果的にアクセスすることができます。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "ログサイズ (メガバイト単位)(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5950,30 +5685,28 @@ "［ログサイズ］の値が正しくありません。\n" "ゼロより大きい値を指定してください。\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "ログサイズ\n" -"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。［自動］に設定している場合、既定値は" -"全体のサイズの 40% です。\n" +"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。［自動］に設定している場合、既定値は全体のサイズの 40% です。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Bad Blockリスト用ユーティリティの起動(&U)" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "ストライド長 (ブロック単位)(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5981,8 +5714,8 @@ "［ストライド長 (ブロック単位)］の値が正しくありません。\n" "1 より大きい値を指定してください。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5990,31 +5723,26 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Strideの長さ(ブロック単位): \n" -"ファイルシステムに対するRAID関連のオプションを指定します。現在、サポートされ" -"ている唯一の引数は、\n" +"ファイルシステムに対するRAID関連のオプションを指定します。現在、サポートされている唯一の引数は、\n" "「stride」で、引数としてRAIDストライプのブロック数を\n" "指定します。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024、" -"2048、4096 のいずれかです。［自動］を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシス" -"テムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。\n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024、2048、4096 のいずれかです。［自動］を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシステムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "inode ごとのバイト数(&B)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -6022,27 +5750,21 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "inode ごとのバイト数:\n" -"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイ" -"ト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の" -"数は少なくなります。\n" -"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきで" -"す。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイ" -"ルシステム作成後は\n" -"inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力" -"してください。\n" +"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の数は少なくなります。\n" +"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきです。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイルシステム作成後は\n" +"inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力してください。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "root 用に予約するブロックの割合(&R)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -6050,26 +5772,19 @@ "［root 用に予約するブロックの割合］の値が正しくありません。\n" "0 ～ 99 の範囲 (小数点も指定可能、例: 0.5) で指定してください。\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"root 用に確保するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック" -"数をパーセント単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギ" -"ガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "root 用に確保するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック数をパーセント単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "通常のチェックを無効にする" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -6077,45 +5792,43 @@ "通常のチェックを無効にする:\n" "起動時に通常のファイルシステムチェックを行なわないようにします。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "ディレクトリインデックス機能(&D)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "ディレクトリインデックス機能:\n" -"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能" -"を有効にします。\n" +"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能を有効にします。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "ジャーナルなし(&N)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "ジャーナルなし:\n" "ファイルシステム上のジャーナルの使用を省略します。有効化する際は、内容を\n" "事前にご確認のうえご利用ください。\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "ディスク %{device} に対する操作は許可されていません。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6132,12 +5845,11 @@ "(このディスクはLDL形式です)。\n" "\n" "ディスク %{device} 上のパーティションを現状のまま使用したり、\n" -"フォーマットしたり、マウントポイントを割り当てたりなどの処理は行なうことがで" -"きますが、ここでそのディスクに対するパーティションの追加、\n" +"フォーマットしたり、マウントポイントを割り当てたりなどの処理は行なうことができますが、ここでそのディスクに対するパーティションの追加、\n" "サイズ変更、削除は行なうことができません。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6149,8 +5861,7 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ディスク %{device} のパーティション情報は、パーティションテープルの変更に使用" -"されるパーティションツールpartedで\n" +"ディスク %{device} のパーティション情報は、パーティションテープルの変更に使用されるパーティションツールpartedで\n" "読み込むことができないか、もしくはこのツールでサポートされていません。\n" "\n" "ディスク %{device} 上のパーティションを現状のまま使用したり、\n" @@ -6158,8 +5869,8 @@ "ことができますが、ここでそのディスクに対するパーティションの追加、編集、\n" "サイズ変更、削除は行なうことができません。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6177,11 +5888,10 @@ "\n" "ディスク %{device} 上のパーティションをそのまま使用することも、\n" "フォーマットしてマウントポイントを割り当てることもできますが、\n" -"ここでそのディスクのパーティションのサイズ変更や削除を行うことはできませ" -"ん。\n" +"ここでそのディスクのパーティションのサイズ変更や削除を行うことはできません。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6191,15 +5901,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある［エキスパート］->［新しいパーティ" -"ションテーブルの作成］\n" -"を選択すると、パーティションテーブルを初期化し安全な状態にすることができま" -"す。\n" -"ただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えて" -"しまいます。\n" +"熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある［エキスパート］->［新しいパーティションテーブルの作成］\n" +"を選択すると、パーティションテーブルを初期化し安全な状態にすることができます。\n" +"ただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えてしまいます。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6211,26 +5918,26 @@ "インストール時にこのディスクを使用しない場合は、\n" "このメッセージを無視しても安全です。\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "リサイズできません: " -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2695 src/modules/Storage.rb:3918 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6242,8 +5949,8 @@ "\n" "入力した暗号化パスワードが正しくない可能性があります。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3949 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6253,8 +5960,8 @@ "確認のためのパスワードが異なります。\n" "もう一度入力してください。" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3980 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6264,26 +5971,26 @@ "0..9、a..z、A..Z、または\"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\"のいずれか\n" "もう一度入力してください。" -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4034 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "暗号化パスワードの入力(&E):" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4093 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "パスワードの提供" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4112 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "下記の暗号化ボリュームが利用できます。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4127 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "暗号化されたボリュームの有効化" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4131 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6292,93 +5999,87 @@ msgstr "" "下記のボリュームには暗号化の設定がされていますが、\n" "パスワードが不明です。\n" -"対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化されたLVM物理ボリューム" -"に\n" +"対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化されたLVM物理ボリュームに\n" "含まれるものである場合は、パスワードを指定する必要があります。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4143 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "暗号化パスワードを指定しますか？" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" "Password will be tried for all devices." msgstr "" -"ロックされたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力し" -"てください。\n" +"ロックされたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力してください。\n" "パスワードはすべてのデバイスで試されます。" -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "暗号化パスワードの入力" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4209 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "ロックを解除する暗号化ボリュームがありません。" -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "下記のデバイスのいずれかに対するパスワードを入力してください:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4225 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "下記のデバイスに対するパスワードを入力してください:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4238 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "暗号化ボリュームのロックを解除しようとしています..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4262 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." -msgstr "" -"指定されたパスワードでは、どのボリュームのロックも解除できませんでした。" +msgstr "指定されたパスワードでは、どのボリュームのロックも解除できませんでした。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4348 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE ディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4354 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSIディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4360 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ディスク" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4388 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4401 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4906 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "必要なパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4907 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "エラーを無視して続行しますか?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"ディスク上の他のパーティションが使用されているため、パーティションを作成でき" -"ません。" +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "ディスク上の他のパーティションが使用されているため、パーティションを作成できません。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5272 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6388,18 +6089,17 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5286 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているた" -"め、\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5315 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6409,18 +6109,17 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" "削除することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5324 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているた" -"め、\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "削除することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5353 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6431,7 +6130,7 @@ "デバイス %1 を削除することは、インストール作業に必要な\n" "スワップが含まれるデバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5364 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6441,8 +6140,8 @@ "デバイス %1 を削除することは、インストールを実行するのに\n" "必要なデータが含まれるデバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5386 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6452,114 +6151,114 @@ "ディスク %2 上にある他のパーティションが利用中であるため、\n" "パーティション %1 を削除することができません。\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5475 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "ルートファイルシステムの割り当てがありません。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5476 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "インストールは、ほぼ間違いなく致命的なエラーになります。" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6027 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "下記の解決方法を追加することができませんでした: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "下記の操作の実行中に障害が発生しました:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "システムエラーメッセージ: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "デバイス %1 のパスワードを入力してください(&E):" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "暗号" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "FS 種類" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "開始" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "終了" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "FS ID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "ディスクラベル" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadata" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "PE サイズ" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "RAIDバージョン" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "パリティアルゴリズム" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "ベンダー" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "モデル" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6567,18 +6266,17 @@ "BIOS ID にはハードディスクの BIOS ID\n" "が表示されています。この項目には何も書かれていない場合があります。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "バス にはそのデバイスがシステムに対してどのように接続されているか\n" -"を表示しています。マルチパスディスクなど、この項目に何も書かれていない場合が" -"あります。" +"を表示しています。マルチパスディスクなど、この項目に何も書かれていない場合があります。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6586,8 +6284,8 @@ "チャンクサイズ には RAID デバイス向けのチャンクサイズが\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6595,8 +6293,8 @@ "シリンダサイズ にはハードディスクの\n" "シリンダのサイズが表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6604,8 +6302,8 @@ "セクタサイズにはハードディスクの\n" "セクタのサイズが表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6613,8 +6311,8 @@ "デバイス にはデバイスのカーネル内での名前が\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6622,8 +6320,8 @@ "ディスクラベル には <tt>MSDOS</tt> や <tt>GPT</tt> など\n" "ディスク内のパーティションテーブルの種類が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6631,8 +6329,8 @@ "［暗号化］にはデバイスが暗号化されているかどうかが\n" "表示されます。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6640,8 +6338,8 @@ "終了シリンダ にはパーティションの終了シリンダ\n" "が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6649,8 +6347,8 @@ "LUN にはファイバチャネルディスクの論理ユニット番号が\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6658,8 +6356,8 @@ "ポート ID にはファイバチャネルディスクのポート ID が\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6667,8 +6365,8 @@ "WWPN にはファイバチャネルディスクの World Wide Port Name (WWPN) が\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6676,8 +6374,8 @@ "ファイルパス には暗号化ループデバイスのファイルパスが\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6685,18 +6383,18 @@ "［フォーマット］にはフラグが表示されます: <tt>F</tt>はデバイスを\n" "フォーマットするよう選択したことを示しています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "［FS ID］にはファイルシステムの識別子が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "FS 種類 にはファイルシステムの種類が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6704,8 +6402,8 @@ "ラベル にはファイルシステムのラベルが\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6713,43 +6411,36 @@ "メタデータ にはボリュームグループでの LVM メタデータ種類が\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "モデル にはデバイスのモデル名が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"［マウント方法］には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかが表示" -"されています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" -"(Label) はラベルによって、(UUID) は UUID によって、(ID) はデバイス ID によっ" -"て、(Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" +"［マウント方法］には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかが表示されています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" +"(Label) はラベルによって、(UUID) は UUID によって、(ID) はデバイス ID によって、(Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "クエスチョンマーク (?) は、\n" -"そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示していま" -"す。\n" -"これは手動でマウントするか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用してい" -"ることを意味しています。\n" -"このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を" -"行ないません。\n" +"そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示しています。\n" +"これは手動でマウントするか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用していることを意味しています。\n" +"このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を行ないません。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6757,20 +6448,18 @@ "マウントポイント にはファイルシステムがどの場所に\n" "マウントされるかを表示しています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "マウントポイントの後ろに書かれているアスタリスク (*) の印は、\n" -"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば " -"<tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" +"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば <tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6778,8 +6467,8 @@ "シリンダ数 にはハードディスクにどれだけのシリンダが\n" "あるかを表示しています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6787,8 +6476,8 @@ "パリティアルゴリズムにはRAIDタイプ5、6、10のRAIDデバイスの\n" "パリティアルゴリズムを表示しています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6796,13 +6485,13 @@ "PE サイズにはLVMボリュームグループでの\n" "物理エクステントサイズを表示しています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "RAIDバージョンにはRAIDのバージョンが表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6810,13 +6499,13 @@ "RAID 種類 には RAID の種類 (RAID \n" "レベルとも呼ばれます) を表示しています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "サイズ にはデバイスのサイズが表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6824,35 +6513,33 @@ "開始シリンダ にはパーティションの開始シリンダ位置が\n" "表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "［ストライプ］には、LVM 論理ボリュームの\n" -"ストライプ番号と、それが 1 より大きい場合は括弧内にストライプサイズが表示され" -"ています。\n" +"ストライプ番号と、それが 1 より大きい場合は括弧内にストライプサイズが表示されています。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." msgstr "種類 にはデバイスの概要が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" msgstr "" "［デバイス ID］には、永続的なデバイス ID が\n" -"表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合がありま" -"す。\n" +"表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合があります。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6860,20 +6547,19 @@ "デバイスパス には永続的なデバイスパスが\n" "表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合があります。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"［使用先］には、デバイスが RAID、LVM などで使用されているかどうかが表" -"示されています。\n" +"［使用先］には、デバイスが RAID、LVM などで使用されているかどうかが表示されています。\n" "いずれでも使用されていない場合は、何も書かれません。\n" "\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6881,298 +6567,290 @@ "UUID にはファイルシステムの唯一識別子 (UUID)\n" " が表示されています。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "製造元 にはデバイスの製造元が表示されています。" -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "デバイス: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "サイズ: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "ディスク %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "種類: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "フォーマット: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "暗号化: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "ファイルシステム: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "マウントポイント: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "マウント方法: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "使用先 %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "ラベル: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "デバイスパス: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "デバイス ID %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "ディスクラベル: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "製造元: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "モデル: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "バス: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "メタデータ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "PE サイズ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "ストライプ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "RAIDバージョン: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "RAID 種類: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "チャンクサイズ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "パリティアルゴリズム: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "シリンダ数: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "シリンダサイズ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "開始シリンダ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "終了シリンダ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "セクタサイズ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "FS ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "ファイルパス: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "ポート ID: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "テーブルに含まれているもの:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "デバイス:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "ファイルシステム:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "ハードディスク: " -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "ファイバチャネル:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "概要に含まれているもの:" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"不明なアプリケーションによりストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されていま" -"す。\n" +"不明なアプリケーションによりストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n" "続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) によりストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) され" -"ています。\n" +"アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) によりストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n" "続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。Windows で" -"該当のファイルシステムを検査してください。" +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。Windows で該当のファイルシステムを検査してください。" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "ルートパーティションのファイルシステム" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "ホームパーティションのファイルシステム" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "サスペンド用にスワップを拡大する(&S)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "推奨設定" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" -"LVMを使用しない場合は、［パーティションベースの推奨設定］を選択しま" -"す。\n" -"プレーンLVMの場合は［LVMベースの推奨設定］、システムを暗号化する場合" -"は\n" +"LVMを使用しない場合は、［パーティションベースの推奨設定］を選択します。\n" +"プレーンLVMの場合は［LVMベースの推奨設定］、システムを暗号化する場合は\n" "［暗号化されたLVMベースの推奨設定］をそれぞれ選択します。" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7181,22 +6859,20 @@ msgstr "" "ルートパーティションのファイルシステムは、\n" "対応するコンボボックスで選択できます。\n" -"ファイルシステムがBtrFSの場合は、snapperを使用した自動スナップショットを有効" -"にできます。これによって、ルートパーティションのサイズも\n" +"ファイルシステムがBtrFSの場合は、snapperを使用した自動スナップショットを有効にできます。これによって、ルートパーティションのサイズも\n" "増加します。" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"推奨設定では、個別のホームパーティションを作成できます。ホームパーティショ" -"ン用のファイルシステムは、\n" +"推奨設定では、個別のホームパーティションを作成できます。ホームパーティション用のファイルシステムは、\n" "対応するコンボボックスで選択できます。" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." @@ -7204,79 +6880,79 @@ "たいていの場合、スワップパーティションは、\n" "システムをディスクにサスペンドできるほどの十分な大きさにできます。" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "推奨設定の暗号化のパスワードを入力してください。" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408 msgid "Password:" msgstr "パスワード:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "確認のため、もう一度パスワードを入力してください:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "パーティションベースの推奨設定(&P)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "LVMベースの推奨設定(&L)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "暗号化されたLVMベースの推奨設定(&E)" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "既定のマウント方法:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "既定のファイルシステム:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "ストレージデバイスの表示方法:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "パーティションの配置:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "ストレージデバイスの情報表示:" -#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description -#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: first snapshot description +#: src/modules/StorageSnapper.rb:81 msgid "first root filesystem" msgstr "最初のルートファイルシステム"

1 0

Jump to page: